Deutz Fahr Agrofarm-85-100-Repair-Manual PDF

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Agrofarm 85
Agrofarm 100
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 81 1 6/21/2007 4:31:21 AM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
0 - INTRODUCTION
0.1 - Introduction 0-2
0.1.1 - Safety notes 0-3
0.1.2 - General safety rules 0-4
0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations 0-6
0.1.4 - Lifting instructions 0-8
0.1.5 - Tightening torques 0-10
0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants 0-14
0.1.7 - Conversion factors 0-16
10 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
10.1 - Transmission 10-2
10.1.1 - Transmission (Agrofarm 85) 10-2
10.1.2 - Transmission (Agrofarm 100) 10-10
10.1.3 - Rear. PTO 10-18
10.1.4 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and groundspeed PTO 10-23
10.2 - Front axle 10-25
10.2.1 - Front axle 10-25
10.3 - Hydraulic system 10-28
10.3.1 - Hydraulic system (Agrofarm 85) 10-28
10.3.2 - Hydraulic system (Agrofarm 100) 10-34
10.3.3 - Steering circuit pump - directional control valve circuit 10-39
10.3.4 - Power steering 10-41
10.3.5 - Auxiliary services directional control valve 10-42
10.3.6 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve (Agrofarm 85) 10-43
10.3.8 - Braking system 10-51
10.3.9 - “Separate-Brake” valve 10-52
10.3.10 - Trailer braking valve 10-57
10.3.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly 10-60
20 - CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS

20.1 - Diagnostic instrument 20-2
20.1.1 - All Round Tester 20-2
20.1.2 - Connecting the tester to the lift and engine control units 20-7
20.2 - Introduction to the tractor≈s electronic system 20-8
20.2.1 - Introduction to the tractor’s electronic system 20-8
20.3 - Putting the tractor into service 20-10
20.3.1 - Putting the tractor into service 20-10
20.4 - ECU alarms 20-16
20.4.1 - Instrument panel alarms 20-16
30 - METHOD
30.1 - Engine 30-2
30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02) 30-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8I I 6/21/2007 4:31:22 AM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
30.1.2 - Engine (B0.00.01) 30-7

30.1.3 - Fan belt 30-12
30.1.4 - Tensioning the fan drive belt 30-13
30.1.5 - Alternator and fuel pump drive belt 30-14
30.1.6 - Alternator and fuel pump belt tensioning 30-15
30.2 - Engine accessories 30-16
30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor without front PTO (C0.01.01) 30-16
30.2.2 - RADIATOR - Tractor with front PTO (C0.01.01) 30-20
30.2.3 - Changing the coolant and flushing the circuit 30-24
30.2.4 - Fuel tank (C0.03.01) 30-26
30.2.5 - Starter motor 30-29
30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.01) 30-31
30.3 - Transmission 30-32
30.3.1 - Parking brake 30-32
30.3.2 - Clutch plate 30-34
30.3.3 - Clutch thrust bearing 30-36
30.3.4 - Clutch housing - assembly (D0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85) 30-37
30.3.5 - Clutch housing - assembly (D0.02.01) (Agrofarm 100) 30-42
30.3.6 - Gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit (D0.09.03) 30-47
30.3.7 - Disassembly of gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit 30-49
30.3.8 - Gearbox support and gear selector rods 30-53
30.3.9 - Shuttle shaft 30-56
30.3.10 - Primary shaft 30-60
30.3.11 - Secondary shaft (Agrofarm 85) 30-61
30.3.12 - Secondary shaft (Agrofarm 100) 30-66
30.3.13 - PTO output shaft (4 speed version) 30-71
30.3.14 - PTO output shaft disassembly (4 speed version) 30-74
30.3.15 - PTO output shaft (2 speed version) 30-77
30.3.16 - PTO output shaft disassembly (2 speed versions) 30-80
30.3.17 - PTO clutch 30-81
30.3.18 - PTO clutch disassembly 30-85
30.3.19 - PTO final shaft (2-speed version) 30-90
30.3.20 - PTO final shaft (4-speed version) 30-94
30.3.21 - Groundspeed PTO final shaft 30-98
30.3.22 - Groundspeed PTO engagement device 30-101
30.3.23 - Range and differential assembly - complete assembly 30-102
30.3.24 - Rear pinion (Agrofarm 85) 30-103
30.3.25 - Rear pinion (Agrofarm 100) 30-108
30.3.26 - Four-wheel drive output shaft 30-113
30.3.27 - Differential - Bevel gear pair 30-116
30.3.28 - Range selector assembly 30-125
30.3.29 - Changing transmission oil (D0.00.01) 30-127
30.3.30 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear 30-129
30.3.31 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear 30-131
30.3.32 - 4WD engagement device 30-133
II
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8II II 6/21/2007 4:31:22 AM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
30.4 - Rear axle 30-136

30.4.1 - RH rear axle (E0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85) 30-136
30.4.2 - LH rear axle (E0.02.02) (Agrofarm 85) 30-139
30.4.3 - RH/LH rear axle (Agrofarm 85) 30-143
30.4.4 - RH rear axle (Agrofarm 100) 30-148
30.4.5 - Planet carrier assembly (Agrofarm 85) 30-152
30.4.6 - LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100) 30-154
30.4.7 - RH/LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100) 30-158
30.4.8 - Planet carrier assembly (Agrofarm 100) 30-164
30.4.9 - Rear differential 30-166
30.4.10 - Rear differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30-169
30.4.11 - Rear differential disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30-172
30.4.12 - Rear axle brake discs 30-175
30.4.13 - Rear axle brake piston (Agrofarm 85) 30-176
30.4.14 - Rear axle brake piston (Agrofarm 100) 30-178
30.5 - Front axle 30-180
30.5.1 - Front carrier (F0.01.01) 30-180
30.5.2 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01) 30-184
30.5.3 - Adjusting the front axle end float 30-186
30.5.4 - Steering cylinders 30-189
30.5.5 - Steering cylinders disassembly 30-191
30.5.6 - Final drive reduction unit 30-195
30.5.7 - Final drive reduction unit disassembly 30-197
30.5.8 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft 30-203
30.5.9 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft 30-209
30.5.10 - Differential unit 30-212
30.5.11 - Differential disassembly 30-214
30.5.12 - Differential unit adjustment 30-217
30.5.13 - Bevel gear pair (Agrofarm 85) 30-221
30.5.14 - Bevel gear pair disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30-226
30.5.15 - Differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30-236
30.5.16 - Bevel gear pair (Agrofarm 100) 30-238
30.5.17 - Bevel gear pair disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30-243
30.5.18 - Differential disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30-253
30.5.19 - Front brake discs 30-255
30.5.20 - Front axle brake piston 30-256
30.5.21 - 4WD shaft 30-257
30.6 - Bodywork - Cab - Platform 30-260
30.6.1 - Cab (G0.03.01) 30-260
30.6.2 - Front hoods (G0.01.01) 30-268
30.6.3 - Fenders 30-270
30.6.4 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04) 30-271
30.6.5 - Air conditioning 30-274
30.6.6 - Compressor 30-277
30.6.7 - Clutch master cylinder 30-278
30.6.8 - Clutch piston 30-281
III
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8III III 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
30.6.9 - Clutch control circuit 30-282

30.6.10 - Brake master cylinders 30-283
30.6.11 - Control levers (Agrofarm 85) 30-285
30.6.12 - Control levers (Agrofarm 100) 30-289
30.7 - Hydraulic system 30-294
30.7.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services 30-294
30.7.2 - Power steering (H0.02.01) 30-296
30.7.3 - Pressure relief valve setting: 30-298
30.7.4 - Power steering disassembly 30-299
30.7.5 - Power steering pump 30-316
30.7.6 - Rear 4-way auxiliary services control valve (Agrofarm 85) 30-318
30.7.7 - Rear 6-way auxiliary services control valve (Agrofarm 100) 30-320
30.7.8 - Braking circuit (Agrofarm 85) 30-324
30.7.9 - Braking circuit (Agrofarm 100) 30-326
30.7.10 - Services solenoid valve assembly 30-329
30.8 - Front PTO 30-331
30.8.1 - Front PTO 30-331
30.8.2 - PTO assembly. 30-336
30.8.3 - Pump assy 30-347
30.8.4 - Clutch-brake assembly 30-349
30.8.5 - Solenoid valve assy 30-356
30.9 - Front lift 30-357
30.9.1 - Front lift 30-357
30.9.2 - Lift cylinders 30-359
30.10 - Rear lift 30-363
30.10.1 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (Agrofarm 85) 30-363
30.10.2 - Lift disassembly - complete assembly (Agrofarm 85) 30-366
30.10.3 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (Agrofarm 100) 30-371
30.10.4 - Lift disassembly - Complete assembly (Agrofarm 100) 30-375
30.10.5 - Lift cylinder (Agrofarm 100) 30-380
30.10.6 - Bushes (Agrofarm 100) 30-382
30.10.8 - Lift control valve disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30-384
30.10.9 - Lift control valve disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30-390
30.10.10 - Mechanical draft sensor (Agrofarm 85) 30-396
30.10.11 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30-397
30.10.12 - Mechanical draft sensor (Agrofarm 100) 30-399
30.10.13 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30-400
30.10.14 - 3-point linkage 30-402
30.11 - Wheels 30-404
30.11.1 - Front wheels (S0.01.01) 30-404
30.11.2 - Rear wheels (S0.02.01) 30-405
30.12 - Ballast - Towing hitches 30-406
30.12.1 - Towing hitch slide (Agrofarm 85) 30-406
30.12.2 - Towing hitch slide (Agrofarm 100) 30-407
IV
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8IV IV 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
40 - WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.1 - Introduction 40-2
40.1.1 - Structure of the unit 40-2
40.1.2 - Wiring and components index 40-8
40.2 - Components 40-22
40.2.1 - Components 40-22
40.3 - Systems 40-33
40.3.1 - Earthing points 40-33
40.3.2 - Starting and pre-heating 40-35
40.3.3 - Lights selector - Tractor with cab 40-37
40.3.4 - Lights selector - Tractor with platform 40-39
40.3.5 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with standard cab 40-41
40.3.6 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-43
40.3.7 - Instrument panel 40-45
40.3.8 - Worklights - Tractor with standard cab 40-47
40.3.9 - Wipers - Tractor with standard cab 40-49
40.3.10 - Heating system - Tractor with standard cab 40-51
40.3.11 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with standard cab 40-53
40.3.12 - Worklights - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-55
40.3.13 - Wipers - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-57
40.3.14 - Heating system - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-59
40.3.15 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-61
40.3.16 - Transmission 40-63
40.3.17 - PTO 40-65
40.3.18 - Brakes 40-67
40.3.19 - CAN BUS ELECTRONIC SYSTEM 40-69
40.4 - Wiring looms 40-70
40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring - 0.014.8107.4/20 40-70
40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring connector positions 40-71
40.4.3 - Engine wiring - version with front battery - 0.014.8629.4/20 40-73
40.4.4 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with front battery 40-74
40.4.5 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery - 0.015.1597.4/10 40-77
40.4.6 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with lateral battery 40-78
40.4.7 - Battery wiring loom - 0.014.8806.4/20 40-81
40.4.8 - Battery wiring connector positions 40-82
40.4.9 - Preheating wiring loom - 0.014.9195.4/20 40-86
40.4.10 - Pre-heating wiring connector positions 40-87
40.4.11 - Power supply wiring - 0.015.1983.4/10 40-89
40.4.12 - Power supply wiring connector positions 40-90
40.4.13 - Instrument panel wiring - 0.014.8628.4/20 40-93
40.4.14 - Instrument panel wiring connector positions 40-97
40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.8630.4/20 40-101
40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wiring connector positions 40-102
40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.9193.4/20 40-104
40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wiring connector positions 40-105
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8V V 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
40.4.19 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.014.9375.4/20 40-107
40.4.20 - Power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40-108
40.4.21 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7850.4/50 40-110
40.4.22 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40-112
40.4.23 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2147.2 40-115
40.4.24 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40-116
40.4.25 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2153.2 40-118
40.4.26 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40-119
40.4.27 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7853.3/20 40-121
40.4.28 - Air conditioner exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40-122
40.4.29 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7851.4/50 40-124
40.4.30 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40-126
40.4.31 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.015.1435.4/10 40-128
40.4.32 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40-130
40.4.33 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3 40-132
40.4.34 - Windscreen wiper connector positions wiring - Tractor with standard cab 40-133
40.4.35 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.011.0729.4/10 40-135
40.4.36 - Loudspeaker wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40-137
40.4.37 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.014.9376.4/10 40-139
40.4.38 - Cab power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-140
40.4.39 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3606.4/50 40-142
40.4.40 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-145
40.4.41 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2554.2 40-147
40.4.42 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-149
40.4.43 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2560.0 40-151
40.4.44 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-153
40.4.45 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3610.3/20 40-155
40.4.46 - Air conditioning exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility
cab 40-156
40.4.47 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3595.3/10 40-158
40.4.48 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-159
40.4.49 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.015.1437.4/10 40-161
40.4.50 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-162
40.4.51 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3597.3 40-166
40.4.52 - Windscreen wiper wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-167
40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-
visibility cab - 0.011.3596.3/40 40-169
40.4.54 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring connector positions
- Tractor with high-visibility cab 40-171
40.4.55 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab - 0.010.8189.3/40 40-173
40.4.56 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab 40-174
40.4.57 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab - 0441.1923.4 40-177
40.4.58 - Lower front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab 40-178
40.4.59 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform - 0.015.3094.4 40-180
40.4.60 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform 40-182
40.4.61 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform - 0.014.9281.4 40-184
VI
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VI VI 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
40.4.62 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform 40-186

40.4.63 - Rotating beacon wiring - 0.012.9909.4 40-188
40.4.64 - Position of rotary beacon wiring connectors 40-189
40.4.65 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10 40-191
40.4.66 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring connector positions 40-192
VII
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VII VII 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
VIII
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VIII VIII 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

0 - INTRODUCTION
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-1 0-1 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

INTRODUCTION
0.1 - INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this workshop manual is to provide instruction for repair technicians and a practical guide to improving the quality
of repairs. This manual enables repair technicians to acquire a thorough knowledge of the machine, indicating the correct methods
for fault diagnosis, for working in safety and for accurate dimensional checks and visual inspections. The instructions also indicate
the products to use, the tightening torques and the adjustment data. The technical material contained in this manual is reserved to
Authorised Dealers and Service Centres who will be duly informed of any technical changes to the machines in question through the
issue of documents regarding modifications, updates and supplements for optional equipment. All technicians and their colleagues
are expressly forbidden from reproducing any part of this manual in any form or from communicating the contents to third parties
without the express written permission of the Manufacturer, who remains the sole owner of this document with all rights reserved in
accordance with applicable laws.
0-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-2 0-2 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

INTRODUCTION
0.1.1 - Safety notes

To ensure that machines entrusted to Authorised Service Centres for repair or overhaul continue to function correctly, it is very
important that all repair work is carried out in the prescribed manner. The procedures for checks and repairs indicated in this manual
are safe and effective. Some of the operations described require the use of special tools and equipment; these tools have been
specifally designed for the intended purpose and may be ordered directly from the Manufacturers. DO NOT USE MAKESHIFT
TOOLS; not only is there a risk of personal injury, but such tools are rarely suited to the purpose for which they are used. In potentially
hazardous situations, always give priority to personal safety and take the necessary actions to eliminate the danger
0-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-3 0-3 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

INTRODUCTION
0.1.2 - General safety rules

● Even if you have a thorough knowledge of the machine as regards its components, operation and controls, always take
special care when carrying out the following operations; Remember that the machine you are working on is in need of repair
or overhaul and consequently may not always behave as expected.
● Before starting work, clean the tractor thoroughly to remove all mud, dust and road dirt. Also clean the cab to remove all traces
of oil, snow and ice from the access steps and grab rails.
● When climbing up to or down from the cab, always ensure you maintain three points of contact at a time (foot or handholds)
in order to keep your balance and prevent accidental falls.
● Always take special care when carrying out fault diagnosis operations; these operations often require two persons, who must
never stand in front of the wheels when the engine is running.
● When carrying out checks and repairs, wear close-fitting clothing, safety goggles and protective gloves that are suitable for
the task (cleaning, draining fluids, repairs). When working near moving parts, long hair should be gathered up and tied back
safely under a cap to prevent the risk of entanglement and severe injury.
● Do not allow anyone who is not directly involved in the work to come near the tractor; ensure that they remain at a safe
distance.
● Keep well clear of moving parts; when the engine is running, some moving parts are not easily visible and therefore present a
risk of entanglement, even if protected by safety guards.
● Ensure that the area is well ventilated before starting the engine in order to avoid the formation of dangerous concentrations
of toxic gases; always connect suitable fume extraction equipment to the exhaust pipe.
● Do not start the engine with the safety guards removed under any circumstances; all repair and adjustment operations must
be carried out with the engine stopped.
● Do not top up fuel, oil or coolant levels when the engine is running.
● Never smoke and ensure there are no naked flames nearby when topping up fuel or oil. Always remove the battery from the
machine before recharging.
● Before checking or removing the battery, stop the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
● Remove the battery and recharge in a well-ventilated area where the temperature exceeds 0°C.
● When checking or recharging the battery, do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity as the hydrogen gas given off by
the battery is highly explosive.
● The liquid (electrolyte) contained in the battery is very harmful if it comes into contact with the skin and the eyes; for this
reason, always wear gloves and safety goggles with side shields when checking or topping up the battery. Should any
electrolyte accidentally come into contact with your skin, wash the affected areas immediately with plenty of fresh water; if
electrolyte comes into contact with your clothing, this should be removed as soon as possible. In case of accidental ingestion
of electrolyte, drink copious amounts of water, milk or vegetable oil and take antacids such as magnesium, bicarbonate, etc.
and seek medical attention immediately.
● Before working on the electrical systems, always disconnect the battery terminals.
DANGER
Always disconnect the negative lead (--) before the positive lead (+); when re-connecting the battery on completion
of the work, first connect the positive terminal (+) and then the negative (--).
● Before carrying out any arc welding (permitted only on implements attached to the machine) always disconnect the battery
terminals and unplug all the connectors of the electronic control units and the alternator.
● When topping up lubricants, always wear suitable protective gloves.
● Do not wear clothing contaminated by engine or hydraulic oil; prolonged contact with the skin can be harmful and may cause
allergic reactions.
0-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-4 0-4 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

INTRODUCTION
● Used engine oil and hydraulic oil must be disposed of properly; recover used lubricants and dispose of them in accordance
with the applicable regulations.
● Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic or pneumatic systems, discharge all residual pressure from the circuits.
● Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic system or engine, allow the oil and engine coolant to cool down.
● When removing and refitting certain assemblies, it will be necessary to support the tractor; use stands, jacks or blocks capable
of supporting the weight and arrange them in a triangular pattern to prevent the machine from overturning.
● To lift heavy components, use a hoist or crane. Check that wire ropes, chains or fibre slings are not worn and that hooks are
not damaged.
● Always use lifting equipment of suitable capacity for the weight of the components to be removed. Ensure lifting equipment is
attached correctly.
● When lifting or supporting an assembly or component, manoeuvre the parts slowly and carefully to avoid swinging movements
or collision with other components.
● Never work on components suspended from a hoist or crane.
● When removing the retaining bolts of a component that could fall, always leave two opposing bolts in place for safety; before
removing these last two bolts, attach the component to suitable lifting equipment or position support blocks.
● Any oil or fuel spilled during removal or dismantling operations should be cleaned up as soon as possible to prevent the risk
of slipping and fire.
● When refitting electrical wiring looms and wires, ensure that they are properly secured with their original retaining straps or
brackets to prevent the possibility of damage caused by vibration.
● Never insert your fingers or hands to check the alignment between fixing holes in components; always use a suitable dowel
of soft material.
● When refitting assemblies or components, always use the specified tightening torques; the tightening torques indicated in the
paragraphs regarding assembly/refitting operations have been determined through experimentation and must be scrupulously
adhered to.
● When refitting parts that are subject to vibration or that rotate at high speed, take particular care when carrying out final
installation checks.
0-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-5 0-5 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

INTRODUCTION
0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations

When removing or refitting parts, always take the following safety precautions.
Precautions for removal operations

● Unless otherwise indicated, lower the lifting equipment until it the component or assembly rests on the ground.
● After disconnecting hydraulic and fuel system pipes, always fit plugs to the open ends of the pipes to prevent ingress of dirt.
● Before removing a cylinder, fully retract the piston and secure it in this position using a retaining strap.
● Use containers of sufficient capacity when draining oil, coolant or fuel.
● Before removing a part from the machine, check for alignment markings indicating the correct assembly position. If necessary,
make new markings to ensure correct assembly.
● When unplugging electrical connectors, always grip the connectors firmly to avoid pulling on the wires.
● Where necessary, label wires and pipes before removal to avoid confusion when reconnecting.
● Check the number and thickness of any shims removed and keep them together in a safe place.
● To lift the tractor or any of its main components, use lifting equipment of suitable capacity.
● When using eyebolts for lifting components, first check that they are not deformed or damaged; screw them fully home and
then turn the bolt so that the eye is aligned with the lifting hook.
● Before removing a part, clean the surrounding area and, after removing the part, cover it to protect it from dirt and dust.
Precautions for refitting operations

● Tighten nuts and screws to the specified tightening torques.
● When refitting flexible pipes and cables, take care not to twist or tangle them.
● Always fit new seals, O-rings, split pins and safety stop rings; make sure that the ends of the cotter pins are separated and
bent back so that the pin cannot be withdrawn from the hole.
● Ensure that circlips are correctly installed in their seatings.
● When applying threadlocking compound, first clean the part to remove all oil and grease, then cover the thread evenly applying
a few drops of the compound.
● When applying sealant, first clean the surface removing all traces of oil and grease and check for dirt or indentations, then
apply the sealant evenly making sure that it forms a continuous film around any fixing holes.
● Clean all parts, removing dirt, oxidisation, carbon deposits, burrs and indentations.
● Coat all moving parts with a thin film of engine oil.
● When reconnecting electrical wiring connectors, first remove all traces of oil, dust and water from the inside of the connector
and then push the two halves together firmly; connectors with locking tabs should be pushed together until the tab engages
the keeper.
● Bolt down flanged fittings evenly, tightening the screws gradually in a crosswise pattern.
Precautions to be taken on completion of removal/refitting operations

● If coolant has been drained from the engine, refit the drain plug and pour in new coolant to the correct level. Start the engine
to circulate the coolant and then check the level again and top up.
● After removing hydraulic components, top up the hydraulic oil to the specified level. Start the engine to circulate the oil in the
hydraulic circuits and then recheck the level and top up as necessary.
0-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-6 0-6 6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM

INTRODUCTION
● After having removed a variable displacement pump, connect the drain pipe and fill the pump casing with oil through the filler
hole provided.
● Grease stub axle housings, cylinder pivot mountings and drive shafts thoroughly after assembly.
0-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-7 0-7 6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM

INTRODUCTION
0.1.4 - Lifting instructions

DANGER
Components weighing over 25 kg or of significant size must be supported and removed using suitable lifting equipment
with wire rope or polyester slings.
Wire ropes - slings

● Use wire ropes or polyester slings of suitable capacity for the parts to be lifted, referring to the following tables:
Tab.1
WIRE ROPES (standard twisted “S” or “Z” type) POLYESTER SLINGS (eye-and-eye - simple loop)
Ø rope mm Capacity (kg) Width (mm) Capacity (kg)
60° 90° 60° 90°
8 650 620 500 25 500 400 860 700

10 1000 1740 1420 50 1000 800 1730 1410
12 1450 2500 2050 62 1250 1000 2160 1760
14 2000 3460 2820 75 1400 1120 2420 1980
16 2600 4500 3670 100 2000 1600 3460 2820
18 3300 5710 4660 150 2500 2000 4330 3530
Lifting capacities are calculated with a safety coefficient.
● The lifting hook should be attached to the central part of the rope or sling; if the hook is attached near the ends of the rope/
sling, this could cause the load to slip during lifting.
● Never lift a heavy load using a single rope; always use two or more symmetrically arranged ropes.
DANGER
Suspension of a load from a single rope could cause the load to start rotating and consequently cause the rope
strands to untwist or the load to slip; this could lead to serious injury.
● Never lift a heavy load when the two legs of the ropes form a wide angle. the permitted load (kg) decreases in inverse
proportion to the angle of suspension; the table below indicates how the permitted load varies according to the angle of
suspension for two Ø 10 mm ropes each with a load capacity of 1000 kg.
0-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-8 0-8 6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM

INTRODUCTION
2000
1900
Capacità di carico: kg 1700
2000
1400
1000
1000
500
30° 60° 90° 120° 150°

Angolo di sospensione:
Fig.1
0-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-9 0-9 6/21/2007 4:31:26 AM

INTRODUCTION
0.1.5 - Tightening torques
Bolts and nuts

DANGER
The tightening torques for certain specific components and special tightening methods are indicated in the relative
assembly paragraphs.
The tightening torques indicated below refer to screws and nuts assembled without lubrication and, where applicable, with anaerobic
threadlocking compound. the values apply to tightening on steel or cast iron components; for soft materials such as aluminium,
copper, plastic, sheet metal or panels, the indicated tightening torques must be reduced by 50%.
Tab.2
BOLT SIZE BOLT CLASS
8.8 10.9 12.9
Nm lb.ft. Nm lb.ft. Nm lb.ft.
COAR- M6x1 8.0 – 8.8 5.9 – 6.5 11.8 – 13.0 8.7 – 9.6 13.8 – 15.2 10.2 – 11.2
SE M8x1.25 19.4 – 21.4 14.3 – 15.8 28.5 – 31.5 21.0 – 23.2 33.3 – 36.9 24.5 – 27.2
M10x1.5 38.4 – 42.4 28.3 – 31.2 56.4 – 62.4 41.6 – 46.0 67.4 – 74.4 49.7 – 54.8
M12x1.75 66.5 – 73.5 49.0 – 54.2 96.9 – 107 71.4 – 78.9 115 – 128 84.8 – 94.3
M14x2 106 – 117 78.1 – 86.2 156 – 172 115.0 – 126.8 184 – 204 135.6 – 150.3
M16x2 164 – 182 120.9 – 134.1 241 – 267 117.6 – 196.8 282 – 312 207.8 – 229.9
M18x2.5 228 – 252 168.0 – 185.7 334 – 370 246.2 – 272.7 391 – 432 288.2 – 318.4
M20x2.5 321 – 355 236.6 – 261.6 472 – 522 347.9 – 384.7 553 – 611 407.6 – 450.3
M22x2.5 441 – 487 325.0 – 358.9 647 – 715 476.8 – 527.0 751 – 830 553.5 – 611.7
M24x3 553 – 611 407.6 – 450.3 812 – 898 598.4 – 661.8 950 – 1050 700.2 – 773.9
M27x3 816 – 902 601.4 – 664.8 1198 – 1324 882.9 – 975.8 1419 – 1569 1045.8 – 1156.4
FINE M8x1 20.8 – 23.0 15.3 – 17.0 30.6 – 33.8 22.6 – 24.9 35.8 – 39.6 26.4 – 29.2
M10x1.25 40.6 – 44.8 29.9 – 33.0 59.7 – 65.9 44.0 – 48.6 71.2 – 78.6 52.5 – 57.9
M12x1.25 72.2 – 79.8 53.2 – 58.8 106 – 118 78.1 – 87.0 126 – 140 92.9 – 103.2
M12x1.5 69.4 – 76.7 51.1 – 56.5 102 – 112 75.2 – 82.5 121 – 134 89.2 – 98.8
M14x1.5 114 – 126 84.0 – 92.9 168 – 186 123.8 – 137.1 199 – 220 146.7 – 162.1
M16x1.5 175 – 194 129 – 143 257 – 285 189.4 – 210.0 301 – 333 221.8 – 245.4
M18x1.5 256 – 282 188.7 – 207.8 375 – 415 276.4 – 305.9 439 – 485 323.5 – 357.4
M20x1.5 355 – 393 261.6 – 289.6 523 – 578 385.5 – 426.0 611 – 676 450.3 – 498.2
M22x1.5 482 – 532 355.2 – 392.1 708 – 782 521.8 – 576.3 821 – 908 605.1 – 669.2
M24x2 602 – 666 443.7 – 490.8 884 – 978 651.5 – 720.8 1035 – 1143 762.8 – 842.4
Fittings
The tightening torques indicated below refer to fittings assembled on any material.
Tab.3
ME- Straight end fittings T” end fittings L” end fittings 90° end fittings
TRIC
0-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-10 0-10 6/21/2007 4:31:26 AM

INTRODUCTION
Thread size Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm
±10% ±10% ±10% ±10%
M10x1.25 17 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
19 14 17 14 17 14
M12x1.25 19 30 17 30 17 30 17 30
M14x1.5 19 40 19 40 19 40 19 40
M16x1.5 22 48 22 48 22 48 22 48
M18x1.5 24 58 24 58 24 58 24 58
M20x1.5 27 65 27 65 27 65 27 65
M22x1.5 30 73 30 73 30 73 30 73
M26x1.5 36 95 36 95 36 95 36 95
M27x2 36 100 36 100 36 100 36 100
M33x2 41 160 41 160 41 160 41 160
M42x2 50 250 50 250 50 250 50 250
M48x2 60 305 60 305 60 305 60 305
G 1/8” 17 13 14 13 14 13 14 13
19 13
G 1/4” 19 37 19 37 19 37 19 37
22 37
G 3/8” 24 53 24 53 24 53 24 53
G 1/2” 27 73 27 73 27 73 27 73
30 73
G 3/4” 36 100 36 100 36 100 36 100
G 1” 41 160 41 160 41 160 41 160
46 160
G 1 1/4” 50 250 50 250 50 250 50 250
G 1 1/2” 60 305 60 305 60 305 60 305
Plugs
Tab.4
Hex plugs Threaded plugs with hex socket head
Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10% Wrench Torque Nm ±10%
0-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-11 0-11 6/21/2007 4:31:27 AM

INTRODUCTION
ME- M6x1 10 10 – –
TRIC M8x1 13 12 – –
M10x1 13 14 5 14
M10x1.25 13 14 – –
M10x1.5 13 14 – –
M12x1.25 17 30 – –
M12x1.5 17 30 6 30
M12x1.75 17 30 – –
M14x1.5 19 40 6 40
M14x2 19 40 – –
M16x1.5 22 48 8 48
M16x2 22 48 – –
M18x1.5 17 58 10 58
M18x2.5 17 58 – –
M20x1.5 19 65 – –
M22x1.5 – – 12 73
M24x1.5 22 80 12 80
M24x2 22 80 – –
M27x2 22 100 – –
M28x1.5 – – 17 110
M30x1.5 22 130 – –
M32x1.5 – – 19 150
M35x1.5 – – 22 180
M40x1.5 – – 24 225
G 1/8” 14 13 – –
G 1/4” 19 37 – –
G 3/8” 22 53 – –
G 1/2” 19 73 – –
G 5/8” 22 85 – –
G 3/4” 22 100 – –
G 1” 22 160 – –
Fittings with seal at 37°

Tab.5
Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10%

7/16” - 20 14 13
1/2” - 20 16 19
9/16” - 18 17 28
3/4” - 16 22 47
7/8” - 14 27 76
1 1/16” - 12 32 110
36 110
0-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-12 0-12 6/21/2007 4:31:28 AM

INTRODUCTION
1 3/16” - 12 36 138
1 5/16” - 12 38 155
1 5/8” - 12 50 215
1 7/8” - 12 60 290
2 1/2” - 12 75 345
Fittings for pipes with banjo union

These tightening torques refer to tightening the fitting with new copper sealing washers.
Tab.6
Unions for one-way fittings Unions for three-way fittings Unions for four-way fittings
Thread size Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm

±10% ±10% ±10%
M8x1 – 12 14 – –
M8x1.25 13 14
M10x1 – – 14 20 14 20
M10x1.25 13 20 – – – –
M12x1.25 17 30 – – – –
M12x1.5 – – 17 30 17 30
M14x1.5 19 40 19 40 19 40
M16x1.5 22 48 22 48 22 48
M18x1.5 22 58 24 58 24 58
M20x1.5 27 65 – – – –
M22x1.5 – – 27 73 27 73
M24x1.5 32 80 – – – –
M26x1.5 – – 32 95 32 95
M28x1.5 36 110 – – – –
M30x1.5 – – 36 130 36 130
M35x2 41 180 – – – –
M38x1.5 – – 46 200 46 200
M42x2 50 250 – – – –
M45x1.5 – – 55 280 55 280
M50x2 60 320 – – – –
M52x1.5 – – 60 320 60 320
M65x2 – – 75 450 75 450
0-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-13 0-13 6/21/2007 4:31:29 AM

INTRODUCTION
0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants

Tab.7
FUNCTION NAME DESCRIPTION
THREADLOCKER Loctite 222 Colour: opaque fluorescent purple Anaerobic product suitable for low-strength locking of retaining,
adjustment and precision fasteners. All traces of lubricant must first be
removed using the specific activator.
Loctite 242 Colour: fluorescent blue Anaerobic product that prevents loosening of all types of nut and bolt;
used in place of conventional mechanical locking systems. Used for
medium-strength locking. All traces of lubricant must first be removed
using the specific activator.
Loctite 243 Colour: opaque fluorescent blue Alternative product to 242 ; oil tolerant and so can be used on lightly
lubricated surfaces without prior use of activator.
Loctite 270 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic product for high-strength locking of bolts and studs that do
not normally require disassembly. Parts must be heated to approxi-
mately 80°C for removal. All traces of lubricant must first be removed
using the specific activator.
DEGREASERS AND Loctite 703 Product used for degreasing and cleaning parts prior to application of
ACTIVATORS Loctite anaerobic products; after drying, promotes uniform curing of
threadlockers
Loctite 747 Product used specifically for treatment of passive metals prior to use of
slow-cure anaerobic threadlockers (series 5 and 6). Can also be used
to increase cure speed at low temperatures or in applications where
there are large gaps between the parts.
SEALANTS (for faces Loctite 510 Colour: red Super-rapid anaerobic sealant for sealing between rigid metal faces;
and fittings) can eliminate the need for conventional gaskets as it can fill gaps up
to 0.4 mm. Does not shrink and therefore fasteners do not need re-
tightening to specified torque values after curing.
Loctite 542 Colour: Brown Anaerobic product used as a liquid sealant for threaded fittings up to
3/4” gas; rapid curing and parts may be disassembled with ordinary
tools.
Loctite 554 Colour: red Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing cooling and
industrial fluid circuits. Slow curing, also suitable for use on non-fer-
rous alloys
Loctite 572 Colour: White Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing pipes and
threaded fittings up to 2” in diameter. Very slow curing on most metal
surfaces.
Loctite 573 Colour: green Thixotropic anaerobic product used for sealing joints between metal fa-
ces. Ensures total contact between surfaces with maximum tolerance
of 0.10 mm, filling microvoids caused by flatness errors. Very slow
curing on most metal surfaces and requires prior application of an
activator.
Loctite 576 Colour: brown Anaerobic product used as a liquid thread sealant for large diameter
threaded fittings (up to 2”). Very slow curing; also suitable for non-
ferrous alloys and parts requiring subsequent removal.
INSTANT ADHESI- Loctite 401 Colour: colourless Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a wide range of
VES acidic and porous materials including, ceramics, wood, rubber and
plastic (excluding polyolefin). Curing takes place in a few seconds
as an effect of the condensed humidity present on the surfaces to be
bonded, and is independent of environmental conditions.
Loctite 495 Colour: colourless Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a rubber, plastics
and metal in any combination.
0-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-14 0-14 6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM

INTRODUCTION
SEALANTS SILI- Silastic 738 (Dow Corning) Colour: milky white One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, non dhrinking, ready for use.
CONE Cures on exposure to air to form a rubbery solid and obviates the need
for conventional seals on flexible joints, filling gaps greater than 1 mm.
Dirko Transparent Colour: transparent One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, shrinking, ready for use. Cures
rapidly when exposed to humidity in the air to form a rubbery solid;
resistant to high temperatures.
SEALANTS POLU- Betaseal HV3 (Gurit Essex) Colour: black Polyurethane prepolymer based adhesive/sealant, high viscosity, sui-
RETHANE table for permanent, high-strength flexible bonding. Slow curing, used
for bonding glass to frames, wire mesh, metal plates, etc. surfaces
must be degreased with primer.
RETAINING COM- Loctite 601 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic, fast-curing, high-strength adhesive. Suitable for sealing
POUNDS and retaining cylindrical assemblies with gap clearances of up to 0.10
mm; used for retaining rotors, gears, bearings, pulleys, bushes etc. on
shafts.
Loctite 638 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, very high strength; suita-
ble for bonding cylindrical parts in non-ferrous alloys.
Loctite 648 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, high-strength; suitable
for bonding cylindrical parts, permanent retention of threaded parts,
sealing of refrigeration systems, retention of bearings, etc. Alternative
to Loctite 601 in high-temperature applications.
Loctite 986/AVX Colour: Fluorescent red Anaerobic sealant/retaining compound for metal cylindrical parts.
Slow-curing, high-strength, heat-resistant and resistant to chemical
attack. Parts must be first treated with an activator.
LUBRICANTS Grease (NLGI 2 EP ASTM D217: 265/295) Multi-purpose Lithium grease used for lubrication of seals, to prevent
oxidization and to facilitate assembly operations.
Molikote (Dow Corning) Anti-wear compound, contains Molybdenum bisulphate, used neat or
diluted with engine oil for assembly of main engine bearings.
Vaseline Neutral pH compound used to protect battery terminals against oxidi-
zation and corrosion.
Engine oil 10W - 30 Used to dilute Molikote anti-wear lubricant during assembly of main
engine bearings.
0-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-15 0-15 6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM

INTRODUCTION
0.1.7 - Conversion factors

Conversion from British to metric units
Tab.8
inch x 25.40 = mm
foot x 0.305 =m
yard x 0.914
Eng.miles x 1.609 = km
Sq.in. x 6.452 = cm²
Sq.ft. x 0.093 = m²
Sq.yard x 0.835
Cu.in. x 16.39 = cm³
Cu.ft. x 28.36 = m³
Cu.yard x 0.763
Imp.gall. x 4.547 = litres
US gall. x 3.785
pint x 0.568
quart x 1.137
US.gpm x 3.785 = ,/min
oz. x 0.028 = kg
lb. x 0.454
lb.ft. x 0.139 = kgm
lb.in. x 17.87 = kg/m
psi x 0.070 = kg/cm²
lb./Imp.gall x 0.100 = kg/,
lb./US.gall x 0.120
lb./cu.ft. x 16.21 = kg/m³
lb.ft. x 1.356 = Nm
psi x 1.379 = bar
Conversion from metric to British units

Tab.9
mm x 0.0394 = inch
m x 3.281 = foot
m x 1,094 = yard
km x 0.622 = Brit.miles
cm² x 0.155 = Sq.in.
m² x 10.77 = Sq.ft.
m² x 1.197 = Sq.yard
cm³ x 0.061 = Cu.in.
m³ x 0.035 = Cu.ft
m³ x 1.311 = Cu.yard
litres x 0.220 = Imp.gall.
litres x 0.264 = US gall.
litres x 1.762 = pint
litres x 0.880 = quart
,/min x 0.2642 = US.gpm
kg x 35.25 = oz.
kg x 2.203 = lb.
kgm x 7.233 = lb.ft.
0-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-16 0-16 6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM

INTRODUCTION
kg/m x 0.056 = lb.in.

kg/cm² x 14.22 = psi
kg/, x 10.00 = lb./Imp.gal.
kg/, x 8.333 = lb./US.gal.
kg/m³ x 0.062 = lb./cu.ft.
Nm x 0.737 = lb.ft.
bar x 14.503 = psi
0-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-17 0-17 6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM

INTRODUCTION
0-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-18 0-18 6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM

10 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-1 10-1 6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
10.1 - TRANSMISSION
10.1.1 - Transmission (Agrofarm 85)
introduction
This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV).
The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions:
1. 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000)
2. 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
3. Groundspeed PTO supplied with the versions as at points 1 and 2.
All the PTO versions are mechanical with non-synchronized gears and electrohydraulic engagement control while the Groundspeed
PTO is operated by a mechanical control.
Main assemblies
1 24 3 5
D0036580
Fig.2
1. Clutch housing
2. HI-LO assembly
3. Gearbox, reverse shuttle, underdrive and ranges assembly
4. Differential unit
5. Rear PTO
Description
The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through clutch assembly (1), gearbox and shuttle assembly (2),
HI-LO unit (3) and range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to the epicyclic gears (6) and then to the wheels
(7). Between bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main brake while the
parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).
10-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-2 10-2 6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM

2
1
REV FW
E V L 5
6
3 1“ 2“ 3“ 4“ 5“
N SR
7
9
D0036300
4
Fig.3
10-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-3 10-3 6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM

Clutch housing
Fig.4 - Clutch housing

1. Rear PTO drive shaft
2. Flywheel
3. Main clutch plate
4. Main clutch thrust bearing
5. Main clutch sleeve
6. Sleeve support
7. Gearbox drive shaft
8. Main clutch lever
9. Reaction pin
10. Clutch piston
10-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-4 10-4 6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM

Gearbox and shuttle assembly
1 3 4 5 6
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
D0036310
Fig.5 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly

1. Cover
2. Gearbox support
3. Reverse travel drive gear
4. Shuttle synchronizer
5. Forward travel drive gear
6. Gearbox input shaft
7. Primary shaft
8. Secondary shaft
9. 5th speed driven gear
10. 4th-5th speed synchronizer
12. 3rd speed driven gear
13. 2nd-3rd speed synchronizer
14. 2nd speed driven gear
15. 1st speed driven gear
16. 1st speed synchronizer
10-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-5 10-5 6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM

Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly
2 3 4
1
V L
9
85CV 100CV
D0036340
8 7 6 5
Fig.6 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

1. High-Low range synchronizer
2. Low-creeper range idler gear
3. 4WD drive gear
4. Pinion
5. 4WD driven gear
6. Creeper range driven gear
7. Medium or creeper range selector
8. Medium-low range idler gear
9. 4WD shaft
10-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-6 10-6 6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM

Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly
A
2
7 97 87 6 5
D0036350
A-A
Fig.7 - Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

1. Sleeve
2. 4WD output hub
3. 4WD selector fork
4. Parking brake cam
5. Parking brake lever
6. 4WD engagement lever
7. Friction shoe
8. Steel disc
9. Spacer
10-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-7 10-7 6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM

Differential unit
1 2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
10
D0025200
8 7 6 5
Fig.8 - Differential unit

1. Pinion
2. Pinion bearing
3. Differential carrier
4. Differential casing
5. Differential lock sleeve
6. Sun gear
7. Planet gear
9. Sun gear
10. Bevel crown wheel
11. Spring
12. Spacer
13. Spring pin
14. Rod
15. Differential lock fork
16. Spring
17. Piston
10-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-8 10-8 6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM

Brakes and rear axle assembly
Fig.9 - Brakes and rear axle assembly

1. Halfshaft
2. Dust seal
3. oil seal
4. Bearing
5. Bearing
6. Ring gear
7. Pin (Qty. 3)
8. Brake cylinder
9. Piston
10. Friction disc
11. Halfshaft
12. Planet gear
13. Planet carrier
10-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-9 10-9 6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM

10.1.2 - Transmission (Agrofarm 100)
introduction
This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV).
The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions:
1. 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000)
2. 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
3. Groundspeed PTO supplied with the versions as at points 1 and 2.
All the PTO versions are mechanical with non-synchronized gears and electrohydraulic engagement control while the Groundspeed
PTO is operated by a mechanical control.
Main assemblies
1 24 3 5
D0036580
Fig.10 - Main assemblies

1. Clutch housing
2. HI-LO assembly
3. Gearbox, reverse shuttle, underdrive and ranges assembly
4. Differential unit
5. Rear PTO
Description
The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through clutch assembly (1), gearbox and shuttle assembly (2),
HI-LO unit (3) and range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to the epicyclic gears (6) and then to the wheels
(7). Between bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main brake while the
parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).
10-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-10 10-10 6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM

2
1
REV FW
E V L 5
6
3 1“ 2“ 3“ 4“ 5“
N SR
7
9
D0036300
4
Fig.11
10-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-11 10-11 6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM

Clutch housing
Fig.12 - Clutch housing

1. Rear PTO drive shaft
2. Flywheel
3. Main clutch plate
4. Main clutch thrust bearing
5. Main clutch sleeve
6. Sleeve support
7. Gearbox drive shaft
8. Main clutch lever
9. Reaction pin
10. Clutch piston
10-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-12 10-12 6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM

Gearbox and shuttle assembly
1 3 4 56
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 D0036320
Fig.13 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly

1. Cover
2. Gearbox support
3. Reverse travel drive gear
4. Shuttle synchronizer
5. Forward travel drive gear
6. Gearbox input shaft
7. Primary shaft
8. Secondary shaft
10. 4th-5th speed synchronizer
12. 3rd speed driven gear
13. 2nd-3rd speed synchronizer
14. 2nd speed driven gear
15. 1st speed driven gear
16. 1st speed synchronizer
10-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-13 10-13 6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM

Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly
2 3 4
V L
1
9
M SR
8 7 6 5 D0036330
Fig.14 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

1. High-Low range synchronizer
2. Low-creeper range idler gear
3. 4WD drive gear
4. Pinion
5. 4WD driven gear
6. Creeper range driven gear
7. Medium or creeper range selector
8. Medium-low range idler gear
9. 4WD shaft
10-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-14 10-14 6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM

Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly
A
2
7 97 87 6 5
D0036350
A-A
Fig.15 - Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

1. Sleeve
2. 4WD output hub
3. 4WD selector fork
4. Parking brake cam
5. Parking brake lever
6. 4WD engagement lever
7. Friction shoe
8. Steel disc
9. Spacer
10-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-15 10-15 6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM

Differential unit
1 2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
10
D0025200
8 7 6 5
Fig.16 - Differential unit

1. Pinion
2. Pinion bearing
4. Differential casing
5. Differential lock sleeve
6. Sun gear
7. Planet gear
9. Sun gear
11. Spring
12. Spacer
13. Spring pin
14. Rod
15. Differential lock fork
16. Spring
17. Piston
10-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-16 10-16 6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM

Brakes and rear axle assembly
6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
10
12
11
D0025210
Fig.17 - Brakes and rear axle assembly

1. Halfshaft
2. Dust seal
3. Bearing
4. oil seal
5. Bearing
6. Ring gear
7. Brake cylinder
8. Piston
9. Friction disc
10. Halfshaft
11. Planet gear
12. Planet carrier
10-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-17 10-17 6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM

10.1.3 - Rear. PTO
Description
The rear power take-off allows drive to be transmitted to an implement at a predetermined rotation speed. The rotary drive is taken
directly from the engine and the operator controls engagement of the PTO via the push-button on the right-hand side of the driving
seat. The rear PTO, for 540, 540 ECO, 1000 and 1000 ECO, is engaged by way of the electrohydraulic operated PTO cutch, while
the Groundspeed PTO (when present) is engaged by way of a mechanical control. The PTO speed is a selected by mechanical
controls.
The rear PTO is supplied in 2 versions with two or four rotation speeds:
● PTO 540-1000
● PTO 540 - 540 ECO - 1000 and 1000 ECO
In addition, a further shaft for the Groundspeed PTO may be installed. The speed of the groundspeed PTO is directly proportional to
the rotation speed of the rear wheels with a fixed ratio between PTO shaft and wheel speeds.
Power flow diagram
Fig.18 - Rear. 2 speed
10-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-18 10-18 6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM

Fig.19 - Rear. 4 speed
PTO control clutch assembly
2 3 4
A
1 5
B B
6
A-A
8 7
9
10
11
12
D0036360
B-B
Fig.20 - PTO control clutch assembly

1. Hub
10-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-19 10-19 6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM

2 3 4
A
1 5
B B
6
A-A
8 7
9
10
11
12
D0036360
B-B
Fig.20 - PTO control clutch assembly

2. PTO engagement clutch
3. Clutch drum
4. Housing
5. PTO brake clutch piston
6. PTO brake clutch
7. PTO engagement piston
8. Piston return spring
9. Accumulator cylinder
10. Accumulator spring
11. Accumulator piston
12. Pressure relief valve
Malfunction
The following text describes what happens when the PTO is engaged
● When the operator activates PTO engagement, the solenoid valve (1) is energized and the pressurized oil from the regulator
valve (2) flows into the line a.
● The pressurized oil from regulator valve (2) is thus introduced into chamber b of accumulator (3).
● As the pressure in chamber b, increases, the force exerted by the pressure on piston (4) compresses springs (5). The
increased stroke of piston (4) corresponds to an increase in the pressure in chamber b and chamber c of piston (6). For this
reason, the clutch engagement pressure is modulated in the pressure range between 2 and 12 bar. Simultaneously the oil in
passage d is returned to tank and the pressure acting on piston (7) decreases, thereby allowing the hub to rotate (8).
10-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-20 10-20 6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM

5 3 4 b
a 2
7 D0036370
Fig.21
The following text describes what happens when the PTO is disengaged
● The PTO is disengaged by de-energizing the solenoid valve (1).
● The oil under pressure in the line a is sent into the discharge circuit via the solenoid valve (1).
● Because of the decrease in pressure in passage a, piston (4) is pushed to the right by springs (5) and force of spring (9)
pushes piston (6) to the right, bringing it to the rest position. At the same time, the pressurised oil from regulator valve (2) flows
into passage d. This causes piston (7) to shift to the right, thereby operating the PTO brake and stopping rotation of hub (8).
10-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-21 10-21 6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM

Fig.22
10-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-22 10-22 6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM

10.1.4 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and groundspeed PTO
2-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO
15
1 23 4
13 7
14 15
12
16
13
11
8
D0036390
10
Fig.23 - 2-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO

1. Drive shaft
2. Bearing
3. 1000 PTO drive gear
4. Bearing
5. Cover
6. Bearing
7. 540-1000 PTO output shaft
8. Groundspeed PTO output shaft
9. Bearing
10. 540 PTO driven gear
12. Bearing
13. Selector sleeve
14. Yoke
15. Speed selector lever
16. Shoe
10-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-23 10-23 6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM

4-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO
56 7
17 18 19
9 10
12 34
11 20
22
21
19 20
12
16 15 14 13
D0036400
Fig.24 - 4-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO

1. PTO input shaft
2. Normal /ECO PTO selector sleeve
3. ECO PTO drive shaft
4. Flange
5. Normal PTO drive shaft input
6. ECO PTO drive gear
7. Bearing
8. Cover
9. Bearing
10. 540-1000 PTO output shaft
11. Groundspeed PTO output shaft
12. Bearing
13. ECO -1000 PTO driven gear
14. 1000/540 PTO selector sleeve
16. Bearing
17. Yoke
18. Shoe
19. Normal /ECO PTO selector sleeve
20. 540/1000 PTO selector sleeve
21. Shoe
22. Yoke
10-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-24 10-24 6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM

10.2 - FRONT AXLE
10.2.1 - Front axle
Fig.25 - Steering angle “A”

● Single-acting steering cylinders version: 50°
● Double-acting steering cylinders version: 55°
10-25
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-25 10-25 6/21/2007 4:31:36 AM

Final drive
Fig.26 - Final drive

1. Planet carrier
2. oil seal
3. Ring gear
4. Brake disc
5. Steering knuckle housing
6. Top pin
7. Gasket
8. Top bearing
9. Halfshaft
10. Roller cage
11. oil seal
12. Lower bearing
13. Gasket
14. Lower pin
15. Brake piston
16. Steel disc
17. Friction disc
18. Bearing
19. Cover
20. Protective disc
21. Planet gear
22. Pin
23. Sensor drive plate
24. Sensor drive pin
25. Steering angle sensor
26. Sensor cover
10-26
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-26 10-26 6/21/2007 4:31:36 AM

PINION, DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
Fig.27 - PINION, DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

1. Axle housing
3. Planet gear
4. Sun gear
6. Differential lock device
7. Halfshaft
8. Bearing
9. Bearing
10. Spacer
11. Bearing
12. oil seal
13. oil seal
14. oil seal
15. Ringnut
16. Pinion
18. Bearing
19. Sun gear
21. Piston
22. Shock absorber spring
23. Return spring
24. Differential locking engagement lever
25. Shoe
10-27
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-27 10-27 6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM

10.3 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
10.3.1 - Hydraulic system (Agrofarm 85)
Description
The tractors in this series are equipped with a hydraulic system that comprises two main circuits:
● Steering and services circuit.
● Lift and auxiliary services control valve circuit.
Each of these circuits is supplied with oil by a hydraulic gear pump that converts the power supplied by the engine into hydraulic
energy. The oil flow generated by the pumps is sent to the devices which control the distribution of the oil pressure to the actuators,
where the hydraulic energy is converted into mechanical energy.
7 8 9 10 11 12
A 13
B
6
14
5
15
2 3 16
4 17
D0025320
Fig.28 - Hydraulic system diagram

1. Suction line filter
2. Steering circuit gear pump
3. Lift gear pump
5. Power steering
6. Steering cylinder
7. HML solenoid valve assembly
10-28
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-28 10-28 6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM

7 8 9 10 11 12
A 13
B
6
14
5
15
2 3 16
4 17
D0025320
Fig.28 - Hydraulic system diagram

8. Hydraulic reverse shuttle solenoid valves assembly
9. 4WD engagement device
10. Differential lock engagement device
11. Rear PTO clutch
12. Services solenoid valve assembly
13. Auxiliary services directional control valve
14. Hydraulic lift directional control valve
15. Lift cylinder
16. HML and secondary shaft assembly lubrication
17. Ejector
10-29
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-29 10-29 6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM

Hydraulic system diagrams
Hydraulic steering and services diagram
7
5 14 cm3
0.8-8 bar
6 6
L R
0.5-1 L/min.
12 bar
T
2 1.1
150 Bar 8
4
P T
0.5-1 L/min.
1135 cm 3
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5
L C B A
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T 500 m T 500 m
P P
90 m
H
9 11
T T
10
E Sx 2
-0.5 bar
25 m
nom.
D0036480 Rear gear box
Fig.29 - Hydraulic steering and services diagram

1. Suction filter (25 μm)
2. Hydraulic pump (14 cc/rev)
3. Resonator
4. Power steering
5. Steering cylinders
6. Oil cooler
7. Rear PTO clutch
8. Differential lock devices
9. Pressure holding valves assembly
10-30
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-30 10-30 6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM

7
5 14 cm3
0.8-8 bar
6 6
L R
0.5-1 L/min.
12 bar
T
2 1.1
150 Bar 8
4
P T
0.5-1 L/min.
1135 cm 3
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5
L C B A
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T 500 m T 500 m
P P
90 m
H
9 11
T T
10
E Sx 2
-0.5 bar
25 m
nom.

10. Filter
10-31
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-31 10-31 6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM

Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve circuit diagram (basic version)
B1 A1 B2 A2
4 5
T 210 bar
1.2
T
1
190 bar
RV
1 1
P H.P.C.
T T T
Lif Lower
0 0 0.7x4 t
1
2 2
0 1
Neutral
6 bar
2
Dx
-0.5 bar
25 m 25 m
0.03 bar
D0036490
Rear gear box
Fig.30 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve diagram (BASIC)
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. 4-way auxiliary services control valve
5. Lift cylinders
10-32
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-32 10-32 6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM

Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services control valve diagram (full optional version)
7 v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
v0= 0.7 L 70 bar

p0= 130 bar
6
8
Q regol.
16 L/min
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
4
T T
190 bar
RV
1 1 1
P H.P.C.
0 0 0
2 2 2
2 0 1 3
1
10
2 0
9
11 bar
T B
3 210 bar
Freno trattore Sx
1.2
Lf Tractor brake
1
T
Y2
Y1
T T T
Lift Lower
P 0.7x4
Freno trattore Dx
Comando ON/OFF Freno

1
Rh Tractor brake
ON/OFF brake control

Neutral
6 bar
2
Dx T
-0.5 bar
1
25 m 25 m
0.03 bar
D0036530
Rear gear box
Fig.31 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve diagram (FULL OPTIONAL)
3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
5. Free drain
6. Front power-lift
7. Damper valve assembly
8. Rate of drop control valve
9. Electronic lift directional control valve
10. Lift cylinders
10-33
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-33 10-33 6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM

10.3.2 - Hydraulic system (Agrofarm 100)
Description
The tractors in this series are equipped with a hydraulic system that comprises two main circuits:
● Steering and services circuit.
● Lift and auxiliary services control valve circuit.
Each of these circuits is supplied with oil by a hydraulic gear pump that converts the power supplied by the engine into hydraulic
energy. The oil flow generated by the pumps is sent to the devices which control the distribution of the oil pressure to the actuators,
where the hydraulic energy is converted into mechanical energy.
7 8 9 10 11 12
A 13
B
6
14
5
15
2 3 16
4 17
D0025320
Fig.32 - Hydraulic system

2. Steering circuit gear pump
3. Lift gear pump
5. Power steering
6. Steering cylinder
7. HML solenoid valve assembly
8. Hydraulic reverse shuttle solenoid valves assembly
9. 4WD engagement device
10. Differential lock engagement device
10-34
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-34 10-34 6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM

7 8 9 10 11 12
A 13
B
6
14
5
15
2 3 16
4 17
D0025320
Fig.32 - Hydraulic system

11. Rear PTO clutch
13. Auxiliary services directional control valve
15. Lift cylinder
16. HML and secondary shaft assembly lubrication
17. Ejector
10-35
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-35 10-35 6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM

Hydraulic system diagrams
Hydraulic steering and services diagram
9
6 32 cm3
5 5 0.8-8 bar
L R
0.5-1 L/min.
12 bar
T
2 1.1
150 Bar
4
P T
0.5-1 L/min.
1135 cm 3
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5
L C B A
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T 500 m T 500 m
P P
90 m
H
7 8
T T
E Sx 2
-0.5 bar
25 m
nom.

2. Hydraulic pump (11 cc/rev)
3. Resonator
4. Power steering
5. Steering cylinders
6. Oil cooler
7. Pressure holding valve
8. HI-LO engagement solenoid valve
9. Rear PTO clutch
10-36
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-36 10-36 6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM

Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve circuit diagram (basic version)
B1 A1 B2 A2
4 5
T 210 bar
1.5
RV T
1
190 bar
1 1
P H.P.C.
1 T T
Lif Lower
0 0 t
T 1
2 2
0 1
Neutral
6 bar
2
Dx
-0.5 bar
25 m 25 m
0.03 bar
D0036510
Rear gear box
Fig.34 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve circuit diagram (basic version)
3. Free drain
6. Lift cylinders
10-37
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-37 10-37 6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM

Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services control valve diagram (full optional version)
7 v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
v0= 0.7 L 70 bar

p0= 130 bar
6
8
Q regol.
16 L/min
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
4
T T
190 bar
RV
1 1 1
P H.P.C.
0 0 0
2 2 2
2 0 1 3
1
10
2 0
9
11 bar
T B
3 210 bar
Freno trattore Sx
1.2
Lf Tractor brake
1
T
Y2
Y1
T T T
Lift Lower
P 0.7x4
Freno trattore Dx
Comando ON/OFF Freno

1
Rh Tractor brake
ON/OFF brake control

Neutral
6 bar
2
Dx T
-0.5 bar
1
25 m 25 m
0.03 bar
D0036530
Rear gear box
Fig.35 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services control valve diagram (full optional version)
3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
4. Free drain
6. Front power-lift
7. Damper valve assembly
8. Rate of drop control valve
9. Lift cylinder
10. Lift unit auxiliary cylinder
11. Electronic lift directional control valve
10-38
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-38 10-38 6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM

10.3.3 - Steering circuit pump - directional control valve circuit
STEERING CIRCUIT GEAR PUMP
Fig.36 - Steering circuit gear pump

● displacement: 14 cc/rev
● Maximum operating pressure: 155 bars
10-39
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-39 10-39 6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM

Lift circuit gear pump
Fig.37 - Lift circuit gear pump

● displacement: 22.5 cc/rev
● Maximum operating pressure: 190 bars
10-40
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-40 10-40 6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM

10.3.4 - Power steering
Fig.38 - Power steering

OPERATION
● The power steering system consists of a directional control valve with a rotary spool; these components have hydrostatic
operation.
● When the steering wheel is turned, the rotary spool control valve sends the oil from the pump to one side or the other of the
steering cylinder. The rotary spool ensures that that the volume of oil delivered to the cylinder is proportional to the angle
through which the steering wheel is turned.
● In the event of a malfunction of the power steering pump, the rotary spool valve automatically functions as a manual pump to
ensure emergency steering.
Technical characteristics
● Relief valve setting: 150-155 bar
● displacement: 125 cc/rev
10-41
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-41 10-41 6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM

10.3.5 - Auxiliary services directional control valve

1 2
3 2 4 1
B1 A1 B2 A2
T
B1 B2 190 bar
1 1
H.P.C.
A1 A2 P 0 0
2 2
1
0
4 D0036620
Fig.39 - Auxiliary services control valve - 4-way version

1. Detent element
2. Double-acting section
4. Double/single acting conversion screw
1 2 3
5
4 1 2 3 5
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
B1 B2 B3
190 bar
3
1 1
1 H.P.C.
A1 A2 A3 P 0 0
2 2 2
1 3
0 1
4 2
0
2
D0036610
Fig.40 - Auxiliary services control valve - 6-way version

1. Double-acting section
2. Detent element
3. Float element
5. Check valve
10-42
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-42 10-42 6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM

10.3.6 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve (Agrofarm 85)
Hydraulic lift directional control valve
F 19
A A
C 11
C
D
D
E E
F-F
F
20
A-A
B
16 15
11 10 2
19
20 20
ł1.2
210 bar
T
ł1
14 13 12 17 7
E-E B-B T
21 T T
Lift Lower
0.7x4
A 18 ł1.5
ł1
8
6 bar
5 21
7
6 4
TT
3 16 12
18 2 9 10
D-D C-C
17 D0032000
1
Fig.41 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve

Components
1. Pipe union
2. Rate of drop control valve spool (Valvematic)
3. Crankpin
4. Rate of drop regulator valve spring
5. Spacer
6. Lift control spool return spring
7. Lift control spool
8. One-way valve actuator piston
9. Valve stem
10. One-way valve
11. Inlet valve
12. Pilot/enabling valve
13. Pilot/enabling valve spring
14. Spacer
15. Enabling valve spring
16. Enabling valve
17. One-way valve
18. Choke
10-43
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-43 10-43 6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM

F 19
A A
C 11
C
D
D
E E
F-F
F
20
A-A
B
16 15
11 10 2
19
20 20
ł1.2
210 bar
T
ł1
14 13 12 17 7
E-E B-B T
21 T T
Lift Lower
0.7x4
A 18 ł1.5
ł1
8
6 bar
5 21
7
6 4
TT
3 16 12
18 2 9 10
D-D C-C
17 D0032000
1

19. Relief valve
20. Directional control valve power
21. Lift control
Function
The function of the lift control valve is to direct oil pressure to the lifting cylinder, thereby allowing the linkage to be raised and lowered.
It incorporates the following valves:
● One-way valve (1)
● Rate of drop control valve (Valvematic) (2)
● Inlet valve (3)
● Enabling valve (4)
● Pilot/enabling valve (5)
● Safety valve (6)
10-44
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-44 10-44 6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM

Fig.42
Malfunction
When the lift control is in neutral position
● The pressurised oil from the pump (1) flows to line a. As all the passages are closed, the pressure increases and when the
force exerted on the enabling valve (2) overcomes that of the spring (3), the valve (2) shifts to the right to allow oil to flow
out.
Fig.43
When the lift is raised
● When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, lift lowering begins; this can be divided into two stages:
STAGE 1
● When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, this connects:
● line b with line c thereby allowing the piston (6) to move to the right.
● line d to drain line h thereby allowing the pressure in line e to fall.
10-45
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-45 10-45 6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM

6 e
c
b
d
4
D0032320
2
Fig.44
STAGE 2
● When the piston (6) moves to the right, the ball (7) is also moved to the right to connect chamber m of the check valve (8)
with line e. Consequently the pressure in chamber m is decreased and the force exerted on the piston (6) by the pressure in
chamber n pushes the valve (8) to right thereby connecting line p with linee and allowing the oil to flow and the lift to be be
lowered. Valve (9) is used to regulate the rate of drop; when moved downwards, it limits the flow of oil between port t and line
p.
t n 6 e 7 8
D0032330
Fig.45
● When the spool (4) is shifted to the left, this opens the connecting passages between lines b and d, f and g, a and e. When
the forces exerted by the pressure in line e overcomes the force exerted by the pressure in chamber m, the valve (8) is shifted
to the right and oil can flow into line p and from there, through the valve (9), to port t and the lifting cylinder (10. To increase
the lifting speed i.e. the flow of oil to the lifting cylinder (10), a one-way valve (11) is installed in parallel with the spool (4); this
ensures that oil is only supplied during the lifting stage
10-46
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-46 10-46 6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM

Hydraulic lift directional control valve

E
14 13 12
D D
C C
B B
A A
E
A-A
17 16 15
8 9 10 11
6 18 7
E-E
D-D
11 10 3
B-B
19
T
210 bar
ø1.5
1 2 3 4 5
ø1
7
18
T T
Lift Lower
ø1
6 bar
P
C-C
18 D0024050
19
16 12

Components
1. Relief valve
2. Plug
3. Rate of drop control valve spool (Valvematic)
4. Crankpin
5. Rate of drop regulator valve spring
6. Lift control spool return spring
7. Lift control spool
8. One-way valve actuator piston
9. Valve stem
10. One-way valve
11. Inlet valve
12. Pilot/enabling valve
13. Pilot/enabling valve spring
14. Spacer
15. Enabling valve spring
16. Enabling valve
17. Directional control valve power
18. Exhaust
19. Lift control
10-47
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-47 10-47 6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM

Function
The function of the lift control valve is to direct oil pressure to the lifting cylinder, thereby allowing the linkage to be raised and
lowered.
It incorporates the following valves:
● One-way valve (1)
● Rate of drop control valve (Valvematic) (2)
● Inlet valve (3)
● Enabling valve (4)
● Pilot/enabling valve (5)
● Safety valve (6)
Fig.47
Malfunction
When the lift control is in neutral position
● The pressurised oil from the pump (1) flows to line a. As all the passages are closed, the pressure increases and when the
force exerted on the enabling valve (2) overcomes that of the spring (3), the valve (2) shifts to the right to allow oil to flow
out.
10-48
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-48 10-48 6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM

Fig.48
When the lift is lowered
● When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, lift lowering begins; this can be divided into two stages:
STAGE 1
● When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, this connects:
● line b with line c thereby allowing the piston (6) to move to the right.
● line d to drain line h thereby allowing the pressure in line e to fall.
6 e
c
b
d
4
D0032370
2
Fig.49
STAGE 2
● When the piston (6) moves to the right, the ball (7) is also moved to the right to connect chamber m of the check valve (8)
with line e. Consequently the pressure in chamber m is decreased and the force exerted on the piston (6) by the pressure in
chamber n pushes the valve (8) to right thereby connecting line p with linee and allowing the oil to flow and the lift to be be
lowered. Valve (9) is used to regulate the rate of drop; when moved downwards, it limits the flow of oil between port t and line
p.
10-49
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-49 10-49 6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM

t n 6 e 7 8
D0032380
Fig.50
● When the spool (4) is shifted to the left, this opens the connecting passages between lines b and d, f and g, a and e. When
the forces exerted by the pressure in line e overcomes the force exerted by the pressure in chamber m, the valve (8) is shifted
to the right and oil can flow into line p and from there, through the valve (9), to port t and the lifting cylinder (10. To increase
the lifting speed i.e. the flow of oil to the lifting cylinder (10), a one-way valve (11) is installed in parallel with the spool (4); this
ensures that oil is only supplied during the lifting stage
t e 8
10 m
b
9 4
p
d
11 f
g
a
D0032390
Fig.51
10-50
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-50 10-50 6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM

10.3.8 - Braking system
Description
The braking system is 4 braking devices (1 for each wheel) operated by two hydraulic pumps with mechanical control. Each pump
supplies oil to the brakes on one side of the tractor (right or left), giving the operator the possibility to apply the brakes on one side
only and thus reduce the turning radius. The “Separate-Brakes” valve in the braking circuit allows braking on the rear wheel only
when the operator requires.
1 2 3 4 5
D0002310
Fig.52 - Braking system diagram

1. Front axle
2. Master cylinder for RH side brakes
3. Master cylinder for LH side brakes
4. Separate-Brakes valve
5. Rear axle
10-51
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-51 10-51 6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM

10.3.9 - “Separate-Brake” valve
Function
The Separate-Brake valve serves to exclude front wheel braking when the operator presses only one of the brake pedals.
ON
OFF
HS
AR
AL AR
PL
PR
PL PR
L R
ON OFF
AL AR
Pedale SX OFF ON
HS
Pedale DX
PL PR
L R
Due pedali
D0002320
Fig.53 - “Separate-Brake” valve
10-52
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-52 10-52 6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM

2 3 4
11
HS
10
5
5
6
6
7
7 AL AR
8
8
PL PR
9
9
D0002330
L R
Fig.54 - Components
1. Drive shaft
2. End cover
3. Flange
4. Control knob
5. Piston
6. Spring
7. Crankpin
8. Ball
9. Spring
10. Spring
11. Ball
Malfunction
When the valve is not activated
● In the following explanation it is assumed that the operator presses just one of the brake pedals; operation with both pedals
is the same.
10-53
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-53 10-53 6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM

Fig.55
● When the valve is not activated, piston (1) in the lower position and the force of springs (2) push spools (3) downwards.
● When one of the brake pedals is pressed (e.g. the RH pedal), the oil pressure pushes plunger (3) upwards against piston (1),
thereby opening the connecting passage between chambers a and b.
● This allows the oil pressure to reach both brakes on the side corresponding to the pedal that is pressed.
When the valve is activated and just one brake pedal is pressed
10-54
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-54 10-54 6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM

Fig.56
● When the valve is activated, pistons (1) are in their high position.
● When one of the brake pedals is pressed (e.g. the LH pedal), the oil pressure pushes plunger (3) upwards, overcoming the
force of spring (2).
● At the same time ball (4) is pushed upwards by spring (5) so that it closes the connecting passage between chambers a and
b.
● As a result, the oil flow from the pump is directed only towards the rear wheel brake.
When the valve is activated and both brake pedals are pressed
10-55
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-55 10-55 6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM

Fig.57
● When the valve is activated and both brake pedals are pressed, the oil flow is directed to chambers c and d.
● As the pressure acting on plungers (3) is the same, they are pushed downward exclusively by the force of springs (2).
● As a result, the oil flow from the master cylinders is directed to the front and rear brakes on both sides of the tractor.
● Even if the operator forgets to deactivate the valve after finishing field work, as soon as both brake pedals are pressed, braking
on all four wheels is ensured.
10-56
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-56 10-56 6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM

10.3.10 - Trailer braking valve
ITALY version
Function
The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.
Operation
3 P
2 B N 4
D0021840
Fig.58 - Trailer braking valve - ITALY version

Valve control lever in position “1”
● When lever (1) is in position “1” (valve activated) and the brake pedals are not pressed, there is a pressure of 12.5 bar (181.3
psi) available at port B.
● This pressure is supplied constantly to the trailer to release the parking brake. In this condition, the pressure detected by the
pressure switch (2) is higher than the pressure setting and consequently the indicator light (3) on the instrument panel remains
off.
● When the operator engages the parking brake, the lever (4) is operated too. The pressure at port B is thus eliminated and the
pressure switch (2), on detecting the lack of pressure, illuminates the indicator light (3) on the instrument panel.
● The pressure at port B is directly proportional to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Valve control lever in position “O”
● When the lever (1) is in position “O” (valve deactivated), there is no pressure at port B. As a result, the pressure switch (2)
detects the lack of pressure and illuminates the inidcator light (3) on the dashboard. In this condition, the pressure at port B
remains null regardless of the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
10-57
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-57 10-57 6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM

Y1
P o
1
o
N
E
Y2
B
Y1
Y2
N
D0021810
E
B T
Fig.59 - Couplers
● P - Valve supply
● N - To auxiliary services control valve
● B - To trailer brake
● T - Exhaust
● Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
● E - Parking brake pressure switch
● Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar (2900 psi)
● Minimum constant pressure at port B: 12.5±2 bar (181.3±29 psi)
● Maximum pressure at port B: 135±5 bar (1885±72.5 psi)
● Oil supply flow rate: 20÷80 ,/min (5.3 ÷ 79.7 US.gpm)
EXPORT version
Function
The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.
10-58
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-58 10-58 6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM

Operation
B N
D0021820
Fig.60 - Trailer braking valve - EXPORT version

● When the brakes are not applied there is no pressure at port B.
● When the operator applies the tractor brakes, the pressure in the circuit pilots the braking valve and the pressure at port B
increases proportionally to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Y1
P P T
Y1
N
Y2
Y2 N B
B
D0021830
Fig.61 - Couplers
● P - Valve supply
● N - To auxiliary services control valve
● B - To trailer brake
● T - Exhaust
● Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
● Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar (2900 psi)
● Minimum constant pressure at port B: 0 bar (0 psi)
● Maximum pressure at port B: 130÷135 bar (1885÷1957.5 psi)
● Oil supply flow rate: 20÷80 ,/min (5.3 - 8.7 US.gpm)
10-59
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-59 10-59 6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM

10.3.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly

B
B B-B
1 2
H
B
T
C A-A
11 bar
2
C BA
1
A A
T 500 m T 500 m
P P
3 90 m
T D0036590
Fig.62 - Services solenoid valve assembly

Components
1. PTO engagement solenoid valve
2. Differential lock engagement solenoid valve
3. Filter
Couplers
● H - Oil supply (from holding valve unit)
● T - Exhaust
● A - To rear PTO engagement clutch
● B - To rear PTO brake engagement clutch
● C - To differential lock engagement device
10-60
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-60 10-60 6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM

Pressure holding valve unit
2 1
T
3
C-C
B
6
P1
C1
A-A
H
5 C C
B A
6
P C
4
C1 L
5
L
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
2
B-B
H
1 T
D0036600
3 4
Fig.63 - Pressure holding valve unit

Components
1. Check valve
2. Services circuit supply pressure control valve
3. Cooler by-pass valve
4. Lubrication pressure control valve
5. Pressure control valve test point
6. Cooler by-pass valve pressure test point
Couplers
● P1 - Oil supply
● T - Exhaust
● H - Services solenoid valve supply
● L - To lubrication
● C1 - To cooler
10-61
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-61 10-61 6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM

10-62
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-62 10-62 6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM

20 - CALIBRATIONS AND
ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-1 20-1 6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM

CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC
20.1 - DIAGNOSTIC INSTRUMENT
20.1.1 - All Round Tester
Description
In order to be able to troubleshoot correctly, commission the tractor and check the electrical components of the lift and engine systems
work properly, the Technician has an instrument called the All Round Tester (hereinafter ART). Using the ART, the technician can:
● display errors (faults) that have occurred;
● carry out sensor calibration or setting procedures;
● display data detected by the electronic control units (e.g. status of the sensors) managing the systems.
The exchange of data between the ART and the control units occurs by way of a diagnosis socket incorporated into the wiring
harnesses of the tractor. Accordingly, the ART comes with different types of interface cables for the different models and versions of
tractor being serviced, which must be used as indicated in the relative workshop manuals or on the CD supplied with the kit.
Description of the KIT

The ART is supplied to Authorised Workshops in a carrying case containing:
1
9 2
7 8
4
6 5 3
F0057690
Fig.64
Tab.10
POS CODE DESCRIPTION
5.9030.730.6/30 Case, complete
1 5.9030.730.0 All Round Tester
2 5.9030.681.3/10 Diagnostic cable for BOSCH EHR4 rear hydraulic lift
Diagnosis and programming cable of electronic regulator, original type
Diagnosis cable of SBA system, original type
3 5.9030.681.7 Adapter cable for radar connector
4 5.9030.681.5 Adapter cable for wheel speed sensor connector
5 5.9030.681.4 Cable for diagnostic socket *
20-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-2 20-2 6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM

POS CODE DESCRIPTION

6 0.011.6178.4 Adapter cable for diagnosis socket on armrest
7 0.011.5445.4 Cable for connection to diagnosis socket in engine, gearbox, and lift control units
zone
8 0.010.2154.2 EPROM port box
9 307.1056.8/60 CD ROM
* As from 01/01/06 the cable has been modified to allow the All Round Tester to connect to all control units. Contact the Technical
Assistance Service for further information.
Notes on correct use

The ART is protected against battery polarity inversion, and positive or negative overvoltages of momentary duration (1 msec). Do not
attempt to connect the ART to non-dedicated sockets, and do not use trailing connections or extension cables. The display features
permanent backlighting in order to ensure visibility in all light conditions. A knob on the side allows adjustment of the contrast. If no
information appears on the display it may be that the knob is positioned in such a way that data displayed on the screen are not
visible. The tester operates correctly at temperatures between 0 and 40 °C, and should be switched off every 30 minutes to maximise
its service life. Before disconnecting the ART from the diagnostic socket, turn the starter key to the “O” (OFF) position.
Description of the Tester
F0057700
Fig.65
The ART includes:
1. Liquid crystal display featuring permanent backlighting
2. 16-key alphanumeric keypad
3. Contrast adjustment knob. Used to adjust the contrast. If no information appears on the display it may be that the knob is
positioned in such a way that data reading field on the screen is not visible.
4. Parallel port (used to connect the ART to systems with electronic control units that do not have microprocessors).
5. Serial port (used to connect the ART to systems with electronic control units incorporating microprocessors).
General notes on connecting and powering up the Tester

1 To connect the tester to the tractor electronic system proceed as follows:
2 Switch off the engine and remove the starter key;
3 Connect the ART to a diagnostic socket;
4 Put the key in the starter switch and turn it to “I” (ON).
20-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-3 20-3 6/21/2007 4:31:44 AM

5 When the ART powers up, a page appears showing an internal

test run by the instrument to check the battery charge. If the
voltage registers less than 10V, the ART does not have sufficient
power to connect to the control units, whereas if the value is
higher than 15V the instrument could be damaged. After a few
seconds, the tester attempts to connect to the electronic system
and displays a page (which may vary depending on the tractor or
the connector to which it is plugged), from which the technician
can choose to connect to a given control unit and test the
operation of the components.
Selection of the display language

1 The ART is able to display information in a number of different languages (factory setting: ENGLISH). To change the display
language, proceed as follows.
2 Switch off the engine and remove the starter key
3 Connect the ART to a diagnostic socket
4 While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to “I” (ON).
5 Enter the password 1 2 3 F.
20-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-4 20-4 6/21/2007 4:31:45 AM

6 Press “1 - Language SEL.”.
7 Press “C to change” and then the key corresponding to the

desired language. In the example above, key “2 - ENGLISH” was
pressed to select English.
Press “E EXIT” twice to quit
Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and disconnect the ART from
the diagnostic socket.
Configuring the serial ports

1 The tractor electronic systems to which the ART can be connected are different one from another and utilize different pinouts
at the diagnosis socket for interfacing purposes.
For this reason, the serial ports must first be configured so as to guarantee full compatibility of the ART with all SAME
electronic systems.
To change the serial ports configuration, proceed as follows.
2 Switch off the engine and remove the starter key
3 Connect the ART to a diagnostic socket
4 While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to “I” (ON)
20-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-5 20-5 6/21/2007 4:31:45 AM

5 Enter the password 1 2 3 F.
6 Press “2 - Serial Ports”.
7 Enable all the serial ports by pressing “1 - Port Enable” seven

times.
Press “E EXIT” twice to quit.
Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and disconnect the ART from
the diagnostic socket.
20-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-6 20-6 6/21/2007 4:31:45 AM

20.1.2 - Connecting the tester to the lift and engine control units
Connecting the tester to the electronic control units

1 WARNING
Before connecting the ART®, switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
Connecting ART® to the hydraulic lift and engine control units

1 Connect cable (1) (P/N. 5.9030.861.4) to the ART® (2) (code.
5.9030.730.0). 1
Insert connector (3) in connector X62 located inside the LH 3

console.
Check that connectors (3) and X62 are securely connected.
2 Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to “I” (ON) to switch on the tester.
3 On power up, the ART(r) will perform the battery level test and
then display the following screen:
4 The technician should now press the key corresponding to the control unit to be tested.
5 WARNING
Do not start the engine unless this is required for subsequent operations.
20-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-7 20-7 6/21/2007 4:31:46 AM

20.2 - INTRODUCTION TO THE TRACTOR&AP;S ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
20.2.1 - Introduction to the tractor’s electronic system
Instrument panel
The instrument panel installed on these tractors is designed and programmed to manage and display the information needed by
the operator to control the operation of the tractor in various work conditions, displaying the performance values in real time and
signal any faults detected by the ECU and transmission control unit by means of the display located on the right-hand side. The
instrument panel comprises a single unit that mounts three digital displays supplying information by means of a text message display
and analogue instruments showing engine revs, fuel level, etc. The instrument panel also incorporates indicator lights showing the
operating status of various tractor systems, or the presence of faults (e.g. clogged oil filters, etc.). In addition, engine preheating is
controlled from the instrument panel.
Fig.66
Description of the preheating system

The preheating system is managed by a logic system in the instrument panel and it is designed to ensure that the engine starts
correctly when the coolant temperature is below +30°C. A special feature of the system is that the preheating cycle is enabled
manually by the operator and only if the coolant temperature is below 30 °C. The preheating cycle does not terminate with the starting
of the engine, but continues for a certain time through a so-called postheating phase that heats the combustion air drawn into the
engine in order to reduce the amount of white exhaust smoke typically produced during this stage. The air drawn into the engine is
preheated by a heating element (flange located on the intake manifold containing an electrical resistance). The instrument panel,
powered on when the starter key is turned, indicates the preheating operation by means of a yellow light, and ensures the system
operation by means of a series of sensors and air preheating device. The sensors connected to the control unit are as follows; the
coolant temperature sensor (specific for the preheating system) and the alternator, which transmits the “W” signal, starter key (which
transmits the engine start signal) and the “Preheating” pushbutton. The preheating device is comprised of a relay feeding power to
the heating element and the heating element itself.
Operation
Operation of the preheating device is automatic, and the device is activated only when the coolant temperature is below 30°C. When
the operator turns the key to “I” (ON) without starting the engine, the instrument panel reads the temperature of the coolant and, if
lower than +30°C, illuminates the yellow indicator light (flashing) thereby alerting the operator to the fact that that the engine should
only be started on completion of the preheating phase. The operator must therefore wait for around 10 seconds before attempting
to start the engine (this is the time required for completion of the preheating phase). On termination of the preheating phase, the
operator can start the engine and, as soon as it receives the W signal from the alternator, the control unit starts the postheating phase
(flashing yellow light). The duration of the postheating phase can vary between 35 seconds to a maximum of 320 seconds, depending
on the the temperature of the coolant.
20-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-8 20-8 6/21/2007 4:31:46 AM

Important:
The control unit activates the post-heating phase only after receiving the W signal indicating that the engine is running
and that the battery charging warning light off.
If the red battery charging warning light does not go out, due, for example, to the engine idle speed being too low, the post-heating
phase will not be activated. If the engine start attempt is unsuccessful, in order to repeat the start procedure the operator must
return the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then repeat the procedure from the beginning. The instrument panel features a self-diagnostic
function and in the event of malfunctioning of the components it manages it informs the operator of the fault by means of a coded
message shown on the right-hand display.
5K 3K
20 15 7 8 13 19 8 15 21 14
+50
F8
3A
15A
F1 F9
5A
+30
125A
F104 +15
+30
RL42
X5 1 2
A B 2 1 W
t
4 3 2 1
D0036630
Fig.67
1. Alternator
2. Preheater power relay
3. Preheating device
4. Engine coolant temperature sensor.
20-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-9 20-9 6/21/2007 4:31:47 AM

20.3 - PUTTING THE TRACTOR INTO SERVICE
20.3.1 - Putting the tractor into service
introduction
This chapter contains all the information required to establish or restore correct operation of the tractor’s various electronic systems.
Whenever an electronic control unit of the tractor is changed or a calibration-sensitive electronic component replaced, the tractor
must be put into service as if from new. The necessary procedures must be carried out by a skilled technician, who in turn must follow
the instructions in the manual precisely.
Renewal of the instrument panel

Each time the instrument panel is renewed, the Technician must carry out these operations:
● Programming the type of tractor
● enter the wheels constant
● set speed conversion factors
The tractor type and wheels constant settings serve to inform the ECU of the parameters to be used to display information. To perform
the configuration, connect the ART to the connector on the left-hand side of the instrument panel, then select the instrument panel
(CLUSTER) from the “AVAILABLE TESTS” menu and proceed as described.
Programming the type of tractor

1 From the opening menu press “E” to open the “MAIN MENU”.
2 From the main menu, press “2 - CALIBRATION” to open the
“PARAMETERS MENU”.
20-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-10 20-10 6/21/2007 4:31:47 AM

3 From the parameters menu press “1- PARAMETERS” on the

ART.
4 From the calibrations menu, press “3 - CONFIGURAT.”.
5 Enter parameter “7” corresponding to the tractor to be

configured.
Press “E” to save the value and “C” to confirm and return to the
main menu.
20-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-11 20-11 6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM

enter the wheels constant


ART.
20-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-12 20-12 6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM

4 From the calibrations menu, press “1 - WHEELS(mm)”.
5 Type the “WHEELS” parameter recording the value corresponding

to the tyre fitted on the rear of the tractor according to the following
table:
6 Tab.11
TYRE CONSTANT
85HP 100 HP
13.6 R38 5098 4671
14.9 R 38 - 4518
16.9 R30 5429 -
16.9 R34 5168 4735
16.9 R38 - 4348
18.4 R30 5277 -
18.4 R34 - 4489
230/95 R44 5064 4640
230/95 R48 - 4348
340/85 R38 5098 4671
380/85 R38 - 4489
420/85 R30 5429 -
420/85 R34 5064 4640
20-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-13 20-13 6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM

TYRE CONSTANT
85HP 100 HP
420/85 R38 - 4348
460/85 R30 - -
460/85 R34 - 4489
480/70 R30 5429 -
480/70 R34 5064 4640
480/70 R38 - 4348
520/70 R34 - 4489
520/70 R34 - 4489
540/65 R30 5429 -
540/65 R34 5064 4640
540/65 R38 - 4348
Press “E” to save the value and “C” to confirm and return to the main menu.
set speed conversion factors

20-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-14 20-14 6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM


ART.
4 From the calibrations menu, press “4 - SPEED(1=MPH)”.
5 Enter “0” to display the speed values according to the metric

system (km/h) or “1” to display the speed values according to the
Imperial system (mph).
Press “E” to save the value and “C” to confirm and return to the
main menu.
20-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-15 20-15 6/21/2007 4:31:49 AM

20.4 - ECU ALARMS
20.4.1 - Instrument panel alarms

The instrument panel signals any malfunctioning of the components it manages to the operator with the display on the right-hand
side. Faults are indicated using a system of coded flash sequences that identify the device affected.
List of alarms signalled on the “ALARM” light

Tab.12
CODE ON DISPLAY ON ART ALARM DESCRIPTION
INSTRU-
MENT
PANEL
I18 18 The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is short-circuiting to ground.
I19 19 The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is shorting to a positive feed.
I20 20 The instrument panel indicates that the fuel level sensor is short-circuiting to battery positive.
I21 21 The instrument panel indicates that the alternator is faulty or disconnected (does not receive the “W”
signal).
I22 22 Alarm available but not utilized
I23 23 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is disconnected.
I24 24 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to ground.
I25 25 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive.
I26 26 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive
or disconnected.
I36 36 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is on, even though it should be off.
I37 37 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is off, even though it should be on.
List of alarms displayed on the ART@

Tab.13
DISPLAY ON ART CODE ON ALARM DESCRIPTION
INSTRU-
MENT
PANEL
18 I18 The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is short-circuiting to ground.
19 I19 The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is shorting to a positive feed.
20 I20 The instrument panel indicates that the fuel level sensor is short-circuiting to battery positive.
21 I21 The instrument panel indicates that the alternator is faulty or disconnected (does not receive the “W”
signal).
22 I22 Alarm available but not utilized
23 I23 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is disconnected.
24 I24 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to ground.
25 I25 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive.
20-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-16 20-16 6/21/2007 4:31:49 AM

DISPLAY ON ART CODE ON ALARM DESCRIPTION

INSTRU-
MENT
PANEL
26 I26 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive
or disconnected.
36 I36 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is on, even though it should be off.
37 I37 The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is off, even though it should be on.
Display on ART@: 18
Code on instrument panel: I18

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is short-circuiting to ground.
Inspection
● Check that the contacts on connector “35” of the instrument panel and “X5” of the refrigerant temperature sensor are not
oxidized and are firmly secured.
● Check that the temperature sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “35” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test
meter to pin 2 of connector “X5” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for shorts (meter
reading: infinity).
● Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the control unit must be renewed
0.014.8628. 4
FUEL RESERVE
FUEL LEVEL
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
TEMP.
GND
13 20 21 4 14 15 21
5K 3K
F9 F1
15A
5A
+15 +30
G1 G3 G2
9 3 3 4 28
X5 1 4 3 2 X10
1 2
t
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4 0.014.9193. 4
D0036641
Fig.68
20-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-17 20-17 6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM

Display on ART@: 19

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is shorting to a positive feed.
Inspection
● Check that the contacts on connector “3K” of the instrument panel and “X5” of the refrigerant temperature sensor are not
oxidized and are firmly secured.
● With the starter key in position “I” (ON) and connector “3K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin
2 of connector “X5” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter reading:
0 V).
present, the control unit must be renewed.
0.014.8628. 4
FUEL RESERVE
FUEL LEVEL
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
TEMP.
GND
13 20 21 4 14 15 21
5K 3K
F9 F1
15A
5A
+15 +30
G1 G3 G2
9 3 3 4 28
X5 1 4 3 2 X10
1 2
t
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4 0.014.9193. 4
D0036641
Fig.69
Display on ART@: 20

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the fuel level sensor is short-circuiting to battery positive.
Inspection
● Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “X10” of the fuel level sensor are not oxidized and are
firmly secured.
● With the starter key in position “I” (ON) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to
pin 3 of connector “X10” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter
reading: 0 V).
20-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-18 20-18 6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM

0.014.8628. 4
FUEL RESERVE
FUEL LEVEL
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
TEMP.
GND
13 20 21 4 14 15 21
5K 3K
F9 F1
15A
5A
+15 +30
G1 G3 G2
9 3 3 4 28
X5 1 4 3 2 X10
1 2
t
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4 0.014.9193. 4
D0036641
Fig.70
Display on ART@: 21

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the alternator is faulty or disconnected (does not receive the “W” signal).
Inspection
● Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “W” of the alternator are not oxidized and are firmly
secured.
● Check that the alternator is functioning correctly.
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to
connector “W” of the alternator and to pin 24 of connector “5K” and perform a resistance test to check for electrical continuity
(test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
GND
13 24 14 15 21
5K 3K
F9 F1
15A
5A
+15 +30
G1 0.014.8628. 4
6
W
D+
B+
B-
-
G
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036651
Fig.71
20-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-19 20-19 6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM

Display on ART@: 23

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is disconnected.
Inspection
● Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “RL42” of the preheating control relay are not oxidised
and are firmly secured.
● Check that the preheating control relay is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 2 of connector “RL42” and pin 19 of connector “5K” and test the resistance to check for continuity (meter reading: 0
Ohm).
PREHEATING RELE
PREHEATING
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
GND
13 15 19 14 15 21
5K 3K
F8 F9 F1
15A
5A
3A
+15 +30
G1 0.014.8628. 4
11 12 9
125A
+30
X113
RL42 A B 2 1
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.72
Display on ART@: 24

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to ground.
Inspection
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 2 of connector “RL42” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for shorts (meter
reading: infinity).
20-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-20 20-20 6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM

PREHEATING RELE
PREHEATING
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
GND
13 15 19 14 15 21
5K 3K
F8 F9 F1
15A
5A
3A
+15 +30
G1 0.014.8628. 4
11 12 9
125A
+30
X113
RL42 A B 2 1
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.73
Display on ART@: 25

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive.
Inspection
pin 2 of connector “RL42” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter
reading: 0 V).
PREHEATING RELE
PREHEATING
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
GND
13 15 19 14 15 21
5K 3K
F8 F9 F1
15A
5A
3A
+15 +30
G1 0.014.8628. 4
11 12 9
125A
+30
X113
RL42 A B 2 1
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.74
20-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-21 20-21 6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM

Display on ART@: 26

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive or disconnected.
Inspection
reading: 0 V).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 2 of connector “RL42” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for shorts (meter
reading: infinity).
PREHEATING RELE
PREHEATING
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
GND
13 15 19 14 15 21
5K 3K
F8 F9 F1
15A
5A
3A
+15 +30
G1 0.014.8628. 4
11 12 9
125A
+30
X113
RL42 A B 2 1
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.75
Display on ART@: 36

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is on, even though it should be off.
Inspection
● Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “RL42” of the preheating control relay are not oxidized
20-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-22 20-22 6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM

reading: 0 V).
PREHEATING RELE
PREHEATING
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
GND
13 15 19 14 15 21
5K 3K
F8 F9 F1
15A
5A
3A
+15 +30
G1 0.014.8628. 4
11 12 9
125A
+30
X113
RL42 A B 2 1
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.76
Display on ART@: 37

Description
● The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is off, even though it should be on.
Inspection
● Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “RL42” of the preheating control relay are not oxidized
● Connect a test meter to connector “X113” of the pre-heating device and to pin 15 of connector “5K” and, with the diodes test,
check that the diode is functioning (place the negative prod of the meter on pin 15 of connector “5K” and the positive prod on
connector “X113”).
20-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-23 20-23 6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM

PREHEATING RELE
PREHEATING
+12/15
+12/30
+12/30
GND
13 15 19 14 15 21
5K 3K
F8 F9 F1
15A
5A
3A
+15 +30
G1 0.014.8628. 4
11 12 9
125A
+30
X113
RL42 A B 2 1
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.77
20-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-24 20-24 6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM

30 - METHOD
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-1 30-1 6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM

METHOD
30.1 - ENGINE
30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02)

Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01)
See para. 30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-31 - (C0.06.01)
Separating the engine from the transmission

1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (–) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screw (1) and remove bracket (2).

Disconnect pipes (3).
● Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting.
1
2 3
F0120520
3 For versions with front PTO

Disconnect cable clamp (5) from battery positive terminal (4).
5
Disconnect relay support assy (7) from battery support (6).
4 7
4 For versions with air conditioning

Disconnect air conditioning pipes (8) and (9).
8 9
30-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-2 30-2 6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM

METHOD
5 For versions with cab

Remove nuts (10) and disconnect pipes (11) and (12) from
bracket (13).
Loosen clamps (14) and disconnect heater pipes (15).
6 For all versions

16
Disconnect connectors (16), remove screw (17) and move brake
and clutch fluid compensation tank (18) towards the rear of the
tractor.
18
17
7 Remove screw (19) and move bracket (13) forwards.
19
13
8 Loosen nut (20) and remove clamp (21).
21
20
30-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-3 30-3 6/21/2007 4:31:52 AM

METHOD
9 Disconnect connector (22) and power connectors (23).
22 23
10 Loosen clamps (24) and (25). Disconnect fuel delivery and return
pipes (26) and (27).
26
25
24
27
11 Disconnect accelerator cable (28).
28
12 Remove screws (29) and tilt hood support (30) towards the front
of the tractor.
30
29
29
30-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-4 30-4 6/21/2007 4:31:54 AM

METHOD
13 Remove surround (31).
31
14 For versions with trailer air braking

32
Remove union (32) and disconnect pipe (33) from compressor
(34).
● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
33
34
15 For versions with front lift control only

35
Disconnect pipes (35), remove screw (36) and overturn valves
assy (37) towards the front of the tractor.
● Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting. 36
Before disconnecting pipes (35), close valves (37)

(turning counterclockwise) and operate lift control lever to
discharge all residual pressure in the circuit.
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities. 37
16 Position a trolley jack “A” under the engine sump and a stand “B”
under the clutch housing.
Drive two wedges “C” between the front axle support and the
axle to prevent the engine dropping when it is moved.
30-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-5 30-5 6/21/2007 4:31:55 AM

METHOD
17 Remove screw (38) and nuts (39) (n°2) on both sides.
39
38
18 Remove upper screws (40) and separate the engine from the
clutch housing by applying force to both front wheels.
40
Connection
Connect transmission and engine by performing the separation steps in reverse order:
Procedure 22
● To facilitate instillation of the shafts, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions.
Before inserting the transmission input shaft in the clutch assembly, insert the rear PTO control shaft and make sure that it is
correctly engaged in the flywheel.
Screws: M12 = 102±5 Nm - M16 = 254±12 Nm
Nuts: 254±12 Nm
Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces.
Mating surfaces and dowels: oil
Procedure 6
● Delivery (5/8”-18UNF): 13.6÷20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
Return (7/8”-14UNF): 35.3÷42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
Bleed the air from the hydraulic clutch system.
Bleed the air from the brake circuits.
30-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-6 30-6 6/21/2007 4:31:56 AM

METHOD
30.1.2 - Engine (B0.00.01)

See para. 30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor... - Page 30-16 - (C0.01.01)
See para. 30.5.1 - Front carrier - Page 30-180 - (F0.01.01)
See para. 30.1.1 - Engine - Separatio... - Page 30-2 - (B0.00.02)
REMOVAL
1
2 3
F0120520

Disconnect cable clamp (5) from battery positive terminal (4).
5
Disconnect relay support assy (7) from battery support (6).
4 7

Disconnect air conditioning pipes (8) and (9).
8 9
30-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-7 30-7 6/21/2007 4:31:56 AM

METHOD

Remove nuts (10) and disconnect pipes (11) and (12) from
bracket (13).
5 For all versions

16
tractor.
18
17
6 Remove screw (19) and move bracket (13) forwards.
19
13
7 Loosen nut (20) and remove clamp (21).
21
20
30-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-8 30-8 6/21/2007 4:31:57 AM

METHOD
8 Disconnect connector (22) and power connectors (23).
22 23
9 Loosen clamps (24) and (25). Disconnect fuel delivery and return
pipes (26) and (27).
26
25
24
27
10 Disconnect accelerator cable (28).
28
of the tractor.
30
29
29
30-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-9 30-9 6/21/2007 4:31:58 AM

METHOD
31

32
Remove union (32) and disconnect pipe (33) from compressor
(34).
33
34
14 Position a stand “A” under the clutch housing.
15 Remove screw (35) and nuts (36) (n°2) on both sides.
36
35
30-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-10 30-10 6/21/2007 4:31:59 AM

METHOD
16 Position a suitable jack under engine (37).
37
17 Remove the two upper screws (38) (n°2) and remove engine 38
assembly (37).
37
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 17
● To facilitate instillation of the shafts, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions.
Before inserting the transmission input shaft in the clutch assembly, insert the rear PTO control shaft and make sure that it is
correctly engaged in the flywheel.
Procedures 15-17
● Screws: M12 = 102±5 Nm - M16 = 254±12 Nm
Nuts: 254±12 Nm
Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces.
Mating surfaces and dowels: oil
Procedure 3
● Delivery (5/8”-18UNF): 13.6÷20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
Return (7/8”-14UNF): 35.3÷42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
Bleed the air from the brake circuits.
30-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-11 30-11 6/21/2007 4:32:00 AM

METHOD
30.1.3 - Fan belt
Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen nut (1) and unscrew tie rod (2) to de-tension drive belt
(3).
1
3
2

Using a pin punch, remove dowel (4) and withdraw PTO drive 5
shaft (5) towards the rear of the tractor.
4 For all versions

Remove the drive belt.
Installation
1 Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
2 Procedure 2
● Adjust the tension of the fan drive belt.
30-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-12 30-12 6/21/2007 4:32:01 AM

METHOD
30.1.4 - Tensioning the fan drive belt
Tensioning
1 ● Before adjusting the tension, carefully examine the drive belt for signs of wear. The belt must be renewed immediately
at the first sign of cracking, fraying or separation of the plies.
● Always replace both drive belts at the same time.
DANGER
If new drive belts are fitted, re-adjust the tension after approx. 50 operating hours.
2 Loosen nuts (1) and screws (2).

1
3 Tighten tie-rod (3) forcing it gradually until obtaining belt deflection

of 10÷15 mm (0.4-0.6 in.) when applying a load of 10 kg (22 lb.)
on the long section of the belt 4
● In the case of a new belt, deflection should be 7÷9 mm
(0.276 - 0.355 in.).
Lock compressor (4) in place and re-check belt tension 3
30-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-13 30-13 6/21/2007 4:32:02 AM

METHOD
30.1.5 - Alternator and fuel pump drive belt
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Loosen screws (1) and (2) securing the fuel pump, disengage
1
alternator drive belt (3) and remove it by passing it between the
bottom of the crankshaft pulley and the front axle support.
2
Installation
1 Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Adjust drive belt tension.
30-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-14 30-14 6/21/2007 4:32:03 AM

METHOD
30.1.6 - Alternator and fuel pump belt tensioning
Tensioning
1 Tension the belt using a “T” bar with a 3/4” drive extension, or a
3/4” angle drive bar inserted in the aperture in the support of fuel 2
1
pump (1).
Tension the drive belt by turning the bar clockwise and then
tighten down screws (2) and (3).
F0078106
2 To check that the tension is correct, use the tool and procedure
indicated in the engine manual.
Static deflection “A” on first fitting
● 13 mm belt: 450±50 N
A
Static deflection “A” after 15 minutes
● 13 mm belt: 300±50 N
DANGER
This check should be carried out with the engine F0077882
cold.
30-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-15 30-15 6/21/2007 4:32:04 AM

METHOD
30.2 - ENGINE ACCESSORIES
30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor without front PTO (C0.01.01)

Removal
1 DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) and remove surround (2).
1
1
2
F0120060
3 Disconnect battery leads (3).

● First disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal
(-) and then from the positive terminal (+).
F0120070
4 Remove screws (4), bracket (5) and battery (6).
5 4
F0120080
30-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-16 30-16 6/21/2007 4:32:05 AM

METHOD

7
F0120090
6 Remove screws (9) (n°3) and screws (10) (n°2) then tilt the
hydraulic oil cooler (11) towards the rear of the tractor.
11
9
10
F0120100
7 Loosen clamp (12) and disconnect pipe (13).

13
12
F0120120
8 Remove screws (14) and tilt fuel cooler (15) towards the rear of
the tractor. 15
14
14
F0120110
30-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-17 30-17 6/21/2007 4:32:06 AM

METHOD
9 Loosen clamp (16) and remove screws (17).
17
17
16
F0120130
10 Loosen clamps (18) and remove air intake hose (19).
18
19
F0120140
11 Remove screws (20).

20
F0120150
12 Loosen clamps (21) and disconnect sleeves (22) from cooler

(23).
22
23 21
F0120160
30-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-18 30-18 6/21/2007 4:32:08 AM

METHOD
13 Remove screw (24) on both sides and remove cooler assy (23).
24
23
F0120170
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Fill the engine cooling system with coolant.
Start the engine and run for a few minutes to allow the coolant to circulate; check the system for leaks.
Stop the engine and top up the coolant level.
30-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-19 30-19 6/21/2007 4:32:09 AM

METHOD
30.2.2 - RADIATOR - Tractor with front PTO (C0.01.01)

Removal
1 DANGER
1
1
2
F0120060

3
4 Loosen clamp (5).
30-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-20 30-20 6/21/2007 4:32:10 AM

METHOD
5 Loosen clips (6) and remove air intake hose (7).
6 Remove pipes (8) from cooler (9).

9
7 Remove screws (10) (1 per side) and remove the cooler.

10
8 Remove screws (11) (n°2) on each side and tip hydraulic oil
cooler (12) towards the rear. 12
11
30-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-21 30-21 6/21/2007 4:32:11 AM

METHOD
9 Loosen clamp (13) and disconnect pipe (14).

14
13
10 Remove screws (15) and tilt fuel cooler (16) towards the rear of
the tractor. 16
15
15

17
12 Loosen clamps (18) and disconnect sleeves (19) from cooler

(20).
19
20 18
30-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-22 30-22 6/21/2007 4:32:13 AM

METHOD
13 Remove screw (21) on both sides and remove cooler assy (20).
21
20
Installation
● Fill the engine cooling system with coolant.
Start the engine and run for a few minutes to allow the coolant to circulate; check the system for leaks.
Stop the engine and top up the coolant level.
30-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-23 30-23 6/21/2007 4:32:14 AM

METHOD
30.2.3 - Changing the coolant and flushing the circuit

Clean the cooling system using a specific detergent.
CAUTION
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is still hot. The radiator is under pressure when hot, and if opened,
boiling liquid and steam can escape and cause serious injury to yourself and anyone else in the vicinity. Before
removing the radiator cap, stop the engine and wait for the circuit to cool down.
Procedure for changing the coolant and flushing the circuit

1 Park the tractor on level ground.
The engine must be switched off and the coolant cold.
2 Place a suitable receptacle under the plug.
3 Drain the cooling system by opening the plug on the right-
hand side of the engine (only for tractors not equipped with air
conditioning).
4 Move the receptacle under the radiator.

5 Drain the radiator by removing the the drain plug on the bottom
left-hand side.
WARNING
Always respect environmental protection

regulations. Any fluid (oil, diesel, coolant) or filters
and batteries must be disposed of in accordance
with the applicable regulations.
30-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-24 30-24 6/21/2007 4:32:15 AM

METHOD
6 Close the plugs opened beforehand, fill the circuit with detergent
mixture via the filler (2) located on the reservoir (1), (if the tractor
is equipped with a cab heating system it is necessary for it to
be set on maximum so that the detergent mixture will circulate 2
inside it too). 1
7 Start the engine and allow to it run for approx. one and a half hours;
IMPORTANT:
When the engine is running, check that the detergent mixture does not drop under the minimum level in the
reservoir.
8 Switch off the engine, drain the system and then fill it with water; then start the engine again bring it up to a speed of approx.
1000 rpm. and leave it running for 5 minutes;
9 Drain the system once again;
10 Refill the circuit with coolant, run the engine for a few minutes and then top up the system if necessary.
30-25
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-25 30-25 6/21/2007 4:32:15 AM

METHOD
30.2.4 - Fuel tank (C0.03.01)

See para. 30.11.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-405 - (S0.02.01)
Removal
1 DANGER
Do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity during the removal, refitting and filling of the fuel tank.
DANGER
Wipe up any spilt fuel immediately before someone slips on it.
DANGER
2 Remove screws (1) and remove cab access left step (2).
F0120550
3 Position suitable lifting equipment under tank (3) and apply a

slight lifting force.
3
F0081230
30-26
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-26 30-26 6/21/2007 4:32:16 AM

METHOD
4 Remove nut (4) and remove lower tank support pin (5).
F0081240
5 Remove screw (6) and pin (7).
F0081250
6 Remove pin (8) supporting tank (3).

8
3 F0120560
7 Lower tank (3) slowly by about 10 cm.
F0120570
30-27
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-27 30-27 6/21/2007 4:32:16 AM

METHOD
8 Disconnect fuel level sensor connector (9).

9
Loosen hose clamp (10) and disconnect hose (11).
11
● Plug the pipe and union to prevent the ingress of dirt.
10
F0120580
9 Loosen clamp (12), disconnect hose (13) and remove tank (3).
● Plug the pipe and union to prevent the ingress of dirt. 13 3
12
Installation
30-28
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-28 30-28 6/21/2007 4:32:18 AM

METHOD
30.2.5 - Starter motor
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Remove nut (1), disconnect lead (2) from starter motor (3) and
remove cover (4). 1 4 3
2
F0120180
3 Remove extension (5), disconnect cables (6) and remove cover

(7). 6
5 7
F0120190
4 Remove screw (8) and disconnect cable (9).
F0120200
30-29
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-29 30-29 6/21/2007 4:32:18 AM

METHOD
5 Remove the two nuts (10) and remove starter motor (3).
10
3
F0120210
Installation
Procedure 4
● Screw: 1÷1.3 Nm (0.74-0.96 lb.ft.)
Procedure 3
● Extension: 16÷20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
Procedure 2
● Nut: 16÷20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
30-30
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-30 30-30 6/21/2007 4:32:19 AM

METHOD
30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.01)
Removal
1 Remove screw (1).
F0120380
2 Slacken off collar (2) and remove exhaust pipe (3).

3
F0120390
Installation
30-31
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-31 30-31 6/21/2007 4:32:20 AM

METHOD
30.3 - TRANSMISSION
30.3.1 - Parking brake
Disassembly
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-).
2 Remove circlip (1).

● Mark the relative positions of lever (2) and cam (3).
3 Withdraw lever (2) and remove cam (3).

● Check the condition of O-ring (4) and renew it if
necessary.
4 Using a slide hammer puller, remove pin (5).
30-32
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-32 30-32 6/21/2007 4:32:20 AM

METHOD
5 Remove reaction plate (6) and friction plate (7).
6 Remove intermediate friction plates (8) and friction plate (9).
7 Remove circlip (10) and remove steel discs (11).

11
10
F0085770
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedures 5-6
● Friction plates: Transmission oil
30-33
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-33 30-33 6/21/2007 4:32:22 AM

METHOD
30.3.2 - Clutch plate
Removal and renewal of the clutch plate

1 DANGER
2 Insert a suitable dowel into the centre hole of the clutch 1

assembly.
Remove screws (1).
F0120760
3 Remove clutch assembly (2).

● Loosen the bolts gradually in a crosswise sequence.
2
Remove clutch plate (3).
● Note that the clutch plate is oriented with the smooth
shoes facing the clutch unit and the grooved shoes facing 3
the flywheel.
F0120770
Checking clutch plate wear

1 Check that the thickness of the clutch plate is within the prescribed
tolerance limits and there is no sign of burning. S
Clutch plate thickness “S” (for 85HP P/N. 0.014.9016.3):

● standard measurement: 8.5±0.4 mm
Limit: 5.5±0.4 mm
Clutch plate thickness “S” (for 100HP P/N. 0.012.7095.3/10):
● standard measurement: 10.6±0.4 mm
Limit: 7.6±0.4 mm
D0028140
30-34
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-34 30-34 6/21/2007 4:32:23 AM

METHOD
Refitting the clutch plate

30-35
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-35 30-35 6/21/2007 4:32:24 AM

METHOD
30.3.3 - Clutch thrust bearing
Renewal
1 Withdraw sleeve assy (1).
Position the sleeve assembly under a press and, using a suitable
tool, separate thrust bearing (2) from hub (1).
2 1
F0068260
2 Fit thrust bearing (2) on sleeve (1).

● Take care to install bearing (2) the right way round. 2
1 2
1
F0068271
3 Grease hub (1) and install it on guide sleeve (3), making sure that it is installed the right way round in relation to release fork
(4).
● Sleeve: Molikote
30-36
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-36 30-36 6/21/2007 4:32:24 AM

METHOD
30.3.4 - Clutch housing - assembly (D0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85)

See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-26 - (C0.03.01)

1 Remove the four lower screws (1).
F0120840
2 Position a trolley jack “A” under the clutch housing and a stand
“B” under the transmission.
Force a stand “C” under the towing hitch to prevent the
transmission toppling over.
3 Remove split pin (2), remove pin (3) and disconnect 4WD tie-rod
(4).
3
2 F0120850
30-37
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-37 30-37 6/21/2007 4:32:24 AM

METHOD
4 Remove screws (5) and (6) and remove support assy (7).
5 7
5 Loosen nut (8) and remove cover (9).
9
F0120870
6 Disconnect pipe (10) from resonator (11).

● Plug the pipe and port to prevent impurities getting in.
11
10
F0120880
7 Loosen union (12).
12
F0120890
30-38
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-38 30-38 6/21/2007 4:32:25 AM

METHOD
8 Remove nut (13).
13
9 Remove screws (14) and remove relay assy (15).
14 15
F0120910
10 Loosen unions (16).
16
11 Remove union (17).

17
30-39
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-39 30-39 6/21/2007 4:32:27 AM

METHOD
12 Loosen unions (18) and disconnect brakes pipes (19).

● Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
18
19
F0120940
13 Remove the remaining screws (20).
20
14 Separate clutch housing (21) from transmission (22) by pushing

on both front wheels.
21
22
F0120960
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures.
Procedure 14
● Mating face: Silastic
D0037040
30-40
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-40 30-40 6/21/2007 4:32:28 AM

METHOD
Procedures 5-13-18
● Nut: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
Screws: 70±3 Nm (51.6±2.2 lb.ft.)
30-41
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-41 30-41 6/21/2007 4:32:29 AM

METHOD
30.3.5 - Clutch housing - assembly (D0.02.01) (Agrofarm 100)


1 Remove the four lower screws (1).
F0120840
2 Position a trolley jack “A” under the clutch housing and a stand
“B” under the transmission.
Force a stand “C” under the towing hitch to prevent the
transmission toppling over.
3 Remove nut (2), screws (3) and clamp (4).

Remove nuts (5).
4
2
30-42
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-42 30-42 6/21/2007 4:32:29 AM

METHOD
4 Remove screw (6) and tilt resonator (7) towards the rear of the
tractor.
6
7
5 Remove screws (8) and remove cover (9).

8
6 Remove split pin (10), remove pin (11) and disconnect tie rod
(12) of the 4WD engagement control.
12
10 11
7 Remove screws (13) and (14) and remove carrier assembly

(15).
14
13 15
14
30-43
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-43 30-43 6/21/2007 4:32:30 AM

METHOD
8 Loosen union (16).
16
9 Remove nut (17).
17
10 For versions with front lift control only:

Disconnect front lift control pipes (18).
18

19
Remove union (19) and overturn pipe (20) towards the rear.
20
30-44
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-44 30-44 6/21/2007 4:32:31 AM

METHOD
12 Remove screws (21) and remove relay assy. (22).
21
22
21
13 Loosen unions (23).
22

24
15 Loosen unions (25) and disconnect brake pipes (26).

26
25
30-45
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-45 30-45 6/21/2007 4:32:32 AM

METHOD
16 Remove the remaining screws (27).
27
17 Separate clutch housing (28) from transmission (29) by pushing

on both front wheels.
28
29
Installation
Procedure 16
D0027970
Procedures 5-13-20
● Screws: 70±3 Nm (51.6±2.2 lb.ft.)
Nut: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
30-46
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-46 30-46 6/21/2007 4:32:34 AM

METHOD
30.3.6 - Gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit (D0.09.03)

See para. 30.3.4 - Clutch housing - a... - Page 30-37 - (D0.02.01) - (Agrofarm 85)
See para. 30.3.5 - Clutch housing - a... - Page 30-42 - (D0.02.01) - (Agrofarm 100)
See para. 30.3.29 - Changing transmis... - Page 30-127 - (D0.00.01)
Removal
1 Remove screw (1) and nut (2) and remove lever (3). 2
F0120970
2 Remove screws (4) and remove gear control lever (5).
F0120980
3 Remove screws (6) (n°10) and remove gearbox assembly (7).

6
6
7
F0120990
30-47
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-47 30-47 6/21/2007 4:32:35 AM

METHOD
Installation
Procedure 3
● Mating face: Silastic 738
D0027990
Procedure 2
● Mating faces: Silastic 738
D0027980
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.

Bleed the air from the clutch control circuit.
Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
30-48
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-48 30-48 6/21/2007 4:32:36 AM

METHOD
30.3.7 - Disassembly of gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit
Disassembly
1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove cover (2).
1 3
● Renew the paper gasket (3) on reassembly.
1
F0096680
2 Engage 1st gear, and using a bar “A” made of soft material as a
restraint, remove screw (4).
A
F0096690
3 Remove cover (5) and recover O-ring (6).

necessary.
6
5
F0096700
4 Remove screw (7) and remove 1st speed selector rod (8) and
synchronizer assy (9).
● Renew the screw (7) on reassembly. 9
8
7
F0096710
30-49
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-49 30-49 6/21/2007 4:32:36 AM

METHOD
5 Remove circlip (10) and remove 1st speed driving gear (11).
10 11
F0096720
6 Remove sleeve (12) and 1st speed driven gear (13).

13
12
F0096730
7 Remove thrust washer (14).

● Note which way round the thrust washer (14) is installed.
14
F0096740
8 Remove plug (15) and recover spring (16) and ball (17).
16
15 17
F0087481
30-50
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-50 30-50 6/21/2007 4:32:37 AM

METHOD
9 Remove screw (18) and remove reverse shuttle control rod (19)
and relative fork (20).
18
20
19
F0098300
10 Remove screws (21) and (22) securing 1st, 2nd and 3rd speed
selector fork (23) and 4th and 5th speed selector fork (24).
● Fit new screws on reassembly. 24
21
22 23
F0096750
11 Open circlip (25) and simultaneously strike input shaft (26) with a
25
soft mallet to separate bearing (27) from circlip (25).
27
26
F0098310
12 Using a soft mallet, strike in sequence input shaft (26), main shaft
(28) and secondary shaft (29) to dislodge them from gearbox
26
support (30).
28
30
29 F0098320
Assembly
30-51
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-51 30-51 6/21/2007 4:32:38 AM

METHOD
Procedure 4
● Take care to install synchronizer (9) the right way round with
respect to secondary shaft (29).
Procedures 4-10
● Screws: 25 Nm (18.4 lb.ft.)
Bolt: Loctite 270
Procedure 2
● Bolt: 73±1 Nm (53.8±0.74 lb.ft.)
Bolt: Loctite 270
F0098330
30-52
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-52 30-52 6/21/2007 4:32:40 AM

METHOD
30.3.8 - Gearbox support and gear selector rods
Disassembly
1 Remove plugs (1) and recover springs (2) and balls (3).
3
2
1
2
1 1 F0083011
2 Remove plug (4) and withdraw 1st speed selector rod (5).
F0083020
3 Recover interlock pin (6) and withdraw 2nd/3rd speed selector

rod (7).
F0083030
4 Recover interlock pin (8).
F0083040
30-53
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-53 30-53 6/21/2007 4:32:40 AM

METHOD
5 Remove bearing (9), recover spring (10) and ball (11) and
withdraw 4th/5th speed selector rod (12).
6 Open circlip (13) and remove bearing (15) from gearbox support
(14). 14
13
15
F0083071
Assembly
Procedure 5
● Take care to install 4th/5th speed selector rod (12) the right way
round.
12
F0086980
Procedure 3
● Take care to install 2nd/3rd speed selector rod (7) the right way
round.
F0083090
30-54
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-54 30-54 6/21/2007 4:32:41 AM

METHOD
Procedure 2
● Take care to install 1st speed selector rod (5) the right way
round.
F0083080
30-55
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-55 30-55 6/21/2007 4:32:42 AM

METHOD
30.3.9 - Shuttle shaft
15
14
10
13
11
12
7
9
6
8
5
4
D0023941
Fig.78 - Shuttle shaft
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove spacer (2).
F0086911
30-56
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-56 30-56 6/21/2007 4:32:43 AM

METHOD
2 Using a puller, remove bearing (3).
F0086921
3 Using two screwdrivers as levers, prise off thrust washer (4).
F0086931
4 Remove gear (5), driver ring (6) and synchronizer ring (7).
5
6
7
F0086941
5 Remove circlip (8) and remove synchronizer (9) complete with

synchronizer ring (10) and driver ring (11).
9
● Renew the circlip on reassembly. 8
11 10
F0086951
30-57
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-57 30-57 6/21/2007 4:32:43 AM

METHOD
6 Remove circlip (12) and remove gear (13).

● Renew the circlip on reassembly.
12
13
F0086961
7 Remove thrust washer (14) and circlip (15).
14
15
F0086971
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures.
Procedure 3
● Take care to install synchronizer (16) the right way round.
16
D0024711
Procedure 1
● Temporarily fit circlip (8) and, using a feeler gauge, measure
dimension “A”.
e.g: A = 2.85 mm
From the available spacers, select the one with thickness nearest
to but below the measured dimension “A”.
e.g: A = 2.85 spacer thickness = 2.80 mm
30-58
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-58 30-58 6/21/2007 4:32:44 AM

METHOD
● Fit spacer (2) and secure it in position with circlip (1).
F0086991
30-59
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-59 30-59 6/21/2007 4:32:44 AM

METHOD
30.3.10 - Primary shaft
D0028200
Fig.79 - Primary shaft
Disassembly
Assembly
30-60
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-60 30-60 6/21/2007 4:32:44 AM

METHOD
30.3.11 - Secondary shaft (Agrofarm 85)
3 1
7
6
8
9
10
11
12 13
14
15
16
19
17
18
20
21
D0036410
Fig.80 - Secondary shaft
Disassembly
1 Using a puller, remove thrust washer (1) and the 2nd speed
driven gear.
30-61
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-61 30-61 6/21/2007 4:32:45 AM

METHOD
2 Remove needle roller bearing (3) and remove circlip (4).

3 Remove synchroniser (5) complete with driver rings (6).
4 Remove circlip (7) and remove 3rd speed driven gear (8).
5 Remove thrust washer (9) and remove circlip (10) and thrust
washer (11).
30-62
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-62 30-62 6/21/2007 4:32:45 AM

METHOD
6 Remove 4th speed driven gear (12) and remove circlip (13).
7 Remove synchronizer (14) complete with driver rings (15).
8 Remove circlip (16) and remove 5th speed driven gear (17).
9 Remove circlip (18) and spacer (19).
30-63
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-63 30-63 6/21/2007 4:32:46 AM

METHOD
10 Remove bearing (20).

20
D0036430
11 Only if necessary:
Withdraw bush (21).
21
D0036420
Assembly
Procedure 7
14
D0024880
Procedure 5
● Take care to install the thrust washers (9) and (11) the right way
round. 9
11
D0024870
30-64
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-64 30-64 6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM

METHOD
Procedure 3
5
D0024860
30-65
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-65 30-65 6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM

METHOD
30.3.12 - Secondary shaft (Agrofarm 100)
1
3
2
7
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
19
17
18
20
22
21 D0024820
Fig.81 - Secondary shaft
Disassembly
1 Using a puller, remove thrust washer (1) and the 2nd speed
driven gear.
30-66
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-66 30-66 6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM

METHOD
2 Remove needle roller bearing (3) and remove circlip (4).

3 Remove synchroniser (5) complete with driver rings (6).
4 Remove circlip (7) and remove 3rd speed driven gear (8).
5 Remove thrust washer (9) and remove circlip (10) and thrust
washer (11).
30-67
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-67 30-67 6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM

METHOD
6 Remove 4th speed driven gear (12) and remove circlip (13).
7 Remove synchronizer (14) complete with driver rings (15).
8 Remove circlip (16) and remove 5th speed driven gear (17).
30-68
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-68 30-68 6/21/2007 4:32:48 AM

METHOD
10 Remove bearing outer ring (20) and the thrust washer.

Using a suitable tool, remove bearing inner ring (20).
11 Remove circlip (21) and remove needle roller bearing (22).
22
21
D0024890
Assembly
Procedure 7
14
D0024880
Procedure 5
● Take care to install the thrust washers (9) and (11) the right way
round.
9
11
D0024870
30-69
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-69 30-69 6/21/2007 4:32:49 AM

METHOD
Procedure 3 5
D0024860
30-70
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-70 30-70 6/21/2007 4:32:50 AM

METHOD
30.3.13 - PTO output shaft (4 speed version)
Removal
1 Loosen the two nuts (1) and remove lubrication rotary union (2).
F0084140
2 For versions with fixed output shaft

Remove nuts (3) and remove cover (4).
3 For versions with removable PTO output shaft

Remove nuts (5) and remove output shaft (6).
5
F0097001
4 Remove nuts (7) and flange (8).
7 7
F0097010
30-71
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-71 30-71 6/21/2007 4:32:50 AM

METHOD
5 Remove screws (9) and nuts (10) and remove cover (11).
10
10
9
11
F0097020
6 For all versions:

Remove screw (12) and remove lever (13) and shaft (14).
12
14
13
F0084161
7 Move circlip (15) and sleeve (16) towards the front of the tractor.
15
16
F0084171
8 Remove circlip (17) and move crown wheel (18) towards the front
of the tractor.
17
18
F0084181
30-72
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-72 30-72 6/21/2007 4:32:51 AM

METHOD
9 Using a soft metal punch and mallet, drive out PTO input shaft
(19) 19
F0084191
Installation
Procedure 6
● Screw: Loctite 270
Screw: 25 Nm (18.4 lb.ft.)
Procedures 2-5
Procedure 1
● Nuts: Loctite 270
30-73
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-73 30-73 6/21/2007 4:32:52 AM

METHOD
30.3.14 - PTO output shaft disassembly (4 speed version)

7
11 4 5
1 3 6
2
10
D0024270
Fig.82 - PTO output shaft (4 speed version)
Disassembly
1 Remove the gear (1).
2 Remove needle roller bearings (2) and (3).
30-74
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-74 30-74 6/21/2007 4:32:53 AM

METHOD
3 Remove thrust bearing (4) and needle roller bearing (5).
4 Remove circlip (6) and, using a suitable puller, remove bearing

(7).
5 Remove circlip (8) and separate gear (9) from shaft (10).
6 Remove bearing (11) from the transmission casing.
Assembly
30-75
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-75 30-75 6/21/2007 4:32:53 AM

METHOD
Procedure 6
● Take care to install bearing (11) the right way round.
Procedure 4
● Take care to install bearing (7) the right way round relative to the
gear (9).
30-76
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-76 30-76 6/21/2007 4:32:54 AM

METHOD
30.3.15 - PTO output shaft (2 speed version)
Removal
1 Loosen the two nuts (1) and remove lubrication rotary union (2).
2
1
F0096990
2 For versions with fixed output shaft:

Remove nuts (3) and remove cover (4).
3 For versions with removable output shaft - EXPORT USA

version :
Remove nuts (5) and remove output shaft (6).
6
5
F0097001
4 Remove nuts (7) and flange (8).
7 7
F0097010
30-77
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-77 30-77 6/21/2007 4:32:54 AM

METHOD
5 Remove screws (9) and nuts (10) and remove cover (11).
10
10
9
11
F0097020
6 For all versions

Move circlip (12) towards the front of the tractor.
12
F0097030
7 Using a slide hammer puller, remove PTO input shaft assy (13).
13
F0097040
8 Remove gear (14) and circlip (12).
14
13
12
F0097050
Installation
30-78
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-78 30-78 6/21/2007 4:32:55 AM

METHOD
Procedures 2-5
Procedure 1
● Nuts: Loctite 270
30-79
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-79 30-79 6/21/2007 4:32:57 AM

METHOD
30.3.16 - PTO output shaft disassembly (2 speed versions)
Disassembly
Using the puller, remove bearing (3). 2 1
D0028270
Assembly
Procedure 1
● Take care to install bearing (3) the right way round with respect
to the shaft. 3
D0028010
30-80
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-80 30-80 6/21/2007 4:32:57 AM

METHOD
30.3.17 - PTO clutch
REMOVAL
1 Loosen union (1) and disconnect pipe (2).
2 Disconnect pipe (3), remove screws (4) and remove pipe (5).
5
3
4 Loosen upper and lower unions (8) and remove PTO control
8
pipes (9)
8
9
30-81
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-81 30-81 6/21/2007 4:32:57 AM

METHOD
5 Using a slide hammer puller, withdraw PTO drive shaft (10)
10
6 Remove screw (11) and remove manifold (12).

● Check the condition of O-rings (13) and renew them if 11
12
necessary.
13
7 Remove extension (14) from the transmission.

● Check the condition of O-rings (15) and renew them if
necessary. 14
15
8 Dislodge circlip (16) from its seat and insert driver sleeve (17) in
clutch assembly (18). 18
16
17
30-82
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-82 30-82 6/21/2007 4:32:58 AM

METHOD
9 Fully loosen union (19) and disconnect lubrication pipe (20) from
clutch assembly (18).
20
19
18
10 Remove complete clutch assembly (18).
18
11 Remove sleeve (17) complete with circlip (16) from clutch

18
assembly (18) and, if present, remove also spacer (20).
17
16 20
Installation
Procedure 11
18
● Install driver sleeve (17) in clutch assembly (18) complete with
circlip (16) and spacer (20).
17
Spacer (20) must always be installed when carrying out the
overhaul or renewal of any of the assemblies or components
associated with operation of the rear PTO.
16 20
30-83
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-83 30-83 6/21/2007 4:33:00 AM

METHOD
Procedure 5
● Move driver sleeve (17) towards the front of the tractor so that it
seats against O-ring (22).
22
17
D0036440
● Using a feeler gauge, measure the residual clearance “G”

between spacer (20) and circlip (16).
If measured clearance “G” is less than 1.00 mm, remove spacer
(20).
20
16
Procedure 3
D0024300
Procedure 2
● Renew gasket (21) after every removal.
21
30-84
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-84 30-84 6/21/2007 4:33:00 AM

METHOD
30.3.18 - PTO clutch disassembly
3 4 5 6 7 16 17 13
21
19
1
20
24
25
26
1
9 22
11 18
8
2 27
23
12 10 14 15
D0036450
Fig.83 - PTO clutch
Disassembly
1 Using a suitable wrench T7 remove accumulator (1).
2 Remove pressure relief valve (2).

30-85
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-85 30-85 6/21/2007 4:33:01 AM

METHOD
4 Remove steel disc (5) and then remove all friction discs (6) and
5 6
steel discs (7).
F0084460
5 Remove hub (8) and shim (9).

8
9
F0084470
6 Using a press and a suitable tool, lightly compress spring (10)

and remove circlip (11).
30-86
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-86 30-86 6/21/2007 4:33:02 AM

METHOD
7 Remove disc (12) and spring (10).
8 Turn the assembly over and blow compressed air at low pressure
into the hole on clutch housing (13) to expel piston (14).
9 Remove O-ring (15) from piston (14) and remove O-ring (17)
from hub (16).
10 Remove screws (18) and remove cover (19), friction disc (20)
and steel disc (21). 18
19
21
18
20
30-87
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-87 30-87 6/21/2007 4:33:02 AM

METHOD
11 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the hole in the side
of clutch housing (13) to expel piston (22). 13 22
● Restrain the piston (22) as it could be expelled at high

speed and thus damaged.
12 Remove O-ring (23) from piston (22) and O-ring (24) from clutch
housing (13). 22
13
24
23
13 Remove circlip (25) and thrust washer (26).
26
25
14 Remove clutch assembly (13) from clutch housing (16).
30-88
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-88 30-88 6/21/2007 4:33:03 AM

METHOD
15 Remove retaining rings (27) from clutch housing (16).

16
27
Assembly
Procedure 15
● Seal rings: Oil
Procedures 9-12
● O-rings: Oil
Procedures 4-10
● Friction plates: Oil
Procedure 3
● Position the clutch assembly vertically and, using a feeler gauge,
check that the clearance “G” between circlip (3) and spacer (4)
is within the tolerance limits. If the clearance exceeds tolerance
limits, add another spacer (4).
clearance “G”: 0.6÷2.0 mm
Procedures 1-2
● Accumulator and pressure relief valve: Loctite 542
30-89
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-89 30-89 6/21/2007 4:33:04 AM

METHOD
30.3.19 - PTO final shaft (2-speed version)

10
14
13 4
3
12
9 8 11
Fig.84 - PTO final shaft
Disassembly
1 Drive out spring pin (1).
2 Remove PTO speed selector rod (2).
F0109630
30-90
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-90 30-90 6/21/2007 4:33:05 AM

METHOD
3 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (3) using a suitable

wrench.
● Renew the ringnut on reassembly.
3
F0084601
4 Using a suitable tool, partially withdraw PTO output shaft (4).
F0084611
5 Remove gear (5) complete with bush (6).

5
6 Remove PTO speed selector fork (7).
30-91
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-91 30-91 6/21/2007 4:33:05 AM

METHOD
7 Remove selector sleeve (8) and guide sleeve (9).

8 9
F0084641
8 Remove gear (10) and remove shaft assy (4).
10
9 Remove circlip (11) and, using a press, remove thrust washer

(12) and bearing (13).
11
12
13
10 Recover bearing (14).
14
Assembly
30-92
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-92 30-92 6/21/2007 4:33:06 AM

METHOD
Procedure 9 13
● Take care to install bearing (13) the right way round relative to
shaft (4).
Procedure 3
● Ringnut: 88±1 Nm (64.9±0.74 lb.ft.)
Stake the ringnut (3).
3
F0084681
Procedure 2
● Check the condition of O-ring (15) and renew it if necessary.
15
O-ring: Grease
30-93
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-93 30-93 6/21/2007 4:33:07 AM

METHOD
30.3.20 - PTO final shaft (4-speed version)
5 10
11
15
3 14 4
13
6
D0024341
12
9 8
Fig.85 - PTO final shaft
Disassembly
1 Remove grub screw (1).
2 Remove PTO speed selector rod (2)
F0109630
30-94
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-94 30-94 6/21/2007 4:33:07 AM

METHOD
3 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (3) using a suitable

wrench.
3
F0084601
4 Using a suitable tool, partially withdraw PTO output shaft (4)
F0084611
5 Remove gear (5) complete with bush (6).

5
F0084621
6 Remove PTO speed selector fork (7)
F0084631
30-95
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-95 30-95 6/21/2007 4:33:08 AM

METHOD
7 Remove selector sleeve (8) and guide sleeve (9).

8 9
F0084641
8 Remove gear (10) complete with needle roller bearings (11) and
remove shaft assy (4). 10
11
4
F0084651

12
13
14
F0084661
10 Recover bearing (15).
15
F0085111
Assembly
30-96
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-96 30-96 6/21/2007 4:33:09 AM

METHOD
Procedure 9 14
● Take care to install the bearing (14) the right way round relative
to the shaft (4).
D0024351
Procedure 3
● Ringnut: 88±1 Nm (64.9±0.74 lb.ft.)
Stake the ringnut (3).
3
F0084681
Procedure 2
16
O-ring: Grease
F0084671
30-97
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-97 30-97 6/21/2007 4:33:10 AM

METHOD
30.3.21 - Groundspeed PTO final shaft
Fig.86 - Groundspeed PTO final shaft
Disassembly
1 DANGER
2 Remove nuts (1) and remove cover (2).

● Label the top of the cover (2) to avoid error on
1
reassembly.
F0084690
30-98
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-98 30-98 6/21/2007 4:33:11 AM

METHOD
3 Check that groundspeed PTO engagement lever (3) is in position

“ON” to prevent the engagement sleeve from falling.
4 Withdraw groundspeed PTO output shaft assy (4).
6 Using a press remove bearing (7) from shaft (4).

Remove spacer (8) and circlip (9).
30-99
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-99 30-99 6/21/2007 4:33:11 AM

METHOD
7 Remove oil seal (10) from cover (2).

2 10
D0024381
Assembly
Procedure 7
● Take care to install oil seal (10) the right way round relative to 2 10
cover (2).
D0024381

Oil seal lip: Oil
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil
30-100
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-100 30-100 6/21/2007 4:33:12 AM

METHOD
30.3.22 - Groundspeed PTO engagement device
Disassembly
1 Remove screw (1), withdraw drive shaft (2) and recover lever (3),
shoe (4) and sleeve (5).
● Renew the screw on reassembly.
Assembly
Procedure 1
Screw: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30-101
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-101 30-101 6/21/2007 4:33:12 AM

METHOD
30.3.23 - Range and differential assembly - complete assembly
Removal
After having performed the pre-disassembly operations the unit will be already disconnected from the tractor.
Installation
30-102
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-102 30-102 6/21/2007 4:33:13 AM

METHOD
30.3.24 - Rear pinion (Agrofarm 85)
13
16 17
12 14 8
5
11
7
6
18 D0036460
Fig.87 - Rear pinion
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove complete range gear selector
assembly (2).
2
30-103
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-103 30-103 6/21/2007 4:33:13 AM

METHOD
2 Loosen union (3) and remove lubrication pipe (4).
F0084951
3 Remove circlips (5) and (6).
F0109300
4 Using a puller, partially withdraw pinion (7) in order to gain access

to ringnut (8).
5 Apply a 46 wrench (for 4 range versions) or 50 wrench (for 2 or 3

range versions) to ringnut (8) and secure in position.
For versions with groundspeed PTO:
Fit a suitable bush on output shaft (9) of the groundpseed PTO
and loosen ringnut (8) by turning output shaft (9) clockwise.
● If possible, relieve the staking on the ringnut (8).
30-104
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-104 30-104 6/21/2007 4:33:13 AM

METHOD
6 For versions without groundspeed PTO:

Remove cover (10), fit special tool T11 (P/N. 5.9030.988.0) and
loosen ringnut (8) by turning clockwise.
10
F0098660
7 Proceed with withdrawal of pinion shaft (7) sleeve (11) and

selector (12). 12 11 7
D0032270
8 Remove gear (13) and rotary union (14).

13 14
D0032280
9 Remove low or high range selector fork (13).
13
30-105
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-105 30-105 6/21/2007 4:33:14 AM

METHOD
10 Remove ringnut (8) and gear (16)

16
11 If the outer ring of the pinion bearing remains in the gearbox

casing, re-insert the pinion shaft and fit a service bush “A”
(example: Ø 65 x Ø 45 x 18) and ringnut (8). A
8
F0085030
12 Using a puller, remove pinion (7) complete with bearing (17) and
shims (18). 18 7
17
Using a press and a suitable puller, remove the bearing (17) from
the pinion (7).
7
17
Assembly
● If the bevel gear pair, the bearings of the pinion or differential or the transmission casing are renewed, adjust the bevel gear
pair.
30-106
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-106 30-106 6/21/2007 4:33:15 AM

METHOD
Procedure 13
● Before fitting bearing (17) on pinion shaft (7) lubricate the inner
rings of the bearing.
7
Bearing: Transmission oil
During assembly of the bearing (17), rotate the outer ring to bed
in the rollers and ensure smooth rotation.
17
Procedure 6
Procedure 5
● Stake the ringnut (8).
Procedure 5
Tighten the ringnut by turning the groundspeed PTO shaft or
service tool T11 (P/N. 5.9030.988.0) counterclockwise and using T8
T11
special wrench T8 (P/N. 5.9030.979.0).
Ringnut: Loctite 270
Ringnut:
Nominal tightening torque:
460±20 Nm (339±14.7 lb.ft.) Tightening torque using the output F0085071
shaft and the groundspeed PTO tool: 472±20.5 Nm (348±15.1

lb.ft.)
30-107
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-107 30-107 6/21/2007 4:33:16 AM

METHOD
30.3.25 - Rear pinion (Agrofarm 100)

17
12 11 10 14 18
5
1
8 8
19
Fig.88 - Rear pinion
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove complete range gear selector
assembly (2).
2 1
1 1
F0084940
2 Loosen union (3) and remove lubrication pipe (4).
F0084950
30-108
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-108 30-108 6/21/2007 4:33:16 AM

METHOD
3 Remove circlips (5) and (6).

6
F0084960
4 Versions with 3 range gears

Using a puller, partially withdraw pinion (7) in order to gain access
to ringnut (8).
5 Apply special wrench T8 (P/N. 5.9030.984.0) to ringnut (8) and

secure it in position.
Fit a suitable bush on output shaft (9) of the groundpseed PTO
and loosen ringnut (8) by turning output shaft (9) clockwise.
6 Proceed with withdrawal of pinion shaft (7) and remove

synchronizer (10) complete with driver ring (11) and synchronizer 10
ring (12). 12
11
F0084990
30-109
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-109 30-109 6/21/2007 4:33:17 AM

METHOD
7 Remove synchronizer ring (13), gear (14) and rotary union (15).
14
13
15
F0085000
8 Remove low or high range selector fork (16).
16
9 Remove ringnut (8) and gear (17)

17
10 Install a service bush “A” on the pinion shaft (7) (example: Ø 65

x Ø 50 x Ø 20) and the ringnut (8).
A
8
F0085030
30-110
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-110 30-110 6/21/2007 4:33:18 AM

METHOD
11 Using a puller, remove pinion (7) complete with bearing (18) and
shims (19). 19 7
18
Using a press and a suitable puller, remove bearing (18) from
pinion (7).
7
18
Assembly
● If the bevel gear pair, the bearings of the pinion or differential or the transmission casing are renewed, adjust the bevel gear
pair.
Procedure 12
● Before fitting bearing (18) on pinion shaft (7), lubricate the inner
rings of the bearing.
7
During assembly of bearing (18), rotate the outer race to bed in
the rollers and ensure smooth rotation.
18
Procedure 5
● Stake the ringnut (8).
30-111
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-111 30-111 6/21/2007 4:33:19 AM

METHOD
Procedure 5
Tighten the ringnut by turning the groundspeed PTO shaft
counterclockwise and using the special wrench T8 (P/N.
5.9030.984.0).
Ringnut: Loctite 270
Ringnut: Nominal tightening torque:460±20 Nm (339±14.7 lb.ft.)
Tightening torque using the groundspeed PTO output shaft:
390±17 Nm (287.4±12.5 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1
30-112
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-112 30-112 6/21/2007 4:33:19 AM

METHOD
30.3.26 - Four-wheel drive output shaft

13
10
8
16 15
11
12
1 14
D0036470
Fig.89 - Four-wheel drive output shaft
Disassembly
F0096980
2 Remove pin (2) and remove range selector fork (3).

2
F0085381
30-113
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-113 30-113 6/21/2007 4:33:20 AM

METHOD
4
5
F0085391
4 Remove retaining half rings (6).
F0085401
5 Using a soft metal punch, partially drive out shaft (7) and remove
gear (8).
7 8
F0085411
6 Continue to withdraw shaft (7) and remove gear (9) complete

with bush (10) and selector sleeve (11) complete with hub (12). 9
10 12 11
F0085421
30-114
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-114 30-114 6/21/2007 4:33:20 AM

METHOD
7 For all versions:

13
Remove gear (13).
Remove shaft (7).

14
15
16
Assembly
30-115
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-115 30-115 6/21/2007 4:33:21 AM

METHOD
30.3.27 - Differential - Bevel gear pair
Fig.90 - Differential - Bevel gear pair
30-116
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-116 30-116 6/21/2007 4:33:22 AM

METHOD
Preparation of adjustments
1 ● All the procedures described in this chapter must be carried out following renewal of the transmission casing, differential
support flanges, bevel gear pair, differential housing or the support bearings of the pinion and differential.
2 Install bearing assembly (2) on pinion shaft (1).
● When handling bearing (2), take care not to invert the
inner races.
During assembly of the bearing (2) on the pinion shaft (1),
rotate the outer ring to help seat the rollers.
3 Install a service bush “A” on the pinion shaft (1) (example: Ø 65 x

Ø 50 x Ø 20, for 100hp versions or Ø 60 x Ø 45 x Ø 18, for 85hp
versions) and temporarily tighten the new ringnut (3).
4 Remove bearing outer ring (5) and relative shims (6) from flange
(4) on the crown wheel side.
● Note the thickness “S” of shim pack (6) (e.g., 0.80 mm).
5 Remove bearing outer ring (8) and shims (9) from flange (7) on
the opposite side to the crown wheel.
30-117
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-117 30-117 6/21/2007 4:33:22 AM

METHOD
6 Heat bearing inner race (5) to 80 °C and install it on the crown

wheel side of differential (10). 5
●
5
Check that the bearing seats against the shoulder on the 10
differential. 4
Install the outer race of bearing (5) in crown wheel side flange (4),
with shim pack (6) approximately 0.5 mm less than the measured
dimension “S”.
● e.g:
6
● Measured dimension = 0.80 mm
F0085490
Thickness of shim pack (6) to be installed: 0.30 mm

7 Heat the inner ring of bearing (8) to approx. 80 °C and install on
differential (10) on the side opposite to the crown wheel. 8
8
● Check that the bearing (8) seats against the shoulder on
the differential. 10
Install bearing outer race (8) and a 1.00 mm thick shim pack (9)
on flange (7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
F0087710
Adjustment of the differential bearings preload

1 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.
2 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws
(11).
● While tightening the screws (11), rotate the differential unit
to help seat the bearings.
Warehouse: Transmission oil
Screws: 32÷40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
30-118
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-118 30-118 6/21/2007 4:33:23 AM

METHOD
3 Position a dial gauge with magnetic stand “A” on the crown wheel
side of differential carrier (4) and set it to zero on the end face of
the differential while simultaneously forcing the differential with
lever “B” towards the opposite side.
Force the differential towards the crown wheel side and measure
end float “G”.
● If the end float is zero, adjust shim pack (9) on the
opposite side to the crown wheel to 0.70 mm and repeat
the procedure to measure end float “G”.
4 Add 0.10 mm to the measured end float value “G” and round up
to the nearest 0.05 mm to determine the shim thickness to be
added under the outer ring of bearing (8) on the opposite side to
the crown wheel.
e.g:
● Measured value: 0.28 mm
Final end float: 0.28 + 0.10 = 0.38 mm
Actual shim thickness to be added: 0.40 mm
5 Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position

for safety. 11
11
11
F0084831
6 Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential

flanges (4) and (7) from the transmission casing.
30-119
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-119 30-119 6/21/2007 4:33:24 AM

METHOD
7 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
8 Attach differential (10) to a hoist and remove it.
Adjustment of the pinion position

1 Make a note of the value “E” stamped on one of the teeth of
pinion (1).
● In this example: + 0.15 mm
2 Install pinion (1) without shims (12) in the transmission casing.
F0087720
30-120
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-120 30-120 6/21/2007 4:33:25 AM

METHOD
3 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing
(11).
● Screws: 32÷40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
While tightening screws (11), check for the presence of
clearance between the differential and pinion (1). If the
differential is seated against the pinion, adjust the shim
packs installed under the outer races of the bearings
so as to reduce the thickness of the pack on the crown
wheel side and increase the thickness of the pack on the
opposite side by the same amount.
5 Use a feeler gauge to measure the distance “D” between the end
face of pinion (1) and the Ø 174 section of differential (10) (in this 1
example 4.85).
Calculate dimension “R” by adding dimension “E” previously read D
on the tooth of pinion (1) to the design value of 4.00 mm.
If the value “E” is positive, as in the case reported in the figure, it
should be added to the design value of 4.00 mm: 10
● R= 4.00 + “E” i.e. R= 4.00 + 0.15 = 4.15
If “E” is negative, subtract it from the design value of 4.00 mm
F0087791
● R= 4.00 - “E” i.e. R= 4.00 - 0.15 = 3.85

If the measured value “D” differs from the calculated value “R”,
calculate the difference between “D” and “R”. The resulting value
“S” is the shim thickness to be installed under bearing (2) of
pinion (1).
Formula: S = D - R
● which in our example gives: S = 4.85 - 4.15 = 0.70 mm
30-121
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-121 30-121 6/21/2007 4:33:25 AM

METHOD
6 Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position

for safety. 11
11
11
F0084831

flanges (4) and (7) from the transmission casing.
8 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
9 Attach differential (10) to a hoist and remove it.
30-122
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-122 30-122 6/21/2007 4:33:26 AM

METHOD
10 Using a puller, remove pinion (1) complete with the transmission

casing. 1
Remove ringnut (3) and service spacer “A” from pinion shaft (1). 1
F0085540
11 Measure dimension “R” of the shoulder of bearing (2).

e.g:
● “R” = 4.96 mm
Install pinion (1) and shim pack (12) of the previously calculated
thickness “S”, reversing the removal procedure.
12 Secure pinion (1) in position with suitable circlip (13) selected

from the available sizes. 13
Select circlip (13) by applying the following formula:

1
Circlip thickness:
● Fixed dimension “K” = 9.5 mm
Shim thickness = “S”
Dimension “R” = 4.96 mm (valid measurements: 4.90÷
5.00mm)
Formula: F0085550
● A = K - S - R which in our example gives:

● A = 9.5 - 0.7 - 4.96 = 3.84 mm
The circlip to be used is therefore the one whose thickness
equals 3.80 mm.
Circlip (13) installed should in any case ensure

pinion end float of less than 0.1 mm.
30-123
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-123 30-123 6/21/2007 4:33:26 AM

METHOD
Adjustment of pinion and crown wheel backlash

1 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.
(11).
● While tightening screws (11), rotate differential assembly
(10) to help seat the bearings.
Warehouse: Transmission oil
Screws: 32÷40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
3 Position a dial gauge “A” on a magnetic stand with the contact

point perpendicular to the side of a tooth on the external diameter
of the crown wheel. Preload the gauge by approx. 3 mm and A
check the backlash “Z” between pinion and crown wheel while
turning the differential (3) in both directions.
● Normal backlash:
85 HP: 0.12÷0.18 mm
100 HP: 0.20÷0.28 mm
● Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the
F0085560
average.
4 If backlash “Z” is less than the minimum value, remove a shim
from shim pack (6) (crown wheel side) and add the same shim
to shim pack (9) (side opposite to crown wheel). If backlash “Z”
is greater than the maximum value add a shim to (shim pack (6)
(crown wheel side) and remove an identical shim from shim pack
(9) (opposite side to crown wheel).
● The sum total thickness of shim packs (6) and (9) should
not be different from the calculated value.
Recheck the backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust 6 9
the shims until the backlash is within the specified tolerance
limits. D0024630
30-124
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-124 30-124 6/21/2007 4:33:28 AM

METHOD
30.3.28 - Range selector assembly
Disassembly
1 Remove springs (1) and pins (2).
1 2
F0085130
2 Remove screw (3).

● Renew the screw on reassembly.
F0085140
3 Remove screws (4) and raise lever support assy (5) and creeper
range control rod (6) and remove yoke (7).
4 Remove high speed/low speed range control rod (8).

● Recover interlock pin (9).
8
9
30-125
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-125 30-125 6/21/2007 4:33:28 AM

METHOD
5 Remove screw (10) and remove yoke (11).

● Renew the screw on reassembly. 10
11
F0085170
6 Remove rod (6) from lever support (5).

6 5
F0085180
7 Remove O-rings (12).
12
F0087690
Assembly
Procedure 3
Procedure 2
● Screw: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30-126
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-126 30-126 6/21/2007 4:33:29 AM

METHOD
30.3.29 - Changing transmission oil (D0.00.01)

CAUTION
Hydraulic accumulators contain gas or oil under pressure. For all repairs, first consult the instructions given in the
manufacturer’s manual.
IMPORTANT:
Dispose of the oil and filters in compliance with current regulations. DO NOT dump oil on the ground, in sewers or
containers that are not sealed. Respect the environment.
IMPORTANT:
Change the filters on this occasion too.
Procedure for changing the transmission oil

1 Park the tractor on level ground.
2 Open the plug on top of the lift casing (see “Checking the transmission oil level”).
CAUTION
If fuel or oil under pressure hits the skin or eyes, it can cause serious injury, blindness or even death. Leaks
of fluid under pressure may not be even visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood when looking for leaks.
NEVER use your hands! Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes. If any fluid penetrates your skin, seek
immediate attention from medical personnel with experience of this particular problem.
3 Remove the plug (1) located under the gearbox, placing a suitable
receptacle under the hole.
DANGER
When draining off used oil from the engine sump,

take care because if the oil is hot it can cause
burns.
30-127
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-127 30-127 6/21/2007 4:33:30 AM

METHOD
4 Remove the oil plug with dipstick (1).
CAUTION
Never top up with oil of a different type (class or

viscosity) to that already in the engine.
1
5 Change the oil filters located on the left-hand side of the transmission casing.
6 Fit and tighten the drain plug (1) and fill the gearbox with oil
through the hole on top of the lift casing after removing the plug
(3) to reach the level indicated by the plug with the dipstick (4).
7 After filling, screw in the oil filler plug and run the engine for a few minutes.
8 Check the oil level via the plug with dipstick (4) and top up if necessary.
The tractor is equipped with a gearbox oil cooler, for cleaning it see “Cleaning engine front compartment gearbox oil cooler”.
30-128
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-128 30-128 6/21/2007 4:33:30 AM

METHOD
30.3.30 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear
Fig.91 - Pump drive PTO
Disassembly
2 Remove front and rear pump drive sleeves (3).
30-129
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-129 30-129 6/21/2007 4:33:30 AM

METHOD
3 Remove screws (4) and front and rear flanges (5).

● Renew paper gaskets (6) on reassembly. 6 5
4
5
F0085590
4 Withdraw sleeve (7), bearings (8), spacer (9) and gear (10) from
the transmission casing.
7 8
● Insert a tie “A” in sleeve (7) to prevent spacer (9) from 7 9
falling inside the transmission.
8
A
F0085600
Assembly
Procedure 1
D0024400
30-130
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-130 30-130 6/21/2007 4:33:31 AM

METHOD
30.3.31 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear
Fig.92 - Pump drive PTO
Disassembly
F0085610
2 Using a soft metal punch, drive out driving gear assy (2) and
spacer (3). 2
3
F0085620
30-131
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-131 30-131 6/21/2007 4:33:32 AM

METHOD
3 Remove bearing (4) from the transmission casing.
F0085630
4 Using a puller, remove bearing (5) from gear (2).
Remove circlip (6) and withdraw spacer (7) and needle roller
bearing (8).
Remove O-ring (9).
Assembly
Procedure 4
● For 85 HP versions only:
Install the bearing (5) with the plastic shield on the gear (2).
30-132
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-132 30-132 6/21/2007 4:33:32 AM

METHOD
30.3.32 - 4WD engagement device
2 10
1
11
12
13
D0024720
Fig.93 - 4WD engagement device
Disassembly
1 Remove oil seal (1) and circlip (2).
● Renew the seal every time the pump is removed.
2 Remove screw (3) and remove retaining plate (4).
30-133
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-133 30-133 6/21/2007 4:33:33 AM

METHOD
3 Remove screw (5), and withdraw control rod (6) and remove
lever (7).
7
● Check the condition of O-ring (8) and renew it if 5
necessary.
6
Renew the screw (5) on reassembly.
8
F0085210
4 Using a suitable drift, drive out hub assembly (9).

Only if necessary:
10
Remove circlip (10).
9
F0085220
5 Withdraw sleeve (11).

11
F0085230
6 Remove circlip (12) and, using a press, remove bearing (13).
12 13
F0085240
Assembly
30-134
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-134 30-134 6/21/2007 4:33:33 AM

METHOD
Procedure 3
● Bolt: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30-135
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-135 30-135 6/21/2007 4:33:34 AM

METHOD
30.4 - REAR AXLE
30.4.1 - RH rear axle (E0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85)

Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) and disconnect bracket (2).

2
3 Remove nut (3) and the relative screw.
4 Using suitable lifting equipment, raise cab (4) so as to be able to

remove support (5).
5 4
30-136
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-136 30-136 6/21/2007 4:33:34 AM

METHOD
5 Remove screws (6) and remove support (5).
5
6
6 Disconnect brake pipe (8) from axle (7).

8
7 Attach axle (7) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting
rope.
8 Remove screws (9) and remove axle (7).

9 7
30-137
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-137 30-137 6/21/2007 4:33:35 AM

METHOD
9 Remove halfshaft (10).
10
10 Blow compressed air at low pressure into hole “A” of the brake to
disconnect brake cylinder assembly (11).
Remove brake cylinder assembly (11). 11
Installation
Procedures 9-11
Procedure 9
● Screws and nuts: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
● Bleed the air from the braking system
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil
30-138
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-138 30-138 6/21/2007 4:33:36 AM

METHOD
30.4.2 - LH rear axle (E0.02.02) (Agrofarm 85)

Removal
1 DANGER
2 Remove screws (1) and disconnect bracket (2).
3 Remove nut (3) and the relative screw.
4 Using suitable lifting equipment, raise cab (4) so as to be able to

remove support (5).
5
4
30-139
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-139 30-139 6/21/2007 4:33:37 AM

METHOD
5 Remove screws (6) and disconnect bracket (7) from support (5).
7
5
6 Remove screws (8) and remove support (5).

5
7 Remove nuts (9) and (10) and remove support (11). 12

Disconnect brakes pipes (12).
11
9
10
8 Attach axle (13) to a hoist and take the strain with the rope.
13
30-140
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-140 30-140 6/21/2007 4:33:37 AM

METHOD
9 Remove all the nuts (14) and remove axle (13).

● Recover bracket (15).
13
14
15
16
11 Blow compressed air at low pressure into hole “A” of the brake to
disconnect brake cylinder assembly (17).
Remove brake cylinder assembly (17). 17
Installation
Procedures 9-11
30-141
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-141 30-141 6/21/2007 4:33:38 AM

METHOD
Procedure 9
Procedure 7
30-142
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-142 30-142 6/21/2007 4:33:39 AM

METHOD
30.4.3 - RH/LH rear axle (Agrofarm 85)
7 8 6 11 10 12
2
3
4 9
Fig.94 - Rear axle
Disassembly
1 Remove anti-rotation plate (1).
2 Remove screw (2) and remove spacer (3) and shims (4).
3
2
30-143
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-143 30-143 6/21/2007 4:33:39 AM

METHOD
3 Remove planet carrier assembly (5).

5
4 Using a puller, apply force on halfshaft (6) to dislodge bearing

inner race (7) from halfshaft (6).
Recover inner bearing ring (7).
7
7
6
5 Attach axle housing (8) to a hoist and remove it.
6 Withdraw bearing outer ring (7) and oil seal (9) from axle housing
(8).
7 9
30-144
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-144 30-144 6/21/2007 4:33:40 AM

METHOD
7 Withdraw bearing outer ring (10) and disc (11) from axle housing
10
(8).
11
11 10
8 Remove bearing inner ring (10) from halfshaft (6).
10
Remove the back-up ring of oil seal (12) from the axle housing. 12
● Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
10 Remove dust seal (12) from axle shaft (6).

6
Note which way round the oil seal is installed. 12
30-145
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-145 30-145 6/21/2007 4:33:41 AM

METHOD
Assembly
Procedure 8
● Fill the area indicated in the figure with grease.
Procedure 5
° 15
● Machining required for assembly of the axle housing ring gear. °
14
Simultaneously drill axle housing (8) and ring gear (13).
Fit cylindrical dowels (14) fully down and close the holes with 8
plugs (15).
13
Procedures 4-6
● Lubricate bearing (7) and the lip of oil seal (9).
Take care to install oil seal (9) the right way round.
Procedure 2
● Temporarily install spacer (3) and screw (2) without shims and
tighten.
Bolt: 29.4 Nm (21.7 lb.ft.)
After tightening to the specified torque, rotate the axle housing
while holding the axle shaft still to allow the bearings to seat
correctly, then tighten screw (2) again.
Repeat the procedure until screw (2) no longer turns.
30-146
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-146 30-146 6/21/2007 4:33:41 AM

METHOD
● Remove screw (2) and spacer (3) and, using a depth gauge “F”
measure dimensions “A” and “B”.
● Calculate thickness “S” of shim pack (4) to be installed under

spacer (3) with the formula: S = A - B (round off the value obtained
by ± 0.02 mm)
Calculation example 1:
dimension “A”: 97.44 mm
dimension “B”: 95.95 mm
S = 97.44 - 95.95 = 1.49 mm
thus the final thickness “S” of shims (4) will be 1.50 mm.
dimension “A”: 97.37 mm
dimension “B”: 95.95 mm
S = 97.37 - 95.95 = 1.42 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims
(4) will be 1.40 mm.
● Fit shim pack (4), spacer (3) and secure in positions by tightening
screw (2).
3
Bolt: 177±9 Nm (130.5±6.6 lb.ft.) 2
Bolt: Loctite 270
30-147
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-147 30-147 6/21/2007 4:33:42 AM

METHOD
30.4.4 - RH rear axle (Agrofarm 100)
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Versions with air braking system:

Completely release pressure from the pneumatic circuit 1
Remove union (1) and disconnect pipe (2).
F0083900
3 For trailer air braking export versions:

4
3
Remove unions (3) and disconnect pipes (4) from valve (5).
● Label pipes (4) to avoid confusion on refitting. 5
3
3 4
F0083910
4 Versions with air braking system

6
Loosen nut (6), remove screws (7) and remove tank (8) complete
with support. 7
7
F0083920
30-148
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-148 30-148 6/21/2007 4:33:42 AM

METHOD
5 For all versions:

Remove nuts (9) and disconnect bracket (10) from the axle.
6 Remove nut (11) and remove plate (12).
7 Using suitable lifting equipment “A”, raise the cab slightly on the
right hand side and keep in place.
8 Remove screws (13) and remove cab support (14).
30-149
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-149 30-149 6/21/2007 4:33:43 AM

METHOD
9 Disconnect brakes pipes (15) and (16).
15
16
F0083940
10 Remove all ten screws (17) and the two nuts (18)
17
18
17
rope.
19
12 Remove screw (20) and using a service screw “B” (M10x120 with
full-length thread) or a threaded rod, separate axle (19) from the
transmission. 20
Tighten removed screw (20) and repeat the procedure with the
remaining screws until axle (19) is completely detached from the
transmission.
19
30-150
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-150 30-150 6/21/2007 4:33:44 AM

METHOD
13 Remove axle assembly (19).
19
Installation
Procedure 13
Procedure 10
Procedure 9
30-151
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-151 30-151 6/21/2007 4:33:45 AM

METHOD
30.4.5 - Planet carrier assembly (Agrofarm 85)
Fig.95 - Planet carrier assembly
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove pins (2).
2 Remove planet gears (3) with shims (4) and remove needle roller
bearings (5) and spacer (6).
Assembly
30-152
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-152 30-152 6/21/2007 4:33:45 AM

METHOD
Procedure 2
● Lubricate the roller cages (4).
Roller cages: oil
30-153
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-153 30-153 6/21/2007 4:33:46 AM

METHOD
30.4.6 - LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100)
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Versions with air braking system:

2 3
Completely release pressure from the pneumatic circuit. 1 6
Remove unions (1), (2), (3) and (4) and disconnect pipes (5) and
(6). 5
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent dirt getting in.
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
4
F0087250
3 Unplug connector (7) from pressure sensor (8).
F0087240
4 Remove retaining clip (9), loosen nut (10) and disconnect cable
(11). 10
11
9
F0081391
30-154
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-154 30-154 6/21/2007 4:33:46 AM

METHOD
5 Remove union (12) and disconnect breather pipe (13) from

pressure control valve (14).
14
13
12
F0087260
6 Loosen nut (15), remove screws (16) and remove tank (17)
complete with valves.
7 Remove the three nuts (18), screw (19) and disconnect bracket
(20) from the axle.
8 Remove nut (21) and remove plate (22).
30-155
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-155 30-155 6/21/2007 4:33:47 AM

METHOD
9 Using suitable lifting equipment “A”, raise slightly the cab on the
left hand side and keep in place.
10 Remove screws (23) and remove cab support (24).
11 Remove all ten screws (25) and the two nuts (26)
25
26
25
rope.
27
30-156
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-156 30-156 6/21/2007 4:33:48 AM

METHOD
13 Remove screw (28) and using a service screw “B” (M10x120 with
full-length thread) or a threaded rod, separate axle (27) from the
transmission. 28
Tighten removed screw (28) and repeat the procedure with the
remaining screws until axle (27) is completely detached from the
transmission.
27
14 Remove axle assembly (27).
27
Installation
Procedure 14
Procedure 11
Procedure 2
30-157
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-157 30-157 6/21/2007 4:33:49 AM

METHOD
30.4.7 - RH/LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100)
Fig.96 - Rear axle
Disassembly
1 Position the axle vertically and remove the three screws (1).
2 Using a puller, remove braking flange assy (2).
30-158
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-158 30-158 6/21/2007 4:33:50 AM

METHOD
3 Using a puller, remove ring gear (3).
4 Remove anti-rotation plate (4).
5 Remove screw (5) and remove spacer (6) and shims (7).
6 Remove planet carrier assembly (8).
30-159
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-159 30-159 6/21/2007 4:33:50 AM

METHOD
7 Using a puller, apply force on axle shaft (9) to remove bearing

10
inner ring (10) from axle shaft (9).
Recover inner bearing ring (10).
10 9
F0084060
8 Attach axle housing (11) to a hoist and remove it.
9 Withdraw bearing outer ring (10) and oil seal (12) from axle
housing (11).
10 Withdraw bearing outer ring (13) and disc (14) from axle housing
(11).
30-160
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-160 30-160 6/21/2007 4:33:51 AM

METHOD
11 Remove bearing inner ring (13) from axle halfshaft (9).
Remove the back-up ring of oil seal (15). 15
F0071141
13 Remove dust seal (15) from axle shaft (9).

Note which way round the oil seal is installed.
Assembly
Procedure 11
● Fill the area indicated in the figure with grease.
30-161
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-161 30-161 6/21/2007 4:33:51 AM

METHOD
Procedures 7-9
● Procedure 7: Lubricate bearing (10) and the lip of oil seal (12).
● Procedure 9: Take care to install oil seal (12) the right way
round.
Procedure 5
● Temporarily install spacer (6) and screw (5) without shims and
tighten.
Bolt: 29.4 Nm (21.7 lb.ft.)
● After tightening to the specified torque, rotate the axle housing while holding the axle shaft still to allow the bearings to seat
correctly, then tighten screw (5) again.
● Repeat the procedure until the screw (5) no longer turns.
● Remove screw (5) and spacer (6) and, using a depth gauge
“F” and calibrated shims “G” of approximately 25mm, measure
dimensions “A” and “B”.
● Calculate thickness “S” of shim pack (7) to be installed under

spacer (6) with the formula: S = A - B (round off the value obtained
by ± 0.02 mm):
dimension “A”: 97.44 mm dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.44
- 95.95 = 1.49 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (7) will
be 1.50 mm.
dimension “A”: 97.37 mm Dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.37
- 95.95 = 1.42 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (7) will
be 1.40 mm.
30-162
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-162 30-162 6/21/2007 4:33:52 AM

METHOD
● Fit shim pack (7), spacer (6) and secure in position by tightening
screw (5).
Bolt: 177±9 Nm (130.5±6.6 lb.ft.)
Bolt: Loctite 270
Procedure 3
● Surfaces: Loctite 510
30-163
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-163 30-163 6/21/2007 4:33:52 AM

METHOD
30.4.8 - Planet carrier assembly (Agrofarm 100)
Fig.97 - Planet carrier assembly
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove pins (2).
2 Remove planet gears (3) with shims (4) and remove needle roller
bearings (5) and spacer (6).
Assembly
30-164
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-164 30-164 6/21/2007 4:33:53 AM

METHOD
Procedure 2
● Lubricate the roller cages (4).
● Roller cages: oil
30-165
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-165 30-165 6/21/2007 4:33:53 AM

METHOD
30.4.9 - Rear differential
Removal
1 Remove union (1) and plug (2).
2 Drive out spring pin (3)
3 Withdraw piston (4) from the transmission casing and partially

withdraw the rod (5).
4 Remove spring (6) and spacer (7).
30-166
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-166 30-166 6/21/2007 4:33:53 AM

METHOD
5 Finally remove rod (5), selector fork (8), spring (9) and spacer
(10).
6 Remove nut (11), spacers (12) and nut (13) on both sides.
7 Remove brake disc (14) and axle shaft (15).

14
15
F0084820
8 Remove screws (16) on both sides, leaving one in place for

safety.
30-167
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-167 30-167 6/21/2007 4:33:54 AM

METHOD

support flanges (17) from the transmission casing.
10 Remove the last screw (16) and remove flanges (17) and (18).
● Label the flanges to avoid confusion on reassembly.
11 Attach differential (19) to a hoist and remove it from the tractor.
Installation
Procedure 8
● Screws: 32÷40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
30-168
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-168 30-168 6/21/2007 4:33:55 AM

METHOD
30.4.10 - Rear differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85)

2
15 3
14
10
11
13 12
9 5
6 4
7 D0024520
Fig.98 - Rear differential
Disassembly
● If the bevel gear pair or both bearings are to be renewed,
remove also bearing (2).
1 2
F0084870
2 Remove differential lock flange (3).

3
F0084880
30-169
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-169 30-169 6/21/2007 4:33:56 AM

METHOD
3 Remove screws (4) and remove differential crown wheel (5).
4 Remove side gear (6) and its thrust washer (7).

7
F0084900
5 Drive out spring pin (8) and remove pin (9).
6 Remove planet pinions (10) and (11) with their respective thrust
washers (12) and (13).
30-170
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-170 30-170 6/21/2007 4:33:56 AM

METHOD

14
15
F0084930
Assembly
Procedures 4-6-7
● Gears and thrust washers: Transmission oil
Procedures 1-3
● Screws: Engine oil
Screws: 112±5.5 Nm (82.5±4.0 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1
● If the transmission casing, differential housing or bevel gear pair are renewed, do not install the bearings (1) and (2) at this
stage, but proceed as described in the chapter “BEVEL GEAR PAIR”.
30-171
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-171 30-171 6/21/2007 4:33:57 AM

METHOD
30.4.11 - Rear differential disassembly (Agrofarm 100)

2
15 3
14
10
11
13 12
9 5
6 4
7 D0024520
Fig.99 - Rear differential
Disassembly
● If the bevel gear pair or both bearings are to be renewed,
remove also bearing (2).
1
2
2 Remove differential lock flange (3).

3
30-172
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-172 30-172 6/21/2007 4:33:57 AM

METHOD
3 Remove screws (4) and remove differential crown wheel (5).

7
F0084900
5 Drive out spring pin (8) and remove pin (9).
6 Remove planet pinions (10) and (11) with their respective thrust
washers (12) and (13).
30-173
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-173 30-173 6/21/2007 4:33:58 AM

METHOD

14
15
F0084930
Assembly
Procedures 4-6-7
● Gears and thrust washers: Transmission oil
Procedure 3
● Screws: Engine oil
Screws: 112±5.5 Nm (82.5±4.0 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1
● If the transmission casing, differential housing or bevel gear pair are renewed, do not install the bearings (1) and (2) at this
stage, but proceed as described in the chapter “BEVEL GEAR PAIR”.
30-174
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-174 30-174 6/21/2007 4:33:58 AM

METHOD
30.4.12 - Rear axle brake discs
Renewal
1 DANGER
2 Remove friction disc (1) and renew.

● Brake disc: Transmission oil. 1
F0084821
3 Refit the previously removed axle and repeat the procedure for the brake disc on the other side.
4 On completion of the renewal procedure fill the transmission and bleed the air from the braking circuit.
30-175
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-175 30-175 6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM

METHOD
30.4.13 - Rear axle brake piston (Agrofarm 85)
Disassembly
1 DANGER
2 Blow compressed air at low pressure through hole “A” to force

out piston (1).
1
A
F0107950
3 Remove O-rings (2) and (3).

2
F0107960
Assembly
Procedure 3
2
● To facilitate installation of O-rings (2) and (3), stretch them slightly
at various points around the circumference so that they are held 3
in place in their grooves.
O-rings: Brake fluid
F0107960
30-176
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-176 30-176 6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM

METHOD
Procedure 2
● Fit piston (1), taking care to align anti-rotation pins (4) correctly.
1
F0107970
30-177
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-177 30-177 6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM

METHOD
30.4.14 - Rear axle brake piston (Agrofarm 100)
Disassembly
1 DANGER
2 Position the axle vertically and blow compressed air at low

pressure through hole “A” to force out piston (1). 1
A
F0085650
3 Remove O-rings (2) and (3).
Assembly
Procedure 3
● To facilitate installation of O-rings (2) and (3), stretch them slightly
at various points around the circumference so that they are held
in place in their grooves.
O-rings: Brake fluid
30-178
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-178 30-178 6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM

METHOD
Procedure 2
1 4
● Fit piston (1), taking care to align anti-rotation pins (4) correctly.
F0085671
30-179
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-179 30-179 6/21/2007 4:34:00 AM

METHOD
30.5 - FRONT AXLE
30.5.1 - Front carrier (F0.01.01)

See para. 30.11.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-404 - (S0.01.01)
REMOVAL
1 Position a stand “A” under the engine block.
2 Versions without front PTO

Remove screws (1) and overturn wiring towards the rear.
1
F0120290
3 Remove screws (2) and remove gasket (3).
30-180
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-180 30-180 6/21/2007 4:34:00 AM

METHOD
4 Versions with front PTO

Using a pin punch, remove dowel (4) and withdraw PTO drive 5
5 For versions with front lift control only

6
Disconnect pipes (6), remove screw (7) and overturn valves assy
(8) towards the front of the tractor.
● Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting. 7
Before disconnecting pipes (6), close valves (8) (turning

counterclockwise) and operate lift control lever to
discharge all residual pressure in the circuit.
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities. 8
6 For all versions

Loosen and remove lower nuts (9) (2 per side).
9
7 Position a jack “B” under the front support (10) and drive two
wedges “C” between axle (11) and front support (10) to prevent
the support from tipping.
10
11
30-181
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-181 30-181 6/21/2007 4:34:01 AM

METHOD
8 Loosen screw (12) to de-tension fuel pump drive belt (13).
13
12
9 Loosen and remove screws (14) and nuts (15).
14 15
10 Remove front support assembly (10).

● Recover shims (16) installed between the front support
10
and the engine sump, making a note of their positions.
Keep the right and left shims separate.
Installation
Procedure 10
● If the engine or engine sump are to be renewed, or if the shims
have got mixed up or lost, recalculate the shim thicknesses as
follows:
● Before installing front support “C” measure the distance “X” X
between the bottom of the engine block and the face of the
sump.
F0120360
30-182
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-182 30-182 6/21/2007 4:34:02 AM

METHOD
● Form a shim pack (16) to obtain alignment within the tolerance of

±0.1 mm (0.004 in.).
16
Procedure 9
● Nuts and bolts: 300±1.5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.)
Bleed the front brakes circuit.
Procedure 8
● Adjust the tension of the fuel pump drive belt.
Procedure 6
● Nuts: 300±1.5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.)
30-183
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-183 30-183 6/21/2007 4:34:03 AM

METHOD
30.5.2 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01)

See para. 30.11.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-404 - (S0.01.01)
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Lift the front of the tractor so that the front tyres are clear of the
ground and position a stand “A” under the engine block.
3 Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering pipes (2).

● Renew the copper washers on reassembly
2
2
1
4 Position a jack “A” under the front axle.
30-184
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-184 30-184 6/21/2007 4:34:03 AM

METHOD
5 Remove nuts (3) (n°4).
3 3
3
3
6 Remove front axle assembly (4).
Installation
Procedure 6
● If the front support, axle body, or axle pivot brackets are renewed, adjust axle end float before proceeding with the final fixing
of the axle.
Procedure 5
● Nuts: 270±13 Nm (199±9.6 lb.ft.)
30-185
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-185 30-185 6/21/2007 4:34:04 AM

METHOD
30.5.3 - Adjusting the front axle end float

1 Install thrust washer (1) and pivot bracket (2) on the rear of the
axle.
1
F0079890
2 Loosen nuts (3) and remove shim packs (4) on both sides. Re-
tighten nuts (3).
3
4
F0079900
3 Fit dust seal (5).

● Take care to install the dust seal the right way round. 5
● Dust seal: grease
5
F0079910
4 Fit thrust washer (6) and support (7).
30-186
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-186 30-186 6/21/2007 4:34:05 AM

METHOD
5 Fit front axle assembly (8) on front support (9).
6 Tighten nuts (10) and (11).

● Nuts: 270±13 Nm (199±9.6 lb.ft.)
7 Loosen nuts (3) and use two levers to force axle (8) and support
(12) apart.
8 Using a feeler gauge, measure clearance “A” between axle (8)

and support (12).
30-187
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-187 30-187 6/21/2007 4:34:06 AM

METHOD
9 Calculate the thickness “S” of shim packs (4) to obtain a final end
float value “G” between 0.1 and 0.4 mm.
Example calculation:
● measured play “A”: 3.20 mm
calculated value “S”: 3.00 mm
residual end float “G”: 0.20 mm
10 Form two shim packs (4) of the same thickness “S” and install
them between axle (8) and support (12) then tighten nuts (3).
● Nuts: 120±6 Nm (88.4±4.4 lb.ft.) 4
8 3
12
F0086420
30-188
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-188 30-188 6/21/2007 4:34:06 AM

METHOD
30.5.4 - Steering cylinders
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering control pipes (2).

2
2
1
3 Remove screw (3) on both sides and remove guard (4).

● Recover spacers (5).
5
4 Loosen nut (6) and remove set screw (7).
7
6
30-189
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-189 30-189 6/21/2007 4:34:07 AM

METHOD
5 Withdraw pin (8).

9
● If the cylinder is to be removed with the axle installed on
the tractor, remove grease nipple (9) and extract pin (8)
downwards.
6 Recover oil seals (10) complete with bushes (11).

11
10
7 Remove screw (12) and withdraw pin (13).

12
13
8 Recover seals (14) complete with bushes (15) and remove

steering cylinder (16). 15
14 16
Installation
After installing the steering cylinder, start the engine and repeatedly turn the steering to full lock in both directions to expel any air
from the steering circuit.
30-190
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-190 30-190 6/21/2007 4:34:07 AM

METHOD
30.5.5 - Steering cylinders disassembly
Disassembly
1 Loosen front ringnut (1) by about 5 turns.
F0009110
2 With a soft mallet, lightly tap front ringnut (1) to drive in end cap
(2) by about 3 mm (0.118 in.)
1 2
F0009120
3 Remove ringnut (1) and remove circlip (3) fixing head (2).
F0009130
4 Withdraw piston assembly (4).
F0009140
30-191
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-191 30-191 6/21/2007 4:34:09 AM

METHOD
5 Unscrew and remove self-locking nut (5) and remove piston (6).
Withdraw end cap (2) from rod (7).
7 2
6
F0009150
6 Remove outer O-ring (8), rod wiper (9) and rod guide ring (10)
from end cap (2).
7 Remove outer seal (11) and inner O-ring (12) from piston (6).
11
F0009170
Assembly
1 Fit rod guide (10) and rod wiper (9) in end cap (2).
● Carefully check correct orientation of ring (10).
Fit O-ring (8).
30-192
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-192 30-192 6/21/2007 4:34:09 AM

METHOD
2 Fit a suitable installation guide on the piston (6) and fit piston
sealing O-ring (12) by hand.
12 6
F0009160
3 Fit the outer piston seal (11) on the installation guide.

Using a suitable installer, drive the seal into its seat (11).
11
F0009170
4 Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal passing

the gauge over the entire length of piston (6).
5 Fit end cap (2) and piston (6) on rod (7); Secure piston (6) with
self-locking nut (5).
● Cylinder end cap: Gearbox oil.
7 2
● Nut: 86÷90 Nm (63.4-66.3 lb.ft.) 6
F0009150
30-193
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-193 30-193 6/21/2007 4:34:10 AM

METHOD
6 Lubricate the seals of the piston and end cap; install the assembly
in the cylinder taking care not to damage the seals.
2
● Seals: Gearbox oil.
● Insert end cap (2) approx. 2 mm (0.08 in.) beyond the seat
of circlip (3)
F0009190
7 Fit circlip (3) and tighten ringnut (1).

● Ringnut: 40 Nm (29.5 lb.ft.)
3
● To tighten the ringnut pressurise the lower side of the
cylinder with compressed air at 5-8 bar.
F0009130
30-194
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-194 30-194 6/21/2007 4:34:10 AM

METHOD
30.5.6 - Final drive reduction unit
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from steering
knuckle housing (3).
● Oil: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
3 Remove screw (4), loosen breather valve (5) and remove cover
(6).
4 Unscrew and remove cover (7).

Remove circlip (8).
30-195
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-195 30-195 6/21/2007 4:34:11 AM

METHOD
5 Using a slide hammer, remove cover (9).

Remove circlip (10).
6 Remove all the nuts (11) and, using two bolts as pullers, dislodge
final drive reduction gear assembly (12).
7 Attach final drive reduction unit assembly (12) to a hoist and lift
it clear off the tractor.
Installation
Procedure 7
O-ring: grease.
Procedure 2
● Fill the steering knuckle housing with oil.
Steering knuckle housing: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
30-196
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-196 30-196 6/21/2007 4:34:12 AM

METHOD
30.5.7 - Final drive reduction unit disassembly
Fig.100 - Planetary end drive
Disassembly
2 Remove disc (2).
30-197
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-197 30-197 6/21/2007 4:34:12 AM

METHOD
3 Extract pins (3).
4 Move planet pinions (5) towards the centre of planet carrier (4).
5 Position the assembly under a press and, using a suitable tool,

separate ring gear (6) from planet carrier (4).
● Before starting this operation, make sure the planet
pinions (5) have not moved outwards.
6 Recover ring (7) and ball cage (8).
30-198
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-198 30-198 6/21/2007 4:34:13 AM

METHOD
7 Remove ring gear (6) and recover ball cage (9).
8 Remove planet pinions (5) and shims (10) from planet carrier
(4).
Remove needle roller bearings (11) from planet pinions (5).
9 Using a puller, remove oil seal (12).

● Renew oil seal (12) on reassembly.
10 Only if necessary: Using a puller, remove ring (13).
30-199
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-199 30-199 6/21/2007 4:34:13 AM

METHOD
11 Only if necessary: extract bearing (14), circlip (15) and O-ring 16

(16) from planet carrier (4).
15 14 4
D0023880
Assembly
1 Remove all traces of paint from face “A” of planet carrier (4) and B
face “B” of ring gear (6) to facilitate subsequent installation of oil
A
seal (12).
4
6
D0023890
2 Only if removed: Heat ring (13) to around 80 °C (176 °F) and

install it on planet carrier (4).
● Make sure that is seated correctly.
3 Fit ball cage (9).
30-200
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-200 30-200 6/21/2007 4:34:14 AM

METHOD
4 Install planet pinions (5) complete with needle roller bearings (11)
and shims (10) in planet carrier (4) and secure them with pins
(3).
5 Fit ring gear (6).
6 Fit ball cage (8) and ring (7).
7 Locate disc (2) and tighten screws (1).

● Screws: 63±3 Nm (46.4±2.2 lb.ft.)
30-201
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-201 30-201 6/21/2007 4:34:15 AM

METHOD
8 Place the final drive reduction unit under a press and, using the
specific tool T4 (P/N. 5.9030.980.0), install new oil seal (12).
30-202
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-202 30-202 6/21/2007 4:34:15 AM

METHOD
30.5.8 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft
3 14 18
15 16
17
19 25 27
23
26
28
24
22
21
D0028080
11 20 12 13
Fig.101 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft
REMOVAL
1 Remove split pin (1) and loosen nut (2) without removing it.
1 2 2
F0080221
2 Using a soft mallet, disconnect rod (4) from steering knuckle

housing (3). 4
F0080232
30-203
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-203 30-203 6/21/2007 4:34:15 AM

METHOD
3 Remove screw (5) and withdraw pin (6).
F0079962
4 Recover oil seals (7) complete with bushes (8).

8
F0079972
5 Remove union (9) and disconnect brake pipe (10).
10
F0080241
11
F0080251
30-204
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-204 30-204 6/21/2007 4:34:16 AM

METHOD
7 Tighten screws (11) into the three threaded holes and withdraw
pin (12).
Recover shim (13).
12
11
13
F0080261
14
14
F0080271
9 Tighten the three screws (14) into the threaded holes and partially
withdraw pin (15).
Recover shims (16). 15
● Note the quantity of shims (16) installed under the upper
pin (15).
14
16
F0080281
10 Attach the steering knuckle housing (3) to a hoist, remove pin

(15) and lift steering knuckle housing (3) clear of the tractor.
15 3
3
F0080291
30-205
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-205 30-205 6/21/2007 4:34:17 AM

METHOD
11 Remove seal (17), thrust washer (18), and remove bearing inner
ring (19).
17
18
19
F0080301
12 Remove seal (20) and thrust washer (21) and remove bearing
inner ring (22).
21
22
20
F0080311
23
F0080321
14 Only if necessary: Remove the outer races of bearings (19) and

(22).
19
22
D0023442
30-206
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-206 30-206 6/21/2007 4:34:18 AM

METHOD
15 Only if necessary: Remove oil seal (25), circlip (26) and needle
roller bearing (27) from axle housing (24).
25 24
27
26
D0023901
16 Remove oil seal (28) from steering knuckle housing (3).

● Take care to install oil seal (28) the right way round.
28 3
D0023331
Installation
Procedure 17 24
● Using a suitable drift, install roller cage (27) in axle housing (24)
and secure with circlip (26). 27
26
F0073202
● Using a suitable drift A, install oil seal (25) in the axle housing.
25
F0073215
30-207
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-207 30-207 6/21/2007 4:34:19 AM

METHOD
Fig.102 - Drift drawing

Procedure 16
● Only if the bearings (19) and (22) or the steering knuckle housing (3) or the axle housing (24) are renewed, adjust the bearing
preload.
Procedure 1
● Nut: 98±5 Nm (72.2±3.7 lb.ft.)
If the slot does not line up with the hole in the pin, tighten the nut further until they are aligned.
30-208
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-208 30-208 6/21/2007 4:34:19 AM

METHOD
30.5.9 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft

9 12
5 10
11
6
3 1
14 D0028090
7 15 8 13
Fig.103 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft
Adjusting the bearings preload

1 Fit halfshaft (2) in axle housing (1).
1
F0080322
2 Using a suitable tool, fit the outer rings of bearings (3) and (4) in
axle housing (1).
● Make sure that the thinner outer ring is installed in the
upper hole and the thicker outer ring in the the lower
hole.
Install, the inner race of bearing (3), shim (5) and seals (6) in axle
housing upper side, and install the inner race of bearing (4), shim
(7) and oil seal (8) on the axle housing lower side.
30-209
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-209 30-209 6/21/2007 4:34:20 AM

METHOD
3 Locate the steering knuckle housing (9) and secure it in position

with the upper pin (10) without the shim and tighten the screws
(12).
12
9 10
F0080340
4 Fit the lower pin (13) and an 0.5 mm shim (14) and secure it in
position with screws (15).
14 15
13
F0080350
5 Loosen screws (12), raise upper pin (10) and insert a shim pack
(11) approx.1.5 mm thick; retighten screws (12).
6 Position a dial gauge “A” with a magnetic stand on the axle

housing oriented so that the contact point is perpendicular to the
lower pin (13) and preload the gauge by about 2 mm.
13
A
F0080370
30-210
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-210 30-210 6/21/2007 4:34:20 AM

METHOD
7 Apply leverage between axle housing (1) and steering knuckle

housing (9) and measure play “G” of the bearings.
9 10
Calculate the thickness of the shim pack to be inserted between
the upper pin (10) and the steering knuckle housing (9) in order 1
to preload the bearings between 0.10 and 0.15 mm.
Example 1: Measured play: 0.07
● Final shim pack thickness: 1.5 - 0.10 - 0.07=1.33 mm
which rounds down to: 1.30 with a bearing preload of 0.13
mm
F0080380
Example 2: Measured play: 0.18 mm
● Final shim pack thickness: 1.50 - 0.10 - 0.18=1.22 mm
which rounds down to: 1.20 mm with a bearing preload
of 0.12 mm
8 Loosen screws (12), adjust shim pack (11) to the calculated
thickness and fully tighten screws (12).
30-211
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-211 30-211 6/21/2007 4:34:21 AM

METHOD
30.5.10 - Differential unit
Removal
1 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from the axle.
● Axle oil: max. 10.5 l (2.77 US.gall.)
2 Remove union (3) and disconnect differential locking pipe (4).

3
4
F0080400
3 Remove all the nuts (5).

● Note the positions of the thicker washers.
5
5
F0080422
4 Using two screws as pullers, separate differential assembly (6)

from the axle housing.
6
F0080432
30-212
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-212 30-212 6/21/2007 4:34:21 AM

METHOD
5 Attach differential unit (7) to a hoist and lift it clear of the tractor.
F0080452
Installation
Procedure 5
30-213
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-213 30-213 6/21/2007 4:34:22 AM

METHOD
30.5.11 - Differential disassembly
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2) and O-ring (3).
1 2
F0080460
2 Remove differential lock control piston (4).

necessary. 4
5
F0080470
3 Detach spring (6).
F0080480
4 Remove split pin (7) and remove pin (8) and washer (9).
9
7
F0080490
30-214
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-214 30-214 6/21/2007 4:34:22 AM

METHOD
5 Remove control rod assembly (10).
10
F0080500
6 Drive out spring pin (11) and remove lever (12) and fork (13)
complete with shoes (14). 13
11
12
14
F0080510
7 Remove circlip (15), shims (16) and complete differential lock

assembly (17). 17
16
● Note the quantity of shims (16). 15
F0080520
8 Only if necessary: Remove disc (18) and remove the seventeen

balls (19) and shims (20).
● Note the quantity of shims (20).
30-215
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-215 30-215 6/21/2007 4:34:23 AM

METHOD
9 Separate quill (21) from sleeve (22).
Assembly
Procedure 2
● O-ring: oil
30-216
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-216 30-216 6/21/2007 4:34:24 AM

METHOD
30.5.12 - Differential unit adjustment
Adjustment
1 Insert quill (2) into sleeve (1).
Position the seventeen balls (3) and disc (4).
● Do not install any shims at this point.
2 Install differential lock (6) on differential unit (5) and install a

suitable shim pack (7) to eliminate any play between the sleeve
and circlip (8).
3 Remove the differential lock and fit some of the shims (7) between
disc (4) and sleeve (2), then reinstall on the differential unit.
4 Secure the differential lock (6) with the remaining shims (7) and
the circlip (8).
30-217
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-217 30-217 6/21/2007 4:34:24 AM

METHOD
5 With sleeve (1) moved towards the differential, check that the
flat part “A” of sleeve (1) is positioned on balls (3) as shown in
1
the figure. A
3
If not, repeat the procedure described in points

4, 5 and 6 until the condition described above is
obtained.
D0023460
6 Fit fork (9) complete with shoes (10) and lever (11).
7 Secure lever (11) in position with spring pin (12).
8 Fit the differential lock piston (13).

● O-rings: Oil
13
F0080471
30-218
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-218 30-218 6/21/2007 4:34:25 AM

METHOD
9 Fit cover (14) and relative O-ring (15) and tighten screws (16).
16
15
14
F0080560
10 Fit complete control rod assembly (17).

Fit pin (18) and washer (19) and secure them in position with 18 19
split pin (20).
17
20
F0080570
11 Adjust the length “B” of differential lock control rod (13) so that,
when sleeve (1) is in the position shown, shoes (10) are not 1
forced against it.
13
10
B
18,5
D0022000
30-219
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-219 30-219 6/21/2007 4:34:26 AM

METHOD
12 Fit spring (21).
21
F0080481
30-220
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-220 30-220 6/21/2007 4:34:27 AM

METHOD
30.5.13 - Bevel gear pair (Agrofarm 85)

12
3 2
9
6 11 7
4 8
10
5
1
19
20 15
21
18
17
23
22 16
13 14
D0027930
Fig.104 - Bevel gear pair
Disassembly
1 Remove bolts (1) and detach flange (2) and shims (3).
1 2 3
1
F0080580
30-221
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-221 30-221 6/21/2007 4:34:27 AM

METHOD
4 6
5
4
F0080590
3 Remove the two opposing screws (7) and, using a very slender
drift, dislodge the inner ring of bearing (8). 7
8
F0080600
4 Using a puller, completely remove the inner ring of bearing (8).
5 Remove screw (9) and using a very slender drift remove bearing
inner ring (10).
30-222
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-222 30-222 6/21/2007 4:34:27 AM

METHOD
6 Remove differential assembly (11).
7 Remove the remaining screws (9) and remove crown wheel

(12).
8 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (13).

● To loosen the ringnut turn it clockwise.
Renew ringnut (13) on reassembly.
9 Using a soft mallet, drive pinion (14) out from differential carrier
(15) and recover spacer (16).
14 16
15
F0080660
30-223
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-223 30-223 6/21/2007 4:34:28 AM

METHOD
10 Recover shims (17) and spacer (18) from pinion (14).
14
17
18
F0080670
11 Remove bearing outer race (19), shims (20) and spacer (21)
from differential carrier (15).
20
21
15
19
F0095450
12 Using a suitable tool, remove oil seal (22) and bearing (23) from
differential carrier (15).
●
23
Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
15 22
F0080692
13 Remove the inner race of bearing (19) from pinion (14).

● Dislodge the bearing using a very thin tool and then use
a puller to remove it completely.
Assembly
Adjust.
30-224
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-224 30-224 6/21/2007 4:34:29 AM

METHOD
Stake ringnut (13) at the two points corresponding to the locations in

pinion (14).
Using a suitable tool, install oil seal (22) in differential carrier (15).
● oil seal: Grease
30-225
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-225 30-225 6/21/2007 4:34:30 AM

METHOD
30.5.14 - Bevel gear pair disassembly (Agrofarm 85)
Adjusting the position and preload of the bevel pinion

5
2
9 3
10
12
11
13
14 1
D0027931
Adjustment
1 Note dimension “E” stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion
(1).
● In the example described: E = -0.15 mm
30-226
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-226 30-226 6/21/2007 4:34:30 AM

METHOD
2 Install bearing inner race (2) on pinion shaft (1).
3 Install bearing outer race (2) and spacer (4) in differential carrier
(3).
3
2
F0095460
4 Install pinion (1) and flanges (5) and (6) complete with outer
A C
bearing races (7) and (8) in differential carrier (3) and use a depth
5
gauge “A” to measure distance “X”. 8
● Rotate pinion (1) in both directions to seat bearing (2).
7 6
Place onto the outer bearing race (8) on the crown wheel
side a cylindrical pin “C” 2.5 mm (code 2.1651.109.0) in
diameter to make up the difference between the outside 3
diameters of the bearings (7) (Ø90) and (8) (Ø85).
F0080741
30-227
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-227 30-227 6/21/2007 4:34:30 AM

METHOD
5 Calculate distance “D” from the differential’s axis of rotation to

pinion head (1) with the following formula:
D=X-R
2,5 mm
Where: R = 45.00 = radius of bearing (7) on the opposite side to
the crown wheel
R
e.g:
● Dimension “X” = 107.75 mm X
D
Radius “R” = 45.00
D = 107.75 - 45.00 = 62.75 mm
D0027940
6 Remove pinion (1), outer bearing race (2) and flanges (5) and (6)
and form a shim pack (9) of thickness “S” calculated using the
following formula:
1
S = D - Theoretical value + E
Where: S = final shim pack thickness (8)
D = measurement calculated at point 5
2
Theoretical value = 61.00
E = dimension stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1)
Example 1 (negative “E” value) F0080750
● D = 62.75 mm
E = - 0.15 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 - 0.15 = 1.60 mm
Example 2 (positive “E” value)
● D = 62.75 mm
E = + 0.15 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 + 0.15 = 1.90 mm
30-228
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-228 30-228 6/21/2007 4:34:31 AM

METHOD
7 Install shim pack (9) and bearing outer race (2) in differential
carrier (3).
3
2 F0080683
8 Install pinion assembly (1) in the differential carrier and install

11
spacer (10) and a shim pack (11) approx. 1.50 mm thick.
● Bearing: oil
1
10
F0080761
9 Install bearing assembly (12) in differential carrier (3) and seat it

using a suitable drift.
● To facilitate assembly, position the differential carrier 12
vertically and rest the end face of the pinion on a spacer.
F0080771
10 Fit spacer (13) on pinion shaft (1) and secure it by tightening

ringnut (14). 1
● Ringnut: 206÷226 Nm (151.8-166.6 lb.ft.)
13
To tighten the ringnut, turn it anti-clockwise.
When tightening the ringnut, take care not to preload
bearings (2) and (12). If the bearings are preloaded,
increase the thickness of the shim pack (11). 14
F0080781
30-229
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-229 30-229 6/21/2007 4:34:31 AM

METHOD
11 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand as shown and

place the contact point perpendicular to pinion (1) head. Preload
the gauge by about 2 mm then apply leverage to the pinion and
read play “G” of bearings (2) and (12).
12 Calculate thickness “P” of shim pack (11) to be installed under

spacer (10) using the following formula, rounding the value down
to the nearest 0.05 mm. 12
“P” = Installed shim thickness - measured play “G” 10
Example 1: (measured play = 0.17 mm)

11 14
● P = 1.50 - 0.17 = 1.33 mm which rounds down to 1.30
mm
mm D0023491
13 Remove ringnut (14) and withdraw the complete pinion, spacer

(10) and the inner race of bearing (12).
● Loosen the ringnut by turning it clockwise.
14
F0080801
14 Alter shim pack (11) to the thickness “P” calculated in point 12

and refit the pinion as described in points 8 - 9 and 10.
● While tightening the ringnut, rotate the pinion to ensure
bearings (2) and (12) run smoothly.
Rotate the pinion in both directions, lightly tapping it in an
axial direction to help seat bearings (2) and (12) and check as
described in point 12 that there is no pinion end float.
If end float is detected, repeat the procedure from point 13.
30-230
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-230 30-230 6/21/2007 4:34:32 AM

METHOD
Adjustment of the differential preload
Fig.106 - Adjustment of the differential preload
Adjustment
1 Fit crown wheel (2) to differential (1) and tighten screws (3).
● Screws: 75±4 Nm (55.3±3 lb.ft.)
30-231
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-231 30-231 6/21/2007 4:34:33 AM

METHOD
2 Fit differential assembly (1) in differential carrier (4) and, using a

suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (5).
● Check that the bearing (5) and the differential (1) are
installed the right way round relative to the differential
5
carrier (4). 4
F0080830
3 Using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (6).
F0080840
4 Install outer bearing race (5) on the flange of the side opposite
the crown wheel (7).
Fit bearing outer race (6) in the crown-wheel side flange (8).
5 Install an 0.5 mm thick shim pack (9) and flange (7) in differential
carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (10). 7 9 7
10
4
F0080860
30-232
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-232 30-232 6/21/2007 4:34:33 AM

METHOD
6 Install a 1.5 mm thick shim pack (11) and flange (8) in differential
carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (12). 11
8 12
4
F0080870
7 Position a dial gauge on a magnetic stand “F” as shown, with the

contact point perpendicular to the hub of differential (1). Preload
the dial gauge by about 2mm and set it to zero.
F
Use a lever to apply force under differential (1) and measure play
“G”
e.g:
● Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm
1
F0088280
8 Calculate the total thickness of shims “T” to be installed under

the flanges by subtracting measured play “G” from the thickness 9 11
of shims (9) and (11) installed under flanges (7) and (8), rounding
down the value obtained to the nearest 0.05 mm.
e.g:
● Thickness of installed shims (9) and (11): 2.00 mm
Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm
Total shims thickness “T”: 2.00 -0.37 = 1.63 mm which
7 8
rounds down to 1.60 mm
F0080890
Remove flanges (7) and (8) and shims (9) and (11).
9 Change the thickness of shim pack (11) to 1.00 mm, and reinstall
it with flange (8). 11
8 12
● Bearing: oil
Tighten screws (12).
F0080871
30-233
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-233 30-233 6/21/2007 4:34:34 AM

METHOD
10 Calculate thickness “H” of shim pack (9) by subtracting the

thickness of shims (11) installed under flange (8) from value “T” 7 9 7
calculated in point 10.
e.g:
● H = T - 1.00 = 1.60 -1.00 = 0.60 mm 10
Form a shim pack (9) of thickness “H”, install it with flange (7) and
secure it by tightening down screws (10).
● While tightening the screws, rotate the differential to
ensure that bearings (5) and (6) turn smoothly.
F0080861
● Bearing: oil
11 Rotate the pinion and crown wheel in both directions to help seat
the bearings (5) and (6) and check, as described in point 7, that
the differential has no end float.
Using a feeler gauge “A”, check that dimension “D” between
the end face of pinion (13) and differential housing (1) is correct
within a tolerance of ±0.10 mm.
12 Distance “D” = theoretical distance+ value “E” where:

Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm
Value E = value stamped on pinion tooth.
Example 1 (positive value “E”)
● Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm
E = + 0.10 mm
D = 1.00 + 0.10 = 1.10 mm
Acceptable values: 1.00÷1.20 mm
Example 2 (negative value “E”)
E = - 0.05 mm
D = 1.00 - 0.05 = 0.95 mm
30-234
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-234 30-234 6/21/2007 4:34:35 AM

METHOD
Adjustment of the pinion and crown wheel

1 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand with the contact
point perpendicular to a tooth flank on the external diameter
of the crown wheel. Preload the gauge by approx. 2 mm and
measure the backlash “Z” between the pinion and crown wheel
by turning the differential back and forth in both directions.
Normal backlash “Z”:
● 85HP version: 0.14÷0.19 mm
Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the
average.
2 If backlash “Z” is less than 0.15 mm, remove shims from shim
pack (11) (crown wheel side) and add the same number of shims 9
to shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel). If backlash “Z” is
greater than 0.20 mm add shims to shim pack (11) (crown wheel
side) and remove the same number of shims from shim pack (9) 11
(opposite side to the crown wheel).
be the same as the value obtained when checking the
preload of the differential bearings.
Recheck the backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust
the shims until the backlash is within the specified tolerance D0023500
limits.
3 Finally tighten down screws (10) and (12) securing flanges (7)
and (8). 7
12
● Screws: 45±2 Nm (33.2±1.5 lb.ft.)
Screws: Loctite 242
10
8
F0080910
30-235
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-235 30-235 6/21/2007 4:34:35 AM

METHOD
30.5.15 - Differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85)
10 6 5 1
12 2 4
3
11
7
8 D0023510
Fig.107 - Differential
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and detach flange (2).
2 Remove thrust washer (3) and side gear (4).
30-236
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-236 30-236 6/21/2007 4:34:36 AM

METHOD
3 Withdraw spring pin (5).
On more recent versions the spring pin (5)

is installed parallel to the differential’s axis of
rotation.
4 Withdraw pin (6) and side gear (7) with relative thrust washer
(8). 7
F0080970
5 Remove planet side gear (9) and relative thrust washer (10).
Remove side gear (11) and relative thrust washer (12). 11
12
10
F0080980
Assembly
Procedures 2 - 4 - 5
● Thrust washers: oil
30-237
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-237 30-237 6/21/2007 4:34:36 AM

METHOD
30.5.16 - Bevel gear pair (Agrofarm 100)
Disassembly
1 2 3
1
F0080580
30-238
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-238 30-238 6/21/2007 4:34:37 AM

METHOD
4 6
5
4
F0080590
3 Remove the two opposing screws (7) and, using a very slender
drift, dislodge the inner ring of bearing (8). 7
8
F0080600
4 Using a puller, completely remove the inner ring of bearing (8).
5 Remove screw (9) and using a very slender drift remove bearing
inner ring (10).
30-239
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-239 30-239 6/21/2007 4:34:37 AM

METHOD
6 Remove differential assembly (11).
7 Remove the remaining screws (9) and remove crown wheel

(12).
8 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (13).

● To loosen the ringnut turn it clockwise.
Renew ringnut (13) on reassembly.
9 Using a soft mallet, drive pinion (14) out from differential carrier
(15) and recover spacer (16).
14 16
15
F0080660
30-240
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-240 30-240 6/21/2007 4:34:38 AM

METHOD
10 Recover shims (17) and spacer (18) from pinion (14).
14
17
18
F0080670
11 Remove the outer ring of bearing (19) and shims (20) from
differential carrier (15).
20
15
19
F0080680
12 Using a suitable tool, remove oil seal (21) and bearing assembly
(22) from differential carrier (15).
22
15 21
F0080690
13 Remove the inner race of bearing (19) from pinion (14).

● Dislodge the bearing using a very thin tool and then use
a puller to remove it completely.
Assembly
Adjust.
30-241
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-241 30-241 6/21/2007 4:34:39 AM

METHOD
Stake ringnut (13) at the two points corresponding to the locations in

pinion (14).
Using a suitable tool, install oil seal (21) in differential carrier (15).
● oil seal: Grease
30-242
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-242 30-242 6/21/2007 4:34:40 AM

METHOD
30.5.17 - Bevel gear pair disassembly (Agrofarm 100)
Adjusting the position and preload of the bevel pinion

4
2
3
8
9
10
11
12
13 1
D0023471
Adjustment
1 Note dimension “E” stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion
(1).
● In the example described: E = -0.05 mm
30-243
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-243 30-243 6/21/2007 4:34:40 AM

METHOD
2 Install bearing inner race (2) on pinion shaft (1).
3 Install bearing outer race (2) in differential carrier (3).
F0080730
4 Install pinion (1) and flanges (4) and (5) complete with outer
bearing races (6) and (7) in differential carrier (3) and, using a
depth gauge “A”, measure distance “X”.
● Rotate the pinion in both directions to seat the bearing.
Place onto the outer bearing race (7) on the crown wheel
side a cylindrical pin “C” 2.5 mm (code 2.1651.109.0) in
diameter, to make up the difference between the outside
diameters of the bearings (7) (Ø90) and (6) (Ø85).
30-244
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-244 30-244 6/21/2007 4:34:40 AM

METHOD
5 Calculate distance “D” from the differential’s axis of rotation to

pinion head (1) with the following formula:
D=X-R
Where: R = 45.00 = radius of bearing (7) on the opposite side to
the crown wheel
e.g:
● Dimension “X” = 107.75 mm
Radius “R” = 45.00
D = 107.75 - 45.00 = 62.75 mm
6 Remove pinion (1), outer bearing race (2) and flanges (4) and (5)
and form a shim pack (8) of thickness “S” calculated using the
following formula:
1
S = D - Theoretical value + E
Where: S = final shim pack thickness (8)
D = measurement calculated at point 5
2
E = dimension stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1)
Example 1 (negative “E” value) F0080750
● D = 62.75 mm
E = - 0.05 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 - 0.05 = 1.70 mm
Example 2 (positive “E” value)
● D = 62.75 mm
E = + 0.15 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 + 0.15 = 1.90 mm
30-245
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-245 30-245 6/21/2007 4:34:41 AM

METHOD
7 Install shim pack (8) and bearing outer race (2) in differential
carrier (3).
3
2 F0080681
8 Install pinion assy (1) in the differential carrier and install spacer
(9) and a shim pack (10) approx. 1.50 mm thick. 10
● Bearing: oil
1
9
F0080760
9 Install bearing assembly (11) in differential carrier (3) and seat it

using a suitable drift.
● To facilitate assembly, position the differential carrier
vertically and rest the end face of the pinion on a spacer.
10 Fit spacer (12) on pinion shaft (1) and secure it by tightening

ringnut (13). 1
● Ringnut: 206÷226 Nm (151.8-166.6 lb.ft.)
12
To tighten the ringnut, turn it anti-clockwise.
When tightening the ringnut, make sure not to preload
the bearings (2) and (11). If the bearings are preloaded,
increase the thickness of the shim pack (10). 13
F0080780
30-246
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-246 30-246 6/21/2007 4:34:41 AM

METHOD
11 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand as shown and

place the contact point perpendicular to pinion (1) head. Preload
the gauge by about 2 mm then apply leverage to the pinion and
read play “G” of bearings (2) and (11).
12 Calculate the thickness “P” of shim pack (10) to be installed

under spacer (9) using the following formula, rounding the value
down to the nearest 0.05 mm.
“P” = Installed shim thickness - measured play “G”
mm
mm
13 Remove ringnut (13) and withdraw the pinion assembly, spacer

(9) and the inner race of bearing (11).
● Loosen the ringnut by turning it clockwise.
14 Alter shim pack (10) to thickness “P” calculated in point 12 and

refit the pinion as described in points 8 - 9 and 10.
● While tightening the ringnut, rotate the pinion to ensure
bearings (2) and (11) run smoothly.
15 Rotate the pinion both directions tapping it lightly to help seat bearings (2) and (11) and check as described in point 12 that
there is no pinion end float.
If end float is detected, repeat the procedures described in points 13, 14 and 15.
30-247
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-247 30-247 6/21/2007 4:34:42 AM

METHOD
Adjustment of the differential preload
Fig.110 - Adjustment of the differential preload
Adjustment
1 Fit crown wheel (2) to differential (1) and tighten screws (3).
● Screws: 75±4 Nm (55.3±3 lb.ft.)
30-248
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-248 30-248 6/21/2007 4:34:43 AM

METHOD
2 Fit differential assembly (1) in differential carrier (4) and, using a

suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (5).
● Check that the bearing (5) and the differential (1) are
installed the right way round relative to the differential
5
carrier (4). 4
F0080830
3 Using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (6).
F0080840
4 Install outer bearing race (5) on the flange of the side opposite
the crown wheel (7).
Fit bearing outer race (6) in the crown-wheel side flange (8).
5 Install an 0.5 mm thick shim pack (9) and flange (7) in differential
carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (10). 7 9 7
10
4
F0080860
30-249
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-249 30-249 6/21/2007 4:34:43 AM

METHOD
6 Install a 1.5 mm thick shim pack (11) and flange (8) in differential
carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (12). 11
8 12
4
F0080870
7 Position a dial gauge on a magnetic stand “F” as shown, with the

contact point perpendicular to the hub of differential (1). Preload
the dial gauge by about 2mm and set it to zero.
F
Use a lever to apply force under differential (1) and measure play
“G”
e.g:
● Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm
1
F0088280
8 Calculate the total thickness of shims “T” to be installed under

the flanges by subtracting measured play “G” from the thickness 9 11
of shims (9) and (11) installed under flanges (7) and (8), rounding
down the value obtained to the nearest 0.05 mm.
e.g:
● Thickness of installed shims (9) and (11): 2.00 mm
Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm
Total shims thickness “T”: 2.00 -0.37 = 1.63 mm which
7 8
rounds down to 1.60 mm
F0080890
Remove flanges (7) and (8) and shims (9) and (11).
9 Change the thickness of shim pack (11) to 1.00 mm, and reinstall
it with flange (8). 11
8 12
● Bearing: oil
Tighten screws (12).
F0080871
30-250
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-250 30-250 6/21/2007 4:34:44 AM

METHOD
10 Calculate thickness “H” of shim pack (9) by subtracting the

thickness of shims (11) installed under flange (8) from the value 7 9 7
“T”, calculated in point 9.
e.g:
● H = T - 1.00 = 1.60 -1.00 = 0.60 mm 10
Form a shim pack (9) of thickness “H”, install it with flange (7) and
secure it by tightening down screws (10).
● While tightening the screws, rotate the differential to
ensure that bearings (5) and (6) turn smoothly.
F0080861
● Bearing: oil
11 Rotate the pinion and crown wheel in both directions to help seat
bearings (5) and (6) and check, as described in point 8, that the
differential has no end float.
Using a feeler gauge “A”, check that dimension “D” between
the end face of pinion (13) and differential housing (1) is correct
within a tolerance of ±0.10 mm.
12 Distance “D” = theoretical distance+ value “E” where:

Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm
Value E = value stamped on pinion tooth.
Example 1 (positive value “E”)
E = + 0.10 mm
D = 1.00 + 0.10 = 1.10 mm
Example 2 (negative value “E”)
E = - 0.05 mm
D = 1.00 - 0.05 = 0.95 mm
30-251
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-251 30-251 6/21/2007 4:34:45 AM

METHOD
Adjustment of the pinion and crown wheel

1 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand with the contact
point perpendicular to a tooth flank on the external diameter
of the crown wheel. Preload the gauge by approx. 2 mm and
measure the backlash “Z” between the pinion and crown wheel
by turning the differential back and forth in both directions.
Normal backlash “Z”:
● 100 HP version: 0.15÷0.20 mm
Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the
average.
2 If backlash “Z” is less than 0.15 mm, remove shims from shim
pack (11) (crown wheel side) and add the same number of shims 9
to shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel). If backlash “Z” is
greater than 0.20 mm add shims to shim pack (11) (crown wheel
side) and remove the same number of shims from shim pack (9) 11
(opposite side to the crown wheel).
be the same as the value obtained when checking the
preload of the differential bearings.
Recheck the backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust
the shims until the backlash is within the specified tolerance D0023500
limits.
3 Finally tighten down screws (10) and (12) securing flanges (7)
and (8). 7
12
● Screws: 45±2 Nm (33.2±1.5 lb.ft.)
Screws: Loctite 242
10
8
F0080910
30-252
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-252 30-252 6/21/2007 4:34:45 AM

METHOD
30.5.18 - Differential disassembly (Agrofarm 100)
10 6 5 1
12 2 4
3
11
7
D0023510
Fig.111 - Differential
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and detach flange (2).
2 Remove thrust washer (3) and side gear (4).
30-253
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-253 30-253 6/21/2007 4:34:46 AM

METHOD
3 Withdraw spring pin (5).
On more recent versions the spring pin (5)

is installed parallel to the differential’s axis of
rotation.
4 Withdraw pin (6) and side gear (7) with relative thrust washer
(8). 7
F0080970
5 Remove planet side gear (9) and relative thrust washer (10).
Remove side gear (11) and relative thrust washer (12). 11
12
10
F0080980
Assembly
Procedures 4-5
● Thrust washers: oil
30-254
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-254 30-254 6/21/2007 4:34:46 AM

METHOD
30.5.19 - Front brake discs
Removal
1 Remove screws (1) and remove reaction flange (2).
2 Remove friction disc (3) and steel disc (4).

3
4
F0085690
Installation
Procedure 2
● Friction disc: Transmission oil
Procedure 1
● Screws: 59÷65 Nm (43.5-48.0 lb.ft.)
30-255
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-255 30-255 6/21/2007 4:34:47 AM

METHOD
30.5.20 - Front axle brake piston
Disassembly
1 DANGER
2 Using a slide hammer puller, remove piston (1).

● To facilitate removal of the piston, loosen the bleed screw 1
by a few turns.
F0085700
3 Recover seals (2) and (3).

3
F0085710
Assembly
Procedure 2
● Install piston (1), making sure that the side with the slots is oriented outwards.
Seals: Brake fluid
30-256
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-256 30-256 6/21/2007 4:34:47 AM

METHOD
30.5.21 - 4WD shaft
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
2 Remove screws (1) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the right-

hand side).
F0120220
3 Remove screws (2) and (3) and remove guard (4).

3
2
4
4
F0120230
4 Remove clamps (5).
5
5
F0120240
30-257
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-257 30-257 6/21/2007 4:34:48 AM

METHOD
5 Disconnect brake pipes (6) and differential lock pipes (7).

● Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities 7
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting.
F0120250
6 Disconnect steering control pipes (8).

● Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities 8
F0120260
7 Remove front spring pin (9) and slide sleeve (10) along front axle
drive shaft (11).
11
10 9
F0120270
8 Remove rear pin (12) and slide sleeve (13) along the front axle
12 11
drive shaft (11).
Remove 4WD shaft (11).
13
F0120280
Installation
30-258
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-258 30-258 6/21/2007 4:34:49 AM

METHOD
Procedure 5
● Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
30-259
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-259 30-259 6/21/2007 4:34:50 AM

METHOD
30.6 - BODYWORK - CAB - PLATFORM
30.6.1 - Cab (G0.03.01)
Removal
1 DANGER

Disconnect the air conditioning pipes (1) and (2).
1 2

Remove nuts (3) and disconnect pipes (4) and (5) from bracket
(6).
4 For all versions

9
tractor. 11
10
F0120421
30-260
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-260 30-260 6/21/2007 4:34:50 AM

METHOD
5 Disconnect connectors (12), loosen screw (13) and move brake

12
tractor.
14
13
F0120420
6 Unplug connector (15).
15
F0120041
7 Disconnect the clutch control cylinder pipe (16).

16
F0120620
8 Remove screws (17) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the right-

hand side).
17
F0120221
30-261
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-261 30-261 6/21/2007 4:34:51 AM

METHOD
9 Remove screws (18) and (19) and remove guard (20).

19
18
20 20
F0120231
10 Disconnect steering control pipes (21).

● Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt. 21
F0120261
11 Remove screw (22) and bracket (23).

24
Disconnect power steering pressure pipe (24).
22
23
F0120610
12 Remove split pin (25) and remove pin (26).

●
28
Always renew the split pin.
Lower gaiter (27) and disengage parking brake cable (28).
27
25 26
30-262
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-262 30-262 6/21/2007 4:34:52 AM

METHOD
13 Remove split pin (29) and disconnect 4WD tie-rod (30).

● Always renew the split pin. 30
29
14 Remove circlip (31) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod

(32).
31
32
15 Remove yoke (33) and retaining spring (34) then disconnect

cable (35) from the PTO selector lever
34
33
35
F0120650
16 Loosen nuts (36) and disconnect auxiliary services directional

control cables (37)
36
37
F0120660
30-263
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-263 30-263 6/21/2007 4:34:53 AM

METHOD
17 Disconnect wiring connectors on the left (38) and on the right

(39).
38
39
F0120670
18 Remove pins (40) and disconnect lift tie-rods (41).
41
40
F0120690
19 Remove screw (42) and disconnect ground cable (43).
43
42
F0120680
20 Disconnect pipe (44).

46
● Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
45
Remove screw (45) and disconnect reverse shuttle control lever
(46).
44
F0120700
30-264
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-264 30-264 6/21/2007 4:34:54 AM

METHOD
21 Remove screw (47) and disconnect gear control lever (48).
48
47
F0120710
22 Disconnect brake pipes (50) from “SEPARATE BRAKE” valve

(49). 49
50
Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
F0120720
23 Remove screws (51) and remove cab access steps (52).
51
52
F0120740
of the tractor.
53
54
53
53
30-265
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-265 30-265 6/21/2007 4:34:55 AM

METHOD
55
26 Attach cab (56) to a suitable hoist and take the strain on the
rope.
56
F0120730
27 Remove front nuts (57) (n°2) and rear nuts (58) (n°2).
57
58
F0081401
28 Remove cab (56).
56
F0120750
Installation
30-266
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-266 30-266 6/21/2007 4:34:56 AM

METHOD
Procedure 27
● Nuts: 170 Nm (125.3 lb.ft.)
Procedure 22
● Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
Procedure 12
● Adjust the parking brake cable, if necessary.
Procedure 7
● Bleed the air from the clutch control circuit.
Procedure 2
● Air conditioning pipe fittings: Delivery (5/8”-18UNF): 13.6÷20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.) - Return
(7/8”-14UNF): 35.3÷42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
30-267
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-267 30-267 6/21/2007 4:34:57 AM

METHOD
30.6.2 - Front hoods (G0.01.01)
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Press button (1) to raise front hood (2).
F0120020
3 Remove side panels (3).
F0120030
4 Unplug connector (4).
F0120040
30-268
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-268 30-268 6/21/2007 4:34:57 AM

METHOD
5 Supporting front hood (2), remove screw (5) and nuts (6) then
remove front hood (2). 2
5 6
F0120050
Installation
30-269
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-269 30-269 6/21/2007 4:34:58 AM

METHOD
30.6.3 - Fenders
Removal
1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove fender assembly (2).
● Make note of the orientation or the anti-rotation brake (3). 2
1
1
Installation
30-270
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-270 30-270 6/21/2007 4:34:58 AM

METHOD
30.6.4 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04)
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Remove cover (1).

1
3 Remove nut (2) and remove steering wheel (3).

3
4 Remove knob (4), remove screws (5) and remove guard (6).
30-271
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-271 30-271 6/21/2007 4:34:59 AM

METHOD
5 Remove screws (7) and remove guard (8) and disconnect

connector (9).
8
9 7
6 Fully retract screws (10) and remove support (11) complete with
lights selector switch (12). 11
10
12
7 Remove panels (13) on both sides.
13
8 Detach instrument (14) from the instrument panel.

14
● To avoid damaging the instrument panel prise the retaining
clips of the instrument with a screwdriver inserted through
the lateral openings of the instrument panel.
30-272
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-272 30-272 6/21/2007 4:34:59 AM

METHOD
9 Disconnect wiring connectors (15) and remove instrument (14).

15
14
10 Remove lower screws (16).
16
11 Remove upper screws (17) and move the instrument panel

towards the rear of the tractor.
17
12 Disconnect connectors (18) and (19).
18
19
Installation
30-273
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-273 30-273 6/21/2007 4:35:00 AM

METHOD
30.6.5 - Air conditioning
Fig.112 - Air conditioning

1. Compressor with electromagnetic clutch
2. Condenser
3. Filter-drier tank
4. Four level pressure switch for compressor clutch engagement/disengagement and condenser cooling fans control.
5. Expansion valve
6. Evaporator
7. Evaporator temperature sensor
8. Cab air blowers
9. Air cowling
10. Condenser cooling fans.
30-274
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-274 30-274 6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM

METHOD
● Minimum safety pressure: 2.45 bar Maximum safety pressure: 28 bars
● Refrigerant type: R134a
● Refrigerant quantity: 1400 g
● Total quantity of non-freezing oil added at 1st charging: 200 g
● Type of oil: SUN-OIL COMPANY SP20
Malfunction
Compressor (1) is driven from the crankshaft via a drivebelt and pulley with an electromagnetic clutch (1a), which is operated from a
switch on the control panel. The system is protected by a safety pressure switch, which performs the following functions:
● Inhibits engagement of electromagnetic clutch (1a) when the system pressure falls below 2.45 bar as a result of incomplete
charging or refrigerant leakage.
● Disengages clutch (1a) and thereby stops the compressor when the pressure exceeds the permitted maximum of 28 bar (406
psi) (generally as a result of overheating).
A further contact controls operation of fans (10) of condenser (2) in order to maintain normal operating pressure within the range of
17÷18 bar (246.5-261.0 psi). The refrigerant (in vapour state) is drawn in by the compressor where it is compressed. This compression
causes the temperature of the vapour to rise; the refrigerant flows to the condenser (2) where its heat is transferred to the air flow
generated by cooling fans (10). The refrigerant gas is thus cooled to the point at which it condenses to high-pressure liquid. At this
point the refrigerant is transferred to filter-drier unit (3), which performs three functions: to filter out any impurities, to absorb any
water in the circuit, and finally, to act as a storage reservoir. On leaving the receiver-drier, the clean, dry liquid passes to evaporator
(6) through an expansion valve (5), which meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator to ensure optimum evaporation. In the
evaporator, the refrigerant expands to the critical evaporation point with an ambient temperature of around -- 8°C (17.6°F). The
temperature of the air flow over evaporator (6) generated by centrifugal blowers (8) is significantly higher than -- 8°C (17.6°F), and
therefore it transfers heat to the refrigerant, causing it to boil and evaporate. On leaving evaporator (6), the refrigerant returns to
compressor (1) to repeat the cycle. The removal of heat from the ambient air flowing over the evaporator causes the moisture in the
air to condense, and the air is thus dehumidified; the moisture condenses on the fins of the evaporator, where, if it is not maintained
at temperature above 0°C (32°F), it will freeze and comprise the efficiency of the evaporator. The task of maintaining the evaporator
at a temperature above 0°C (32°F) (and within the optimum temperature for efficient heat exchange), is performed by an electronic
temperature sensor (7); this sensor disengages the compressor clutch (1a) when the temperature falls to the lower limit and engages
the clutch (1a) when the evaporator temperature reaches an upper limit. The condensate that forms on the evaporator fins (6)
contains dust, pollen and other particles suspended in the air; continuous condensation thus has the effect of purifying the air, and
the droplets of condensate are conveyed out of the vehicle via two ducts. A fixed quantity of non-freezing oil is added to the circuit in
order to lubricate all the mechanical components of the system; a certain percentage of this oil continuously circulates in the form of
an oil mist, thereby lubricating the compressor (pistons and bearings) and the expansion valve.
Discharging, flushing and recharging

1 DANGER
Before evacuating, flushing and recharging the air conditioning system, check the system for leaks using a
leak detector.
2 To service the air conditioning system you will require a dedicated servicing machine capable of performing the following
operations:
● Aspiration of the refrigerant fluid.
● Creation of a high vacuum to purge the system of contaminants.
● Filtration of the recovered refrigerant.
● Separation of the anti-freeze and lubricating oil from the liquid refrigerant and determination of its quantity by weight.
30-275
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-275 30-275 6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM

METHOD
● Recharging system with the exactly the same amounts of refrigerant and oil as those recovered.
● Measuring the system delivery side pressure and return pressure (low pressure).
Evacuating the system

1 DANGER
Remove the key from the ignition.
2 Connect the service machine to high pressure service connection (1) and follow the specific instructions for the service
machine to discharge the system.
3 Disconnect the system component to be renewed or overhauled immediately after the service machine stops; plug the open
ends of the system pipes as quickly as possible.
Flushing and recharging the system

1 Before each recharging, the system must be purged of all air, moisture and contaminants (oxides, deposits). This entails
creating a high vacuum within the system to evaporate any moisture present. The vapour, when extracted, draws with it any
contaminants present in the system.
● For the purging and recharging operations, the service machine must be connected to high (1) and low (2) pressure
service valves.
DANGER
“Maximum vacuum” must be maintained for at least 10 minutes.
2 After flushing, the moisture-free oil recovered during the discharging operation must be re-introduced into the system, followed
by the refrigerant.
● Quantity of refrigerant (R134a): 1400 g Oil quantity: the quantity recovered.
DANGER
If the system has to be discharged and flushed in order to renew a system component, the quantity of oil in
the replaced component must be measured and the same amount of new oil must added to that recovered
with the refrigerant.
DANGER
For details of the oil and refrigerant recharging procedure, refer to the instructions supplied with the service
machine.
30-276
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-276 30-276 6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM

METHOD
30.6.6 - Compressor
1 DANGER
Remove the key from the ignition
2 Disconnect electromagnetic clutch control connector (1).

3
Disconnect inlet (3) and delivery (4) lines from compressor (2).
● Plug the open ends of the pipes immediately to prevent
moisture getting into the circuit.
1 2
3 Loosen nut (5), remove pivot screw (6) and remove compressor
(2).
6
5
Installation
Procedure 2
● Remove the plugs and reconnect the pipelines straight away, tightening fully to ensure moisture does not get into the
system.
Inspect the O-rings and renew them if damaged.
● Adjust the tension of the compressor/fan drivebelt.
● Flush and recharge the system.
30-277
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-277 30-277 6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM

METHOD
30.6.7 - Clutch master cylinder
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Disconnect connectors (1), loosen screw (2) and remove brake

1
and clutch fluid reservoir (3) from the support.
2
F0120422
3 Remove screws (4) and tilt hood support (5) towards the front of
the tractor.
4 5
4
4
F0120492
30-278
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-278 30-278 6/21/2007 4:35:02 AM

METHOD
5 Remove four nuts (7) and move fuse box (8) clear.
7 7
8
F0120790
6 Remove screws (8) and nut (9) and separate guard (10).
8
8
10
9
F0120800
7 Remove split pin (11) and remove pivot pin (12).

● Always renew the split pin.
11
12
F0120810
8 Disconnect connection pipe (13) to the compensation tank and 13

clutch control pipe (14).
14
F0120820
30-279
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-279 30-279 6/21/2007 4:35:03 AM

METHOD
9 Remove screws (15) and remove the clutch master cylinder

(16). 15
16
F0120830
Installation
Procedure 2
● Fill the oil tank and bleed the air from the clutch circuit.
30-280
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-280 30-280 6/21/2007 4:35:04 AM

METHOD
30.6.8 - Clutch piston
Removal
1 Loosen adjuster nut (1) and free pipe (2) from clamp (3).
Disconnect pipe (2) from piston (4).
3
1
2
2 Remove screws (5) and remove piston assembly (4).
Installation
Procedure 2
● Make sure that plunger (6) of the clutch piston is properly inserted
in the lever (7) then refit plug (8). 6 7 8
Bleed the air from the clutch control circuit.
30-281
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-281 30-281 6/21/2007 4:35:04 AM

METHOD
30.6.9 - Clutch control circuit
Bleeding the system

1 DANGER
During air bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the reservoir is always above the minimum level.
2 Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing

“A” to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing in a
A
container to collect the fluid. 1
Repeatedly depress the clutch pedal until you feel resistance,
then hold the pedal pressed down.
Slowly open bleed valve (1) and allow fluid and air to escape.
F0096250
3 While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw; release the pedal.
Repeat the previous operations until the fluid flowing from the bleed valve is entirely free of air bubbles.
After bleeding, fit the dust cap to the bleed valve.
30-282
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-282 30-282 6/21/2007 4:35:05 AM

METHOD
30.6.10 - Brake master cylinders
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Remove cap (1) and draw off the fluid contained in brake fluid
reservoir (2). 1
Remove screw (3) and move brake fluid compensation tank (2)
towards the rear of the tractor. 2
the tractor.
4 5
4
4
F0120492
30-283
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-283 30-283 6/21/2007 4:35:05 AM

METHOD
5 Withdraw split pins (7) and remove pivot pins (8).
8 8
7
7
6 Disconnect suction pipes (10), balance pipe (11) and brake pipes
(12) and (13) from brake master cylinders (9). 10
● Label pipes (12) and (13) to avoid confusion on
reconnection.
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
9
9
11 13
12
7 Remove screws (14) (2 per master cylinder) and remove the

brake master cylinders.
14
Installation
● Fill the brake fluid reservoir to the maximum level.
Bleed the air from the braking circuit.
Check the position and alignment of the brake pedals.
30-284
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-284 30-284 6/21/2007 4:35:07 AM

METHOD
30.6.11 - Control levers (Agrofarm 85)
Adjustment
1
This procedure must be carried out with the lift unit installed on the transmission and with all the oil delivery
and return pipes connected.
2 DANGER
Before starting the tractor, make sure that the yellow lift control lever is in the ‘maximum depth’ position.
DANGER
When starting the engine, make sure that the hand throttle lever is in the minimum (idle) position.
3 Attach either an implement or a 200 kg weight to the 3-point linkage.

4 Move yellow lever (1) to the ‘maximum height’ position.
5 Check that lever (2) is seated against lift (3).

If not, or if lever (2) is restricting the travel of yellow lever (1),
adjust the length of tie-rod (4) by way of yoke (5).
30-285
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-285 30-285 6/21/2007 4:35:08 AM

METHOD
6 After making the adjustment, move yellow lever (1) to the ‘control’
position and green lever (6) to position “12”.
7 Start the engine and run at idle speed and slowly move green
lever (6) to position “0”.
● Take care because the lift arms will rise.
8 When the lift stops, check that hole “A” on right hand arm (7) is
7
aligned with the hole in lift cover (3).
9 If not, remove plug (8) and adjust the height by way of push rod
(9).
● Screw in push rod (9) to raise the arms.
Screw out push rod (9) to lower the arms.
9
Tighten locknut (10) and refit plug (8).
● Renew the washer on reassembly.
8
10
30-286
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-286 30-286 6/21/2007 4:35:08 AM

METHOD
10 After performing the adjustment, move the yellow lever (1) to the
maximum height position and the green lever to position “12”.
1
11 Check that hole “A” on right hand lift arm (7) is aligned with the
hole on lift (3).
If not, loosen screw (11) to bring the holes into alignment.
● Mark a horizontal line on the cylinder rod about 10-12 mm
from the seal.
12 Then slacken off screw (11) another full turn and secure it in
position with locknut (13).
● Check that the line marked on the cylinder rod is near the 11 13
seal.
Adjust the length of tie-rod (12) by way of the yoke so that the
yellow lever can move through its entire stroke to maximum lift
position without impinging on screw (11).
12
F0121181
13 Move yellow lever (1) to the “control” position and green lever (6)
to position “12”.
● The lift should be lowered to maximum depth position.
1
Slowly move green lever (6) towards position “O” until the lift
starts to move.
30-287
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-287 30-287 6/21/2007 4:35:09 AM

METHOD
14 The lift should start to move when green lever (6) is in position
“4”.
● If it starts to move earlier, (in position “5” or “6”), shorten
tie-rod (4).
4
If it starts to move later, (in position “3” or “2”) lengthen
tie-rod (4).
F0120691
30-288
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-288 30-288 6/21/2007 4:35:10 AM

METHOD
30.6.12 - Control levers (Agrofarm 100)
Adjustment
1
This procedure should be carried out with the lift unit installed on the transmission and service tool T2 installed
in place of the auxiliary services directional control valve. Furthermore, the level tube installed inside the lift
cover should be replaced with another tube approximately 100 mm long.
2 DANGER
Before starting the tractor, make sure that the yellow lift control lever is in the ‘maximum depth’ position.
3 DANGER
When starting the engine, make sure that the hand throttle lever is in the minimum (idle) position.
1
1
1
2
5 Connect service tool T2 to the tractor hydraulic system as

shown. 2
30-289
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-289 30-289 6/21/2007 4:35:10 AM

METHOD
6 Connection to service tool T2.
7 Attach either an implement or a 200 kg weight to the 3-point

linkage.
Move yellow lever (3) to the ‘maximum height’ position. 3
8 Check that lever (4) is up against stop (5).

If not, or if lever (4) is restricting the travel of yellow lever (3),
adjust the length of tie rod (6).
9 After making the adjustment, move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’
position and green lever (7) to position “12”.
30-290
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-290 30-290 6/21/2007 4:35:11 AM

METHOD
10 Start the engine and run at idle speed and slowly move yellow
lever (3) to the maximum lift position.
3
11 When the lift stops, check that the end of piston (8) is flush with
cylinder (9).
9
12 If piston (8) protrudes from the cylinder or stops inside it, adjust
the stroke by way of tie rod (10).
● Shorten the tie-rod to make the piston protrude from the
cylinder.
10
Lengthen the tie rod to cause the piston to retract inside
the cylinder.
13 Move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’ position and green lever (7)
to position “0”
● Take care as the lift arms should still rise a little.
3
7
30-291
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-291 30-291 6/21/2007 4:35:12 AM

METHOD
14 Check that piston (8) protrudes approximately 5 mm from cylinder

(9).
9
15 If piston (8) does not stop in the correct position, adjust the stroke
by way of screw (11).
● Screw in if the piston protrudes too much (7 mm).
Screw out if the piston does not protrude enough (3 mm).
After each adjustment, check by moving green lever (7) to
position “12” and then back to position “0”.
11
16 Move green lever (7) to position “12”.

● The lift should be lowered to maximum depth position.
Slowly move green lever (7) towards position “0” until the lift
starts to move.
17 The lift should start to move when green lever (7) is in position
“4”.
30-292
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-292 30-292 6/21/2007 4:35:13 AM

METHOD
18 If the lift starts to move earlier (near positions “5” or “6”) shorten
tie-rod (12).
If it starts to move later (near positions “3” or “2”) lengthen tie-rod 12
(12).
12
19 On completion of the adjustments, replace the temporary level tube with the original one, remove special tool T2 and complete
the installation of the lift and the removed components.
30-293
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-293 30-293 6/21/2007 4:35:14 AM

METHOD
30.7 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
30.7.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Remove split pin (1) and remove pin (2).

4
Lower gaiter (3) and disengage parking brake cable (4).
3
1 2
3 Remove split pin (5) and disconnect 4WD tie-rod (6).

● Always renew the split pin. 6
4 Remove split pin (7), remove pin (8) and disconnect tie-rod (9) of
the 4WD engagement control.
8
7
30-294
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-294 30-294 6/21/2007 4:35:14 AM

METHOD
5 Remove screws (10) and (11) and remove support assy (12).
11
10 12
11
6 Loosen nuts (13) but do not remove them.
13
7 Disconnect pressure pipe (14) from master cylinder (15).

● Plug pipe to prevent dirt from entering the system. 17
Remove screws (16) and turn pipe (17) counterclockwise to free

pump (14).
16
Remove the two screws (18) and remove pump (14).
18
14
15
18
Installation
Procedure 7
Procedure 2
● Adjust the parking brake cable, if necessary
30-295
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-295 30-295 6/21/2007 4:35:15 AM

METHOD
30.7.2 - Power steering (H0.02.01)

See para. 30.6.4 - Front instrument p... - Page 30-271 - (G0.06.04)
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Remove screw (1) and move brake fluid compensation tank (2)
towards the rear of the tractor.
the tractor.
3 4
3
3
30-296
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-296 30-296 6/21/2007 4:35:16 AM

METHOD
5 Remove screws (7) and remove power steering support (8).
6 6
6 Loosen and remove all unions (8).

8
7 Remove screws (9) and remove power steering (10).
9
9
10
Installation
Procedure 7
● Power steering valve bore: Molybdenum grease.
30-297
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-297 30-297 6/21/2007 4:35:17 AM

METHOD
30.7.3 - Pressure relief valve setting:
Checking maximum operating pressure

1 Disconnect the rod side pressure connection from one of the
steering cylinders (1) and replace with union “B” connected in
turn to a 400 bar full scale pressure gauge
2 Start the engine and turn the steering to full lock to expel any air from the steering circuit.
3 Force the steering to full lock on the side to which the pressure gauge is connected and read off the maximum continuous
pressure on gauge “A”.
● Maximum permissible pressure: 150 bar (2175.6 psi)
4 If the pressure reading differs from the specified value, adjust the pressure relief valve of the power steering unit.
Pressure relief valve setting:

1 Remove plug (3) and relative seal (4).
3
Using a hex key proceed to adjust relief pressure by positioning
setscrew (5). 4
● To INCREASE, turn the screw CLOCKWISE
To REDUCE, turn the screw COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
5
Refit plug (3), checking that seal (4) is correctly seated.
● Plug: 50÷60 Nm (36.9-44.2 lb.ft.)
F0012580
30-298
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-298 30-298 6/21/2007 4:35:18 AM

METHOD
30.7.4 - Power steering disassembly
26
27
28
29
31 15
24 18 13
32 "ç
"çb
33 "ça 19
34
35 21
20
22
16
&)a
&)b
12
10
17
"' a
"' b
"' "' a
8 ça
7 6
11
9
2
5 1
4
D0029230
2
Fig.113 - Power steering
Disassembly
1 Unscrew and remove screws (1) and (3) and washers (2) securing
cover (4) (6 screws plus one special screw). 3
1 2
F0009470
30-299
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-299 30-299 6/21/2007 4:35:18 AM

METHOD
2 Remove cover (4) by sliding it off sideways.

4
F0009480
3 Lift rotary spool unit (5) complete with O-rings (6) and spacer
(7). 5
6 7
F0009490
4 Remove drive shaft (8).
F0009500
5 Remove distributor plate (9).
F0009510
30-300
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-300 30-300 6/21/2007 4:35:19 AM

METHOD
6 Remove relief valve stop bush (10).
10
F0009520
7 Remove O-ring (11).
11
F0009530
8 Remove ball (12) of the check valve and pins (13) and balls (15)
of the suction valves.
15
12 13
F0009541
9 Checking through the central hole of the spool, position spool-

bush assembly cross pin (16) horizontally. Push assembly (17)
and the bearing assembly out of power steering housing (18).
17
18
F0009550
30-301
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-301 30-301 6/21/2007 4:35:20 AM

METHOD
10 Remove outer ring (19), inner ring (20) and roller bearing (21)
from the spool; remove also ring (22).
● It may occur that inner ring (20) (thin) remains in the
steering valve housing; ensure that it is fact removed. 22 20
21
19
F0009560
11 Remove cross pin (16), bush (17b) and spool (17a).

● Use special cover screw (3).
17b
3 16
17a
F0009570
12 Slowly withdraw spool (17a) from bush (17b).

17b
17a
F0009580
13 Press neutral position springs (23) and remove them from spool
(17a).
23
17a
F0009590
30-302
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-302 30-302 6/21/2007 4:35:21 AM

METHOD
14 Remove dust seal (24) and composite seal (25) (O-ring + seal).
25
24
F0009600
15 For ON versions:
Remove the plugs (26) of the antishock valves.
26 27
F0009611
16 Remove seals (27).
27
F0009620
17 Remove calibration screws (28).
28
F0009630
30-303
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-303 30-303 6/21/2007 4:35:22 AM

METHOD
18 Remove springs (29) and the two balls (30).

● The valve seats are fixed inside the steering valve housing
and cannot be removed.
29
30
28
F0009641
19 Check that the valve components are arranged shown in the

figure. 30 29 28 27 26
30 29 28 27 26
F0009650
20 For all versions:

Remove plug (31) and its seal.
31
F0009660
21 Remove pressure relief adjuster screw (33).
33
F0009670
30-304
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-304 30-304 6/21/2007 4:35:23 AM

METHOD
22 Turn over the steering valve housing and remove spring (34) and
relief valve (35).
● The seat of the relief valve is a force fit in the housing and
35
cannot be removed.
34
F0009680
Assembly
1 ● Prior to reassembly, lubricate all components with gearbox
oil.
Insert the two flat washers (23a) in the seat and centre them 23b
relative to the diameter of spool (17a). Insert the four curved 23a
washers (23b) in pairs between the two flat washers (23a) and
push them fully home.
23b 23a 17a
F0009690
2 Align spring assembly (23).
23
F0009700
3 Insert spool (17a) in bush (17b).

● Check that the position between the bush and the spool is 17b
as described in stage 1.
17a
F0009580
30-305
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-305 30-305 6/21/2007 4:35:24 AM

METHOD
4 Simultaneously push springs (23) and spool (17a) until the

springs are seated in the slots in bush (17b).
23
17a
17b
F0009710
5 Align springs (23) and make sure they are positioned centrally in
relation to the diameter of bush (17b). 23
17b
F0009720
6 Install ring (22) on its seat on bush (17b).

● Ring (22) must be free to rotate without interfering with
springs (23). 22
17b
F0009730
7 Insert cross pin (16).
16
F0009740
30-306
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-306 30-306 6/21/2007 4:35:25 AM

METHOD
8 Install the thrust bearing components in the order indicated in

point 9.
20
22 21 F0009751
9 Thrust bearing assembly.

● 17a - Spool
17b - Bush
21- Needle roller bearing
20 - Inner ring
22 - Outer ring
DANGER
The outer ring must be installed with chamfer “X”

facing the shoulder of the spool.
10 Position steering valve housing (18) so the hole is horizontal.

Insert into the bush/spool assembly bore the guide of special tool
T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).
11 Lubricate oil seal (25a) and O-ring (25b) and fit them on the push
rod of tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).
30-307
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-307 30-307 6/21/2007 4:35:26 AM

METHOD
12 Fit tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0). and insert it in the guide previously

inserted in the steering valve bore.
13 Push seal (25) into its seat in steering valve housing (18) while
rotating it to ease it into position.
18
F0009790
14 Withdraw from the valve housing (18) the tool T9 (code

5.9030.480.0). and the guide, leaving the tool plunger in the
housing.
15 Insert bush/spool assembly (17) in steering valve bore (18).

Rotate the valve slightly while inserting it to ease it into position.
17
● Keep the cross pin horizontal while inserting the
assembly.
18
F0009810
30-308
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-308 30-308 6/21/2007 4:35:26 AM

METHOD
16 Push in assembly (17) until fully seated so that it forces out the
tool push rod left in the housing in step 14. 18
17
F0009820
17 Rotate steering valve housing (18) until the centre hole is vertical.
Insert ball (12) of the relief valve in the hole indicated by the 12
arrow.
18
F0009830
18 Screw valve retaining bush (10) into the bore of the relief valve.
● The top of the retaining bush should be set below the face
of steering valve housing (18). 10
18
F0009521
19 Insert the two balls (15) in the holes indicated by the arrows.
15
F0010310
30-309
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-309 30-309 6/21/2007 4:35:27 AM

METHOD
20 Insert elements (13) in the same holes.
13
F0009841
21 Lubricate O-ring (11) and fit it in its seat.

11
● O-ring: temperature sensor
F0009850
22 Locate distributor plate (9) so that its holes are aligned with the
9
holes in steering valve housing (18).
18
F0009860
23 Insert drive shaft (8) in the hole so that it engages the cross pin;
check that the engagement with the cross pin is parallel to the
steering column mounting face.
8
F0009870
30-310
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-310 30-310 6/21/2007 4:35:28 AM

METHOD
24 Position the drive shaft so that it is vertical and hold it in this

position using a suitable tool.
F0009880
25 Lubricate the two O-rings (6) and fit them in the two grooves in
rotary spool unit (5). Fit rotary spool unit (5) to drive shaft (8). 6
● O-rings: temperature sensor 8
F0009890
26 DANGER
Install the rotor (5a) on the drive shaft (8) so that

the valley between two lobes is aligned with the
groove in the end of the drive shaft. Then turn the
outer ring (5b) to align the fixing holes. 8
5a
F0009900
27 Install spacer (7).

7
F0009910
30-311
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-311 30-311 6/21/2007 4:35:29 AM

METHOD
28 Fit cover (4).

4
F0009920
29 Insert special screw (3) complete with washer (2) in the hole
indicated in the photo.
F0009930
30 Insert the six screws (1) complete with washers (2). Tighten
screws (1) and (3) in a crosswise sequence to a torque of 30±6 3
Nm (22.1±4.4 lb.ft.). 1 2
F0009471
31 Fit valve (35).
35
F0009940
30-312
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-312 30-312 6/21/2007 4:35:30 AM

METHOD
32 Fit spring (34).
34
F0009950
33 Fit the pressure adjustment screw (33).

● Calibrate maximum working pressure on a test bench.
Pressure: 180+10 bar (2610+145 psi)
33
F0009670
34 Fit plug (31) complete with seal.

● Plug: 50±10 Nm (36.8±7.4 lb.ft.)
31
F0009660
35 Locate dust seal (24) in steering valve housing (18).

24
18
F000 9970
30-313
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-313 30-313 6/21/2007 4:35:31 AM

METHOD
36 Install dust seal (24) in the steering valve housing using a suitable
drift and a soft faced mallet.
F000 9980
37 For ON versions:
Insert balls (30), springs (29) and set screws (28) in their
sockets.
29
30
28
F0009641
38 Lock setscrews (28) in their seats.
28
F0009630
39 Fit seals (27) and screw in plugs (26).

● Plugs: 30 Nm (22.1 lb.ft.)
26 27
F0009611
30-314
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-314 30-314 6/21/2007 4:35:32 AM

METHOD
40 For all versions:

Close off the oil ports with plastic plugs to prevent impurities
getting in.
● Fit the plugs by hand pressure alone; do not hammer.
F0009990
41 On completion of the assembly operation, test the operating pressure of the relief valve and calibrate as necessary.
30-315
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-315 30-315 6/21/2007 4:35:32 AM

METHOD
30.7.5 - Power steering pump
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Remove circlip (1) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod (2).
3 Remove circlip (3) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod (4).
4 Remove screws (5) and remove linkage (6).
30-316
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-316 30-316 6/21/2007 4:35:32 AM

METHOD
5 Loosen clamps (7) and move sleeve (8) towards the rear.
6 Loosen fully union (9), remove screws (10) and remove pipe
11
(11).
Remove screws (12) and remove pump (13).
10
13
9 12
Installation
Procedure 6
30-317
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-317 30-317 6/21/2007 4:35:33 AM

METHOD
30.7.6 - Rear 4-way auxiliary services control valve (Agrofarm 85)
Removal
1 DANGER

control cables (2).
1
● Label the wires to avoid confusion on reconnection.
F0120661
3 Disconnect pipes (3) and (4).

3
F0121000
4 Loosen clamps (5) and disconnect oil recovery pipes (6).
6
6
F0121010
30-318
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-318 30-318 6/21/2007 4:35:34 AM

METHOD
5 Remove union (7).

F0121020
6 Remove nuts (8) and remove directional control valve assy (9).
9
8 F0121030
Installation
30-319
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-319 30-319 6/21/2007 4:35:35 AM

METHOD
30.7.7 - Rear 6-way auxiliary services control valve (Agrofarm 100)
Removal
1 DANGER

control cables (2).
1
F0120661

4
Disconnect pipes (3) from support (4).
● Expel any air from the compressed air circuit. 3
4 For versions with front lift

● Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt
30-320
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-320 30-320 6/21/2007 4:35:35 AM

METHOD
5 Remove screw (6) and remove clamps (7).
6 Remove unions (8) and remove pipes (9).

7 For all versions

Remove screws (10) and remove bracket (11).
11 10
8 Disconnect delivery pipe (12) from the control valve.

● Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities.
12
30-321
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-321 30-321 6/21/2007 4:35:36 AM

METHOD

13
10 Remove screws (14) to free pipe (15).
15
14
11 Loosen union (16), remove nut (17) and remove clamp (18).
17
18
16
12 Connect directional control valve (19) to a hoist and take up the

slack in the lifting sling. 19
30-322
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-322 30-322 6/21/2007 4:35:37 AM

METHOD
13 Remove directional control valve assy (19).

19
Installation
Procedure 10
● Screws: Loctite 542
30-323
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-323 30-323 6/21/2007 4:35:38 AM

METHOD
30.7.8 - Braking circuit (Agrofarm 85)
Brake bleeding procedure

1 DANGER
During brake bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is always above the minimum
level.
● Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing “A” to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing
in a container to collect the fluid.
2 Fully depress the brake pedal corresponding to the side of the circuit to be bled until you feel significant resistance, at which
point keep pressing the pedal.
3 Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal travel.
5 Repeat the sequence of steps until the fluid flowing from the bleed screw is entirely free of air bubbles.
6 Bleed all the brakes.
● After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws.
Bleeding the rear brakes circuit

1 Turn knob (1) of “SEPARATE BRAKES” valve (2) to the ON
position (horizontal) to enable braking on the rear brakes only.
Disconnect brake pedals (3) by disengaging latch (4).
1
2
3
F0085820
2 Versions without trailer braking or with trailer hydraulic

braking system:
Bleed the LH rear brake.
30-324
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-324 30-324 6/21/2007 4:35:38 AM

METHOD
3 Bleed the RH rear brake.
4 For versions with trailer air braking:

Bleed the pilot circuit of the trailer braking valve.
F0085840
Bleeding the front brakes circuit

1 Turn knob (1) of “SEPARATE BRAKES” valve (2) to the OFF
position (vertical) to enable braking on all the brakes.
1 2
3
F0087840
2 Bleed the front brakes circuit.
F0085860
30-325
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-325 30-325 6/21/2007 4:35:39 AM

METHOD
30.7.9 - Braking circuit (Agrofarm 100)
Brake bleeding procedure

1 DANGER
During brake bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is always above the minimum
level.
● Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing “A” to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing
in a container to collect the fluid.
2 Fully depress the brake pedal corresponding to the side of the circuit to be bled until you feel significant resistance, at which
point keep pressing the pedal.
3 Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal travel.
5 Repeat the sequence of steps until the fluid flowing from the bleed screw is entirely free of air bubbles.
6 Bleed all the brakes.
● After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws.
Bleeding the rear brakes circuit

1 Turn knob (1) of “SEPARATE BRAKES” valve (2) to the ON
position (horizontal) to enable braking on the rear brakes only.
Disconnect brake pedals (3) by disengaging latch (4).
1
2
3
F0085820
2 Bleed the LH rear brake.
30-326
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-326 30-326 6/21/2007 4:35:40 AM

METHOD
3 Bleed the RH rear brake.
4 Versions with hydraulic trailer braking:

5 For versions with trailer air braking:

F0085840
Bleeding the front brakes circuit

1 Turn knob (1) of “SEPARATE BRAKES” valve (2) to the OFF
position (vertical) to enable braking on all the brakes.
1 2
3
F0087840
30-327
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-327 30-327 6/21/2007 4:35:40 AM

METHOD
2 Bleed the front brakes circuit.
F0085860
30-328
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-328 30-328 6/21/2007 4:35:42 AM

METHOD
30.7.10 - Services solenoid valve assembly
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Loosen unions (1) on both sides and disconnect pipes (2) and all
connectors (3).
1
2
3 Remove unions (4) and (5).

4 Disconnect pipe (6) and remove control lines (7).
30-329
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-329 30-329 6/21/2007 4:35:42 AM

METHOD

● Recover the spacers. 8
6 Remove solenoid valve assy (9).
Installation
Procedure 6
O-ring: transmission oil.
Start the engine to allow the oil to circulate, then check for leaks.
30-330
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-330 30-330 6/21/2007 4:35:43 AM

METHOD
30.8 - FRONT PTO
30.8.1 - Front PTO
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Position a stand “A” in the middle of pivot (1).
3 Disconnect wiring connectors (2) from air cleaner clogging

sensor (3).
4 Loosen clamps (4), (5) and (6) and remove air intake hose (7).
7
6
4 5
30-331
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-331 30-331 6/21/2007 4:35:43 AM

METHOD
5 Remove pipes (8) and (9) from cooler (10).

● Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt. 10
8
9
6 Remove screws (11) (one per side) and remove cooler (10).
11
10
7 Remove screws (12) and remove filter (13) from support (14).
12
14
13
8 Remove screws (15) and remove support assy (14).
14
15
30-332
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-332 30-332 6/21/2007 4:35:44 AM

METHOD
9 Remove unions (16) and remove clamps (17) (one per side).
Remove union (18) and overturn pipe (19) to the side. 16
17
18
19
10 Loosen and remove clamps (20).
20
11 Remove screw (21), support (22) and batteries (23).
21
22
23
12 Using a pin punch, remove dowel (24) and withdraw PTO drive
25
24
30-333
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-333 30-333 6/21/2007 4:35:45 AM

METHOD
13 Remove screws (26) and remove guard (27).
26
27
14 Remove screws (28) and remove hitch assy (29).
29
28

30
31
16 Remove screws (32) on both sides and tilt the cooler towards the
rear of the tractor.
32
30-334
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-334 30-334 6/21/2007 4:35:47 AM

METHOD
17 Attach PTO assy (33) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting
sling.
33
18 Remove the four fixing screws (34) of assy (33).
34 34
33
19 Slowly lift PTO assy (33) causing it to rotate towards the front.
● Take care not to damage the cooler.
● PTO assembly: 70 kg 33
Installation
30-335
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-335 30-335 6/21/2007 4:35:48 AM

METHOD
30.8.2 - PTO assembly.
Fig.114 - PTO assembly.
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover assy (2).
30-336
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-336 30-336 6/21/2007 4:35:49 AM

METHOD
2 Remove screws (3) and remove solenoid valve assy (4).
3 Using a screw as a puller, remove pipes (5).

necessary.
4 Remove nuts (7) and remove cover assy (8).
5 Only if necessary
Remove oil seal (9).
● Note which way round oil seal (9) is fitted.
30-337
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-337 30-337 6/21/2007 4:35:49 AM

METHOD
6 Remove input shaft (11) retaining screw (10).

● Renew the copper washers on reassembly
Raise oil seal (12).
7 Remove input shaft assy (11).
8 Use a pry bar to dislodge shaft (13) complete with outer bearing
(14).
9 Remove output shaft (15) complete with bearing.

● Use a copper hammer, if necessary.
30-338
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-338 30-338 6/21/2007 4:35:50 AM

METHOD
10 Remove gear (17) and bearings (18) and (19).
11 Remove pin (20) to free clutch assy (21).

12 Remove clutch assy (21) from PTO casing (22).
13 Remove plug (23) and remove mesh filter (24).
30-339
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-339 30-339 6/21/2007 4:35:50 AM

METHOD
14 Withdraw pump assy (25).
15 Remove circlip (26) and, using a suitable puller, remove bearing

(27).
16 Remove oil seal (12).

17 Position shaft (15) under a press and withdraw the inner race of
roller bearing (16).
30-340
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-340 30-340 6/21/2007 4:35:51 AM

METHOD
18 Using a puller, remove bearing (14) from shaft (13).

Check the condition of O-ring (28) and renew it if necessary.
19 Only if necessary
Using an internal puller and slide hammer T1 (P/N.
5.9030.618.4/10), disassemble bush (29) from shaft (13).
Assembly
1 Only if removed
Lubricate bush (29) and refit it using a suitable driving tool.
● The bush must be inserted approximately 1 mm (0.04 in.)
below the surface of the shaft (13).
2 Heat bearing (14) to approximately 80°C (176°F) and install on

shaft (13).
● Ensure the bearing is seated fully home.
Fit O-ring (28).
30-341
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-341 30-341 6/21/2007 4:35:52 AM

METHOD
3 Heat the inner race of bearing (16) to approximately 80°C (176°F)

and fit it on shaft (15).
● The thrust washer of the inner race must be facing towards
the splined part of the shaft.
4 Lubricate shaft (11) and the lip of oil seal (12).

Oil seal and shaft: temperature sensor
Fit ring (12) on shaft (11) and drive it fully home.
● Note the direction of assembly.
5 Heat bearing (27) and install on shaft (11), driving it fully home.
Fit circlip (26).
6 Fit pump assy (25).
30-342
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-342 30-342 6/21/2007 4:35:53 AM

METHOD
7 Fit clutch assy (21) in PTO casing (22).
8 Tighten pin (20) taking care to centre the relevant hole in clutch
assy (21).
9 Insert complete input shaft (11), turning it to and fro in both

directions in order to mesh the teeth in the pump and clutch
assy.
10 Tighten screw (10) ensuring it enters the keyway on shaft (11).

30-343
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-343 30-343 6/21/2007 4:35:53 AM

METHOD
11 Fit roller bearing (19) in PTO casing (22).

● The thrust washer of the inner race must be facing the
output of the PTO shaft
Fit ball bearing (18) in PTO casing (22).
Fit gear (17) in PTO casing (22).
12 Fit shaft (15), aligning it with gear (17) and bearing (19).
● To fit roller bearing (19), tap lightly with a copper-headed
hammer and rotate shaft (15)
13 Fit bearing outer race (16).

● During assembly, tap lightly with a hammer around the
entire circumference.
14 Fit the shaft complete with outer bearing (14).

● To insert, use a copper-headed hammer to tap lightly
on the shaft and around the outer circumference of the
bearing.
30-344
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-344 30-344 6/21/2007 4:35:54 AM

METHOD
15 Using a suitable drift, install oil seal (9) in cover (8).

● Note the direction of assembly.
16 Apply sealant to the mating surfaces and fit cover (8).

● Sealant: Silastic 738
Tighten nuts (7).
● Tighten the screws in an alternate cross-wise sequence.
17 Using a suitable drift T2, seat oil seal (12).
18 Fit mesh filter (24) on pump suction pipe.

Smear sealant on the threads of plug (23) and tighten.
● Plug: Silastic 738
30-345
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-345 30-345 6/21/2007 4:35:55 AM

METHOD
19 Insert extensions (5) complete with O-rings (6).
20 Apply sealant to the mating surfaces of solenoid valve assy (4).

● Surfaces: Loctite 510
Fit solenoid valve (4) and secure it with screws (3).
21 Apply sealant to the upper mating surface of PTO housing (22).

● Check that the sealant forms a continuous film around the
holes of the cover fixing screws.
Fit cover (2) centring the oil delivery and return unions.
22 Fit cover (2) and tighten screws (1).
23 Fill the PTO with oil.
30-346
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-346 30-346 6/21/2007 4:35:56 AM

METHOD
30.8.3 - Pump assy
Fig.115 - Pump assy
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove suction pipe (2).
● Check the condition of O-rings (3) and (4) and renew them
if necessary.
2 Remove screws (5) and remove pump cover (6) from pump body
(7).
● Label pump body (7) and cover (6) to avoid confusion on
refitting.
30-347
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-347 30-347 6/21/2007 4:35:56 AM

METHOD
3 Remove gears (8) and (9) from pump body (7).
Assembly
Procedure 3
● Lubricate pump body (7) and gears (8) and (9).
Gears lubrication: oil
30-348
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-348 30-348 6/21/2007 4:35:57 AM

METHOD
30.8.4 - Clutch-brake assembly

6
1
7
2
3
4
5
9
8
11
23
32
33 34 15 24
17 18 10
14 21
12
27
30 31 35
29
28
26
22 19
20 D0036660
16 25
13
Fig.116 - Clutch-brake assembly
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove steel discs (2) and (3).
30-349
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-349 30-349 6/21/2007 4:35:57 AM

METHOD
2 Remove friction discs (4) and steel discs (5).
3 Remove hub (6) and spacer (7).
4 Using a puller (or a press) and U frame “A”, compress spring (8)
and remove circlip (9).
5 Release spring (8) and remove in sequence spring drive ring (10)
and spring (8). 10
F0010231
30-350
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-350 30-350 6/21/2007 4:35:57 AM

METHOD
6 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the upper hole in

the directional control valve body to expel piston (11).
● Restrain piston (11) as it could be expelled at high speed
and thus damaged.
7 Remove piston (11) and O-ring (12).
8 Turn the unit over, remove screws (13) and remove cover (14).
13 14
9 Remove brake disc (16) and steel disc (17) from clutch assembly
(15). 16
17
15
30-351
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-351 30-351 6/21/2007 4:35:58 AM

METHOD
10 Blow compressed air at low pressure into clutch assembly (15) to

disengage brake piston (18). 18
● Restrain the piston as it could be expelled at high speed
and thus damaged.
15
11 Withdraw piston (18).
18
12 Check the condition of O-rings (19) and (20) and renew them if
necessary.
20
19

21 22
F0007742
30-352
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-352 30-352 6/21/2007 4:35:58 AM

METHOD
14 Remove clutch assembly (15) and remove retaining rings (24)

from clutch housing (23).
15 24
23
15 Using a suitable wrench T3, remove damper assy (25).

25
16 Compress the spring assembly of damper (25) and remove

circlip (26).
26
25
17 Release the assembly and remove disc (28), spring (29) and
piston (30) complete with O-ring (31) from cylinder (27).
31 30 27
29
28
30-353
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-353 30-353 6/21/2007 4:35:59 AM

METHOD
18 Remove plug (32) and remove spring (33) and push rod (34)
from clutch housing (15).
33
32
34
15
19 Remove O-ring (35) from clutch piston (11).
35
11
Assembly
Procedure 17
● Lubricate piston (29) with oil.
Procedure 16
● Damper assy (24): Loctite 242
Procedure 14
● Lubricate retaining rings (23) with oil.
Procedure 9
● Lubricate O-rings (19) and (20) and piston (18) with oil.
Procedure 8
● Lubricate brake disc (16) with oil
Procedure 7
● Lubricate O-ring (12) and piston (11) with oil.
30-354
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-354 30-354 6/21/2007 4:36:00 AM

METHOD
Procedure 3
● Grease spacer (7) and install it on hub (6).
Procedure 2
5 4
● Fit steel discs (5) and friction discs (4) on housing (15) starting
with steel disc (5)
Lubricate friction discs (4) with oil.
15 15
30-355
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-355 30-355 6/21/2007 4:36:00 AM

METHOD
30.8.5 - Solenoid valve assy
Disassembly
1 Remove retaining nut (1) and remove solenoid valve (2).
● Recover the O-rings.
2 Loosen solenoid valve stem (3) and remove.
Assembly
Procedure 2
● Valve stem: 15÷20 Nm (11.06-14.74 lb.ft.)
Valve stem: oil
Procedure 1
● Nut: 5÷8 Nm (3.69-5.90 lb.ft.)
30-356
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-356 30-356 6/21/2007 4:36:00 AM

METHOD
30.9 - FRONT LIFT
30.9.1 - Front lift
Removal of lift cylinders

1 DANGER
Remove any implement or ballast from the front lift and raise the link arms completely.
DANGER
2 Position a stand “A” in the middle of pivot (1).

● If both cylinders are to be removed, repeat the above
steps also on the cylinder on the other side.
4 Start the engine and run at idle speed and retract cylinder (4).
● Pull the lever very slowly and retract the cylinder without
reaching the end of its stroke.
● Switch off the engine, remove the key from the ignition
and close the lift control valves.
Recover spacers (5).
30-357
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-357 30-357 6/21/2007 4:36:01 AM

METHOD
7
6
6 Remove unions (8) and (9).

8
7 Remove circlip (10) and extract pin (11).

● Support cylinder (4).
10 11
8 Recover seals (12) and remove the cylinder.
12
Installation
30-358
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-358 30-358 6/21/2007 4:36:01 AM

METHOD
30.9.2 - Lift cylinders
Fig.117 - Lift cylinders
Disassembly
2 Using a suitable tool, partially retract end cap (2) and remove
circlip (3).
30-359
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-359 30-359 6/21/2007 4:36:03 AM

METHOD
3 Withdraw rod (5) complete with end cap (2) and circlips (1) and
(3) and piston (6) from cylinder (4).
4 Remove nut (7) and remove piston assy (6).
5 Withdraw end cap (2) and circlips (1) and (3) from rod (5).
6 Remove guide rings (8), oil seal (9a) and O-ring (9b) from piston
(6).
30-360
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-360 30-360 6/21/2007 4:36:03 AM

METHOD
7 Remove rod wiper (10), seal (11) and O-ring (12) from end cap
(2).
● Note which way round seal (11) is installed.
Assembly
Procedure 6
● Fit a suitable installation guide on piston (6) and fit piston O-ring
(9b) by hand.
Fit oil seal (9a) on the installation guide.
● Using a suitable installer, drive oil seal (9a) into its seat.
● Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal (9a)

passing the gauge over the entire length of piston (6).
30-361
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-361 30-361 6/21/2007 4:36:04 AM

METHOD
Procedure 4
● Nut: 200±10 Nm (147.4±7.4 lb.ft.)
30-362
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-362 30-362 6/21/2007 4:36:05 AM

METHOD
30.10 - REAR LIFT
30.10.1 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (Agrofarm 85)
Removal
1 Remove screws (1) and remove pins (2) on both sides.
2
F0121060
2 Remove split pin (3) and remove pivot pins (4) on both sides.
● Fit new split pins every time you disassemble the unit.
4
F0121070
3 Disconnect pipes (5) on both sides.

5
5
F0121080
4 Remove screws (6) and remove pipe (7).
6
7
F0121090
30-363
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-363 30-363 6/21/2007 4:36:05 AM

METHOD
5 Remove circlips (8) and disconnect lift control linkages (9).
8
9
F0121100
6 Remove oil filler plug (10).

10
F0121110
7 Remove the four screws (11) and the two rear nuts (12).
11
12
F0121120
8 Remove the three screws (13) and the two front nuts (14).
14
13 13
F0121130
30-364
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-364 30-364 6/21/2007 4:36:06 AM

METHOD
9 Remove nuts (15).
15
F0121140
10 Attach lift (20) to a suitable hoist and remove it.
20
F0121150
11 Remove partition plate (21).
21
F0121160
Installation
Procedures 10-11
● Mating face: Loctite 510
Procedures 7-8-9
● Nuts: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3 lb.ft.) Screws: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
30-365
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-365 30-365 6/21/2007 4:36:07 AM

METHOD
30.10.2 - Lift disassembly - complete assembly (Agrofarm 85)
Disassembly
1 Remove the lift and place on a workbench.
2 Remove circlips (1) on both sides.
F0107580
3 Remove lift arms (2) on both sides.
F0107590
4 Remove screws (3) and remove lift control valve (4).
4
3
F0107600
5 Remove screws (5) and remove directional control valve support

(6). 6
5
F0107610
30-366
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-366 30-366 6/21/2007 4:36:08 AM

METHOD
6 Turn the lift unit over, remove pin (7) and detach springs (8) and
(9).
● Take care when detaching spring (8) as it is highly
tensioned. 8
9
Withdraw rod (10).
10
7
F0107620
7 Loosen nut (11) and remove set screw (12).

● Label cam (13) and shaft (14) to facilitate subsequent
reassembly.
11 12
13
14
F0107630
8 Remove oil seal (15) on one of the two sides.

Only if necessary, remove also the oil seal on the other
side. 15
F0107640
9 Withdraw shaft (14) and remove cam (13).

13
14
F0107650
30-367
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-367 30-367 6/21/2007 4:36:09 AM

METHOD
10 Remove screws (16) and nuts (17) and remove all levers (18).
● Label the levers to avoid confusion on reassembly. 18
16
18
17
F0107660
11 Remove all machine keys (19).
19
F0107670
12 Remove lever (20) complete with spring (9).
20
F0107680
13 Remove lever (21).

21
F0107690
30-368
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-368 30-368 6/21/2007 4:36:10 AM

METHOD
14 Remove lever (22).
22
F0107700
15 Only if necessary: Remove O-rings (23).
23
F0107710
Assembly
Procedure 15
● Oil seal: Transmission oil
Procedure 12
● Check that lever (20) is positioned behind the protrusion in the
lift assembly.
20
F0107730
30-369
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-369 30-369 6/21/2007 4:36:11 AM

METHOD
Procedure 11
● If levers (20), (21) and (22) are fitted correctly, all machine keys
19
(19) will be oriented in the same direction.
F0107670
Procedure 8
● Oil seal: Transmission oil
Install the oil seal so that it is fully seated in its housing.
F0107720
Procedure 5
Procedure 4
30-370
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-370 30-370 6/21/2007 4:36:11 AM

METHOD
30.10.3 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (Agrofarm 100)
Removal
1 Remove screw (1) and remove pins (2) on both sides.
F0107250
2 For versions with auxiliary lifting cylinders

Remove split pin (3) and remove pivot pins (4).
● Fit new split pins every time you disassemble the unit.
F0107260
3 Disconnect pipe (5) on both sides.

● Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities.
4 For all versions

Disconnect tie rods (6) and (7) from the lift levers.
● Note position of tie rod (7). 6
7
30-371
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-371 30-371 6/21/2007 4:36:12 AM

METHOD
5 Remove unions (8) and remove pipe (9).

10 11
Remove nuts (10) and remove top link rod (11).
10
8
10
9
6 Remove screws (12) and disconnect support (13).
12
13
7 Remove screw (14) and the two nuts (15) on the right-hand
side.
14
15
8 Remove the two screws (16) and nut (17).
16 17 16
30-372
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-372 30-372 6/21/2007 4:36:13 AM

METHOD
9 Remove screw (18) and nut (19).
19
18
10 Remove nuts (20) on the left-hand side.
20
11 Attach lift assembly (21) to a hoist and remove it.

21
Installation
Procedure 11
D0024100
30-373
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-373 30-373 6/21/2007 4:36:14 AM

METHOD
Procedures 7-8-9-10
● Nuts: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
Screws: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
● Nuts: 111±5.5 Nm (81.8±4.0 lb.ft.)
30-374
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-374 30-374 6/21/2007 4:36:15 AM

METHOD
30.10.4 - Lift disassembly - Complete assembly (Agrofarm 100)
Disassembly
1 Remove all screws (1) and remove bracket (2) and cover (3).
1
1
1
3
2 Remove circlips (4) on both sides.
F0083612
3 Remove lift arms (5) and spacers (6) on both sides.
6
F0083622
4 Remove circlips (7) and (8) and remove tie-rods (9) and (10).
7
8 8
7
9 10
F0083632
30-375
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-375 30-375 6/21/2007 4:36:15 AM

METHOD
5 Loosen nut (11) and remove grub screw (12).
12
11
F0083642
6 Loosen nut (13) and remove grub screw (14) securing cam (15).
15
14
13
F0083654
7 Remove oil seal (16) on one side and withdraw shaft (17).
16 17
F0083662
8 Remove lever (18) complete with connecting rod (19) and cam
(20). 18 20
19
F0083672
30-376
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-376 30-376 6/21/2007 4:36:16 AM

METHOD
9 Only if necessary
Drive out spring pin (21) and separate connecting rod (19) from
lever (18).
21
18
19
F0071623
10 Remove circlips (22) and (23) and remove tie-rods (24) and
(25).
● Label the tie-rods to avoid confusion on reassembly. 22 23
24 25
F0083682
11 Remove brake cylinder assembly (26).
26
F0083692
12 Remove the two screws (27).
27
27
F0083702
30-377
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-377 30-377 6/21/2007 4:36:17 AM

METHOD
13 Remove lift control valve assy (28).
28
F0083712
14 Only if necessary
Renew bushes (29).
Assembly
Procedure 13
● Check the condition of O-rings (30) and renew them if 30
necessary.
Each time the lift control valve is removed from the tractor adjust
the control levers.
30
F0083722
Procedure 9
● Grease the seating of connecting rod ball joint (19).
Procedures 7-14
● Grease bushes (17) and shaft (29).
30-378
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-378 30-378 6/21/2007 4:36:17 AM

METHOD
Procedure 6
● Grub screw: Loctite 242
Screw grub screw (14) fully into its hole in the shaft and, while
holding the grub screw in position, tighten nut (13).
14
13
F0083655
Procedure 5
● Grub screw: Loctite 242
Screw grub screw (12) fully into its hole in the shaft, then back
it off by half a turn. Hold the grub screw in position and secure 12
with nut (11).
11
F0083642
Procedure 1
D0027960
30-379
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-379 30-379 6/21/2007 4:36:18 AM

METHOD
30.10.5 - Lift cylinder (Agrofarm 100)
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and withdraw cylinder assembly (2).
2 Using a low pressure compressed air jet (max. 2.5 bar), blow
piston (3) out of cylinder (4).
3 Remove seal (5) from piston (3).

● Note which way round seal (5) is installed.
Assembly
30-380
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-380 30-380 6/21/2007 4:36:18 AM

METHOD
Procedure 3
● Fit seal (5), making sure that is positioned the right way round
relative to piston (3).
Procedure 1
● Check the condition of O-rings (6) and (7) and renew them if
necessary.
30-381
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-381 30-381 6/21/2007 4:36:19 AM

METHOD
30.10.6 - Bushes (Agrofarm 100)
Renewal
1 Position the lift cover under a press and, using a suitable tool,
remove bushes (1).
2 Install new bushes (1) making sure that they are inserted flush
with the bores in the lift housing.
3 1
Install bushes (1) with the split oriented towards

the top of the lift housing.
D0024510
30-382
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-382 30-382 6/21/2007 4:36:19 AM

METHOD
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Disconnect the two pipes (1) and pipe (2).

● Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities. 1
1
3 Remove screws (3) and remove directional control valve (4) and
bracket (5).
5
3 4
Installation
Procedure 3
30-383
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-383 30-383 6/21/2007 4:36:19 AM

METHOD
30.10.8 - Lift control valve disassembly (Agrofarm 85)
Disassembly
1 Remove split pin (1), pivot pin (2) and lever (3).
2
2
1
F0107770
2 Loosen screws (4) and remove support (5).

● Recover spacer (6).
5
6
4
F0107780
3 Loosen screws (7) without removing them and turn directional

control valve (8) over so that the aluminium body is facing 9
downwards.
Remove screws (7) and separate directional control valve
assemblies (8) and (9).
8
F0107790
4 Remove spring (10) and spacer (11).
10
11
F0107800
30-384
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-384 30-384 6/21/2007 4:36:20 AM

METHOD
5 Remove piston (12).

necessary. 12
13
F0107810
6 Remove spring (14) and rod (15).

14
15
F0107820
7 Remove piston (16) and spring (17) from directional control valve
assembly (8). 16
17
F0107830
8 Remove spring (18) and valve (19) from directional control valve
assembly (8).
18
8
19
F0107840
30-385
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-385 30-385 6/21/2007 4:36:20 AM

METHOD
9 Drive out spring pin (20) and withdraw spool (21).
21
20
F0107850
10 Remove plug (22) and remove valve (23).

11 Remove plug (24) and withdraw spring (25) and valve (26).
12 Remove O-rings (27).
27
27
F0107860
30-386
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-386 30-386 6/21/2007 4:36:22 AM

METHOD
13 Withdraw piston (28).
28
F0107870
14 Remove union (29) and remove valve (30), pin (31) and spring
(32) from directional control valve assembly (9). 9
32
31
29 30
F0107880
15 Remove valve (33).

Assembly
Procedure 14
● Check that valve (30) is installed the right way round.
Check that valve (30) slides freely in its seat.
Pipe union: Loctite 542
30-387
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-387 30-387 6/21/2007 4:36:22 AM

METHOD
Procedure 13
● Check that piston (28) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 11
● Hold ball “A” contained in valve (26) seated against rod (15), and
check that rod (15) protrusion relative to the face of body (11) is
within the specified limits (X = 15.8±0.05 mm).
Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 10
● Check that valve (23) slides freely.
Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 9
● Check that spool (21) slides freely.
30-388
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-388 30-388 6/21/2007 4:36:23 AM

METHOD
Procedure 7
● Check that piston (16) slides freely.
Procedure 6
● Check that rod (15) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 3
● While tightening screws (7), check that spool (21) slides freely
without sticking. 21
F0107890
30-389
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-389 30-389 6/21/2007 4:36:23 AM

METHOD
30.10.9 - Lift control valve disassembly (Agrofarm 100)
Disassembly
1 Remove spring (1).
2 Remove split pin (2) and remove pivot pin (3) and roller (4).
● Renew the split pin every time it is removed.
3 Remove circlip (5), remove pin (6) and remove control levers
assembly (7).
6
5 7
F0083780
4 Remove the three screws (8) and remove lever support (9).
30-390
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-390 30-390 6/21/2007 4:36:23 AM

METHOD
5 Loosen screw (10) without removing it and turn directional control

valve assembly (11) over so that the aluminium body is facing
downwards.
Remove screw (10) and separate directional control valve
assemblies (11) and (12).
6 Remove spring (13).
7 Remove spring (14) and rod (15).
8 Remove piston (16) and spring (17) from directional control valve
body (11).
30-391
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-391 30-391 6/21/2007 4:36:24 AM

METHOD
9 Remove spring (18) and spacer (19) from directional control

valve body (11).
10 Drive out spring pin (20) and withdraw spool (21).
11 Remove plug (22) and remove valve (23).

12 Remove plug (24) and withdraw spring (25) and valve (26).
30-392
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-392 30-392 6/21/2007 4:36:25 AM

METHOD
13 Remove O-rings (27) and withdraw piston (28).
14 Remove union (29) and remove valve (30), pin (31) and spring
(32) from directional control valve body (12).
15 Remove valve (33).

Assembly
Procedure 14
● Check that valve (30) is installed the right way round.
Check that valve (30) slides freely in its seat.
Pipe union: Loctite 542
30-393
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-393 30-393 6/21/2007 4:36:26 AM

METHOD
Procedure 13
● Check that piston (28) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 12
● Hold ball “A” contained in valve (26) seated against rod (15), and
check that rod (15) protrusion relative to the face of body (11) is
within the specified limits (X = 15.8±0,05 mm).
Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 11
● Check that valve (23) slides freely.
Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 10
● Check that spool (21) slides freely.
30-394
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-394 30-394 6/21/2007 4:36:26 AM

METHOD
Procedure 8
● Check that piston (16) slides freely.
Procedure 7
● Check that rod (15) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 5
● While tightening screw (10), check that spool (21) slides freely
without sticking.
Procedure 2
● Take care to position roller (34) on the top of spool (21).
34
21
F0083841
30-395
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-395 30-395 6/21/2007 4:36:27 AM

METHOD
30.10.10 - Mechanical draft sensor (Agrofarm 85)
Removal
1 Remove split pin (1) and withdraw pivot pin (2). 12 10 13 9 8 6 5
3
● Renew split pin (1) on reassembly. 4
11 7 14 2
2 Remove screw (3), loosen screw (4) and remove draft sensor
assembly (5).
Installation
Procedure 2
● Nuts: 72±7 Nm (53.1±5.2 lb.ft.)
30-396
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-396 30-396 6/21/2007 4:36:28 AM

METHOD
30.10.11 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (Agrofarm 85)
12 10 13 9 8 6 5
3
4
11 7 14 2
Fig.118 - Mechanical draft sensor
Disassembly
1 Remove screw (1) and the relative nut and remove plug (2).
2 Remove nut (3) and locknut (4).

3 4
30-397
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-397 30-397 6/21/2007 4:36:28 AM

METHOD
3 Remove spacer (5) and spring (6).

6
5
4 Remove washer (7), spacer (8) and spring (9).
9
7 8
5 Remove washer (10), spacer (11) and tie-rod (12) from sensor
body (13). 13
10
12
11
Assembly
Procedure 3
● Liberally grease springs (6) and (9) and insert them in sensor body (13).
Procedure 2
● Screw in nut (3) to take up the play in springs (6) and (9) but without preloading them, then immobilise it with locknut.
30-398
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-398 30-398 6/21/2007 4:36:28 AM

METHOD
30.10.12 - Mechanical draft sensor (Agrofarm 100)
Removal
1 Remove split pin (1) and withdraw pivot pin (2).
● Renew split pin (1) on reassembly.
F0096870
2 Remove nuts (3) and remove draft sensor assembly (4)
F0107450
Installation
Procedure 2
● Nuts: 72±7 Nm (53.1±5.2 lb.ft.)
30-399
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-399 30-399 6/21/2007 4:36:29 AM

METHOD
30.10.13 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (Agrofarm 100)
Fig.119 - Mechanical draft sensor
Disassembly
1 Remove screw (1) and the relative nut and remove plug (2).
2 Remove fork (3) and remove spring assembly (4) from sensor
body (5).
30-400
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-400 30-400 6/21/2007 4:36:29 AM

METHOD
3 Remove nut (6), and remove spacer (7) and disc (8).
4 Remove spring (9), spacer (10) and washer (11).
5 Remove spring (12) and spacer (13) from tie-rod (14).
Assembly
Procedure 3
● Screw in the nut (6) to take up the play in the springs (9) and (12) but without preloading them.
Procedure 2
● Liberally grease the spring assembly (4) and insert it in the sensor body (5).
30-401
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-401 30-401 6/21/2007 4:36:30 AM

METHOD
30.10.14 - 3-point linkage
Removal
1 DANGER
3 Remove split pin (3) and remove pin (4) and washer (5).
4 Remove split pin (6), nut (7) and washer (8).

Remove 3-point linkage assembly (9).
30-402
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-402 30-402 6/21/2007 4:36:30 AM

METHOD
5 Recover spacer (10).
Installation
Procedure 5
● Note which way round spacer (10) is installed.
Procedure 4
● Tighten nut (7) to the prescribed torque and, if necessary, tighten further to align the slots in nut (7) with the hole in the pin.
Nut: 150 Nm (110.5 lb.ft.)
30-403
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-403 30-403 6/21/2007 4:36:31 AM

METHOD
30.11 - WHEELS
30.11.1 - Front wheels (S0.01.01)
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
2 Raise the tractor and position two stands “A” under the front
axle.
● Drive safety wedges “B” between the axle and the front
support.
3 Remove all the screws (1) except one for safety.

Remove the last screw and remove wheel (2).
4 Repeat the above operations for the other wheel.
Installation
Procedure 3
● Screws: 350 Nm (258 lb.ft.)
30-404
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-404 30-404 6/21/2007 4:36:31 AM

METHOD
30.11.2 - Rear wheels (S0.02.01)
Removal
1 Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing.
● Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing.
Raise the tractor sufficiently to eliminate the flexure of the tyre
wall.
2 Remove all the nuts (1) and remove wheel (2).
3 Position a stand “B” under the rear axle housing and lower the
jack until the axle housing is resting on the stand.
Check that the stand is in exactly the correct position and then
remove the trolley jack.
4 Repeat the above operations to remove the other wheel.
Installation
Procedure 2
● Nuts: 500 Nm (368.5 lb.ft)
30-405
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-405 30-405 6/21/2007 4:36:32 AM

METHOD
30.12 - BALLAST - TOWING HITCHES
30.12.1 - Towing hitch slide (Agrofarm 85)
Removal
1 DANGER
2 Withdraw pins (1) and remove towing hitch (2).
2
F0121040
3 Remove screws (3) and (4) and remove guard (5) and brackets 3
(6)
6 5
4
F0121050
Installation
Procedure 3
● Screws: 186±18 Nm
30-406
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-406 30-406 6/21/2007 4:36:32 AM

METHOD
30.12.2 - Towing hitch slide (Agrofarm 100)
Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1) except two.
2
F0121040
2 Sling towing hitch (2) to hoist and take up the slack in lifting 3
ropes.
Remove the last two screws (1) and remove the towing hitch
assembly.
6 5
4
F0121050
Installation
Procedure 1
● Screws: 186.4±18 Nm (137.4±13.3 lb.ft.)
30-407
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-407 30-407 6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM

METHOD
30-408
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-408 30-408 6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM

40 - WIRING DIAGRAMS
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-1 40-1 6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.1 - INTRODUCTION
40.1.1 - Structure of the unit

For easier consultation, this unit has been divided into the following chapters:
● introduction
❍ Contains a brief description of the terminology used, the procedures to follow for troubleshooting and repairs, and the
instruments required for troubleshooting.
● Indices
❍ Contains the indices arranged by connector name, by component code and by component description.
● Components
❍ Contains the layouts of the connectors used in the electrical system, descriptions of the components installed on the
tractor,the technical data necessary for functional testing and the pinouts of the electronic control units.
● Systems
❍ Contains the electrical diagrams of the tractor’s systems.
● Wiring looms
❍ Contains the layouts, the wiring diagrams and the positioning of connectors on the tractor.
40-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-2 40-2 6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
How to consult the unit
A B
2 E
1
Interruttore avviamento 0441.1512. 4 42 X4 2 0443.7847

X4
17
Motorino d'avviamento X70-X71 2
1 Interruttore avviamento
42 X4
0.012.5957.4/10
D X4
X4 19 0.012.5957.4 Interruttore avviamento
19
0.012.5957.4/10
X4
0.012.5957.4/10
Fig.120
How to consult the table
The quickest way to determine the cause of a malfunction of a component (e.g. the starter motor) is to check all the components in
the system in which the component is incorporated. In this example, the problem is a malfunction of the starter motor, which fails to
start the engine.
● Find the starter motor in heading “Index by part description” and identify the system in which the component is incorporated.
The system is indicated in the “System” column and in this case is “2” (figure A).
● Consult heading “Starting” (figure B), where all system components are shown in the electrical diagram; these components
are accompanied by numbers that correspond to the key on the same page.
● Check all the components in the system, starting for example with switch “1”.
● In heading “Index by part description” (figure A) find the item “Start switch” and check in the column “Technical Descr’n” to see
if there is a technical description of the component (in this case it appears at no. 42 in the heading “component technical data”)
(figure C). Take note also of the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case “X4”).
Only if the position of the component is not known
Only if the position of the component is not known:
40-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-3 40-3 6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
● In heading “Connector index” (figure D) find the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case
“X4”) and note down the wiring loom in which it is incorporated (in this case “0.012.5957.4”) and the type of connector (in this
case “19”).
● Find the wiring loom in chapter “Plans, wiring diagrams, connector positions” using the index at the beginning of the chapter.
● Find the name of the connector in the photos attached to the electrical diagrams and establish its position on the tractor using
the drawing (figure E)
● Using the data contained in the paragraph “Component technical data” (figure C) in position no. 42, check the operation of
the switch.
DANGER
In the electrical diagrams (figure F) are indicated the names of the connectors and the descriptions that are used in
all the tables of chapter 2.
DANGER
If the pinout of the connector is not known, look in paragraph “Connector layouts” (figure G) for the number found in
the column “Type” of paragraph “Connector index”.
introduction
This section of the workshop manual is intended as a practical guide to troubleshooting the tractor’s electrical and electronic systems.
The following pages provide the technician with all the necessary information regarding the tractor’s systems and components.
Due to the possible time difference between the introduction of technical modifications (in line with our policy of continuous product
improvement) and the corresponding amendment of our printed documentation, we are obliged to state that the data contained in this
document are subject to modification and as such are not binding.
Definition of components and symbols

To prevent any misunderstanding or ambiguity, listed below are definitions for some of the key terms used in this unit.
Tab.14
TERM DESCRIPTION
Connector Element used to connect two components (e.g. wiring-switch, wiring-wiring)
Transmission oil Electrical component that converts the temperature of a medium (air, water, oil, etc.) into a voltage or
resistance
Main clutch Electrical component that converts the pressure of a medium (air, water, etc.) into a voltage or resistance
Accelerator pedal Electrical component that converts the angular or linear position of an object into a voltage
Pressure switch Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the operating pressure in the circuit in
which it is installed
Thermostat Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the temperature of the medium in which
it is immersed.
Lights switch Mechanical component that opens or closes one or more electrical contacts.
HML control Valve operated by applying electrical current to a coil (or solenoid)
Chapter “Components” shows the wiring diagrams for certain switches and buttons. The following symbols are used for ease of
interpretation:
Tab.15
40-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-4 40-4 6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
Contact between pins CLOSED (stable switch position)
Contact between pins CLOSED (unstable switch position)
Indicator LED
Indicator lamp
Diode
General rules
The inspection, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair operations are essential to ensure that the tractor continues to operate
correctly over time and to prevent malfunctions and breakdowns. The scope of this paragraph is to describe repair procedures and
to help improve the quality of repairs.
Modification of the tractor’s electrical/electronic circuits

The manufacturer prohibits any modification or alteration of the electrical wiring for the connection of any non-approved electrical
applicances or components. In particular, if it is discovered that the electrical system or a component has been modified without
authorisation, the Manufacturer will accept no liability for any damage to the vehicle and the vehicle warranty will be invalidated.
Main wiring faults

Bad contact between connectors
● The main causes of poor contact between connectors are incorrect insertion of the male into the female connector, deformation
of one or both connectiors, and corrosion or oxidisation of the pin contact surfaces.
Defective pin soldering or crimping
● The pins of the male and female connectors make good contact in the crimped or soldered area, but the wires are subjected
to excessive tension, leading to breakage of the insulation or the wire itself and a poor connection.
Disconnecting wiring
● If components are disconnected by pulling on the wires, or if components are removed with the wires still connected, or if the
wiring is subject to a heavy impact this could damage the connections at the pins, breaking strands of wire.
Penetration of water inside connectors
● The connectors are designed to prevent penetration of liquids (water, oil etc.); however, it is possible that when the tractor is
cleaned using high-pressure water or steam, water could penetrate or condense in the connectors. As the connectors
are designed to prevent liquid penetration, any water that does get in will not be able to drain out, and thus may cause
shortcircuits across the pins. For this reason it is good practice to dry the connectors with a low pressure jet of compressed air
after washing the tractor.
40-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-5 40-5 6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Oil or dirt on connectors

● If the connectors or pin contact surfaces show signs of oil or grease contamination, this will prevent the passage of current
(oil and grease are electrical insulators) creating a poor contact. Clean the connectors thoroughly using a dry cloth or a low
pressure jet of compressed air and use specific products (deoxidising sprays, etc.) to degrease the contacts.
Important
Take care not to bend the pins when cleaning them. Use dry oil-free compressed air.
Removal, refitting and drying of connectors and wiring

When disconnecting wiring, pull on the connectors rather than on the wires themselves. For connectors that are held in position
with screws or levers, fully loosen the screws, then pull on the connector. For connectors that are clipped together, fully depress the
clip then pull the connector apart. After disconnecting connectors, seal them in waterproof material to prevent contamination of the
contacts with dirt or moisture.
Connecting the connectors. Check the condition of the connectors:
● Make sure the pin contact surfaces are free of water, dirt or oil.
● Check that the connectors are not deformed and that the pins are not corroded or oxidised.
● Check that the connector casings are not damaged or split.
● If a connector is contaminated with oil or grease, or if moisture has penetrated the casing, clean it thoroughly.
● If a connector is damaged, deformed or broken, replace it with a new one.
When connecting connectors, make sure they are properly aligned before applying force. For connectors with clips, insert the two
halves until they clip together.
Cleaning and drying wiring
● When wiring is dirty or contaminated with oil or grease, clean it with a dry cloth, or, if necessary, with water or steam. If the
wiring must be cleaned with water, avoid directing the water or steam jet on the connectors; if water penetrates the connector,
clean it thoroughly.
● Check that the connector is not short circuited due to the presence of water by testing for continuity across the pins.
● After checking that the connector is good condition, degrease the contacts using a deoxidising product.
Renewal of damaged electrical components.
● When replacing electrical components (fuses, relays, etc.), use only original parts supplied by the manufacturer.
● When replacing fuses, check that the new fuse conforms to DIN 72581 or ISO 8820 standards and in particular:
❍ fuse F1 (100A) DIN 72581/2
❍ bayonet fuse (F2, F3, etc.) DIN 72581/3C
❍ fuse F51 (100A) and F52 (200A) ISO 8820.
● The fitting of replacement fuses that do not comply with these standards will invalidate the warranty with immediate effect and
release the manufacturer from any liability.
● When replacing relays, make sure that the new relay conforms to the standards marked on the original relay.
Diagnostic instruments
For the correct diagnosis of any faults in the tractor’s electrical system, the following instruments are required:
● Digital multimeter with the following minimum characteristics:
40-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-6 40-6 6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
❍ AC VOLT 0-600
❍ DC VOLT 0-600
❍ OHM 0-32M
❍ AC AMP 0-10
❍ DC AMP 0-10
● All Round Tester or computer with “PCTESTER” software installed
Wire colour codes

Tab.16
COLOUR CODES
A Light blue
B White
C Orange
G Yellow
H Grey
L Dark blue
M Brown
N black
R Red
S Pink
V green
Z Purple
40-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-7 40-7 6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.1.2 - Wiring and components index
List of wiring harnesses

Tab.17
DESCRIPTION CODE
FRONT WIRING 0.014.8107.4/20
ENGINE WIRING (VERSION WITH FRONT BATTERY) (1/2) 0.014.8629.4/20
ENGINE WIRING (VERSION WITH LATERAL BATTERY) (1/2) 0.015.1597.4/10
BATTERY WIRING 0.014.8806.4/20
PREHEATING WIRING LOOM 0.014.9195.4/20
POWER SUPPLY WIRING 0.015.1983.4/10
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRING (1/3) 0.014.8628.4/20
CAB POWER SUPPLY WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) 0.014.9375.4/20
CAB POWER SUPPLY WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) 0.014.9376.4/10
RH DRIVETRAIN WIRING 0.014.8630.4/20
LH DRIVETRAIN WIRING 0.014.9193.4/20
TRAILER HYDRAULIC BRAKING WIRING 0.014.1645.4/10
ROOF LINE WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) (1/2) 0.009.7850.4/50
ROOF LINE WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2) 0.011.3606.4/50
HEATING WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) 0.010.2147.2
HEATING WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2) 0.010.2554.2
AIR CONDITIONING WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) 0.010.2153.2
AIR CONDITIONING WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2) 0.010.2560.0
AIR CONDITIONER EXCHANGER FAN WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) (1/2) 0.009.7853.3/20
AIR CONDITIONER EXCHANGER FAN WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2) 0.011.3610.3/20
WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) (1/2) 0.009.7851.4/50
WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) 0.011.3595.3/10
SUPPLEMENTARY WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) 0.015.1437.4/10
FRONT LIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH CAB) 0.010.8189.3/40
WIRING FOR LOWER FRONT LIGHTS (VERSION WITH CAB) 0441.1923.4
SUPPLEMENTARY WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) 0.015.1435.4/10
SUPPLEMENTARY WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) 0.015.1437.4/10
FRONT LIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH PLATFORM) 0.015.3094.4
WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH PLATFORM) 0.014.9281.4
LOUDSPEAKER, RADIO, REAR WIPER, ROTATING BEACON AND CLOCK WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH- 0.011.3596.3/40
VISIBILITY CAB)
ROTATING BEACON WIRING 0.012.9909.4
WINDSCREEN WIPER WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) 0.010.4516.3
LOUDSPEAKER WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) 0.011.0729.4/10
WINDSCREEN WIPER WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) 0.011.3597.3
Component description index

Tab.18
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION COMPONENT CODE TECHNICAL CON- SYSTEM NOTES
DESCRIP- NECTOR
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
Cigar lighter 2.7099.770.0 X53 5-6
40-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-8 40-8 6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

DESCRIP- NECTOR
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
Alternator 0118.2173 B+ D+ W 2
RH loudspeaker 0.011.5631.3 X84-X92 5-6
LH loudspeaker 0.011.5631.3 X86-X91 5-6
Radio X72-X87- 5-6
X88-X90
Horn 2.8419.007.0 X28 3-4
Battery +30 +30A
+30B
Hazard lights control unit 2.8639.007.0/10 X61 3-4
PTO control unit 2.8519.057.0/10 ECU PTO 18
Fan speed selector switch 0.009.4743.1 X102 12-14
Fan speed selector switch 0.010.2528.1 X95 13-15
Air conditioning compressor 0443.7338 X9 14-15
Air conditioning compressor 0443.7338 X9 14-15
Pneumatic seat air compressor 0.014.3061.4/20 X37 5-6
Instrument panel 2.8339.248.0/40 3K-5K 2-3-4-5-6-7-
16-17-18-19
Lights selector switch 0.015.0359.4 X112 3-4
Engine stop device 0419.9904 X7 2
Overboost device X6 2
Preheating device 0425.8670 X113 2
differential lock control solenoid valve 2.3729.697.0/10 37 X22 17
4WD control solenoid valve 2.3729.697.0/10 35 X20 17
H/L travel control solenoid valve 2.3729.697.0/10 38 X24 17
Front PTO control solenoid valve 2.3729.400.0/10 1 X3 18
Rear PTO control solenoid valve 2.3729.250.0/50 36 X21 18
Electric fan 0.010.2121.1 X100 12-14
RH electric fan 0.011.2047.4 X99 13-15
LH electric fan 0.011.2047.4 X98 13-15
Front right sidelight and direction indicator 2.8019.970.0 X127 4 With platform
Front left sidelight and direction indicator 2.8019.960.0 X126 4 With platform
RH front worklight (on cab roof) 2.8029.730.0 X76 8 With standard
cab
2.8039.299.0 X76 9 With high-visi-
bility cab
LH front worklight (on cab roof) 2.8029.730.0 X77 8 With standard
cab
2.8039.299.0 X77 9 With high-visi-
bility cab
RH rear worklight (on cab roof) 2.8029.730.0 X79 8 With standard
cab
2.8039.299.0 X79 9 With high-visi-
bility cab
LH rear worklight (on cab roof) 2.8029.730.0 X78 8 With standard
cab
2.8039.299.0 X78 9 With high-visi-
bility cab
Front right sidelight and direction indicator 0441.1921.4 X74 3 With cab
40-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-9 40-9 6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

DESCRIP- NECTOR
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
Front left sidelight and direction indicator 0441.1920.4 X75 3 With cab
Right tail light 2.8059.090.0 X45 3-4-16
Left tail light 2.8059.080.0 X40 3-4-16
Work light, main beam 2.8029.730.0 X123-X125 8-9
RH front worklight 2.8039.003.0 X25 8-9
LH front worklight 2.8039.003.0 X31 8-9
RH supplementary worklight 2.8029.730.0 X132 8-9 With standard
cab
2.8039.299.0 X132 9 With high-visi-
bility cab
LH supplementary worklight 2.8029.730.0 X133 8 With standard
cab
2.8039.299.0 X133 9 With high-visi-
bility cab
Trailer pressure indicator 0.011.9433.0 X57 16
Starter switch 0441.1512.4 17 X54 2-3-4-5-6-7-
8-9-10-11-12-
13-14-15-16-
17-18-19
Differential lock switch 2.7659.152.0/10 40 X50 17
4WD switch 2.7659.151.0/20 41 X51 17
Rotating beacon on/off switch 2.7659.126.0 26 X67 5 With standard
cab
2.7659.159.0 27 X67 6 With high-visi-
bility cab
Front worklights switch 2.7659.078.0 30 X71 8 With standard
cab
2.7659.154.0 31 X71 9 With high-visi-
bility cab
Rear worklights switch 2.7659.079.0 20 X64 8 With standard
cab
2.7659.155.0 21 X64 9 With high-visi-
bility cab
Windscreen washer pump switch 2.7659.091.0 24 X66 10 With standard
cab
2.7659.223.0 25 X66 11 With high-visi-
bility cab
Front PTO switch 2.7659.277.0 39 X48 18
Rear PTO switch 2.7659.278.0 44 X49 18
Windscreen wiper switch 2.7659.092.0 28 X70 10 With standard
cab
2.7659.224.0 29 X70 11 With high-visi-
bility cab
Rear screen wiper switch 2.7659.146.0 22 X65 10 With standard
cab
2.7659.192.0 23 X65 11 With high-visi-
bility cab
Start enable switch 2.7659.275.0 45 X18 2
RH PTO switch (on fender) 2.7659.177.0/20 15 X46 18
40-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-10 40-10 6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

DESCRIP- NECTOR
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
Corner lights switch 2.7659.156.0 33 X110 8-9
Low worklights switch 2.7659.157.0 43 X111 8-9
Handbrake switch 2.7659.097.0 14 X44 16
Hazard warning lights switch 2.7659.158.0 18 X55 3-4
4WD engagement switch 2.7659.096.0/10 3 X11 17
1000 PTO control switch 2.7659.097.0 13 X43 18
540 PTO control switch 2.7659.097.0 12 X42 18
ECO PTO engagement switch 2.7659.096.0/10 6 X14 18 85 HP
2.7659.202.0 7 X14 18 100 HP
GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch 2.7659.096.0/10 8 X15 18
A/C switch 0.900.0058.9 X94 15
Platform rotating beacon switch 2.7659.159.0 16 X52 5-6
Lights switch 2.7659.271.0 42 X109 3-4-5-6-8-9-
16-17-18
Brake pedal switch 2.7659.097.0 19 X56 16
Clutch pedal switch 2.7659.097.0 32 X73 2-17
LH rear PTO switch (on fender) 2.7659.177.0/20 11 X39 18
Warning beacon 2.6039.017.0 X80 -124 5-6
Range selector lever 0.014.8800.3 X47 17
RH high beam headlight 2.8039.005.0 X26 3-4
LH high beam headlight 2.8039.005.0 X30 3-4
RH low beam headlight 2.8039.004.0 X27 3-4
RH low beam headlight (GB) 2.8039.008.0 X27 3-4
LH low beam headlight 2.8039.004.0 X29 3-4
LH low beam headlight (GB) 2.8039.008.0 X29 3-4
Number plate light 2.8059.526.0 X41 3-4
Windscreen wiper motor 2.9019.200.0/10 X81 10-11
Rear screen wiper motor 2.9019.100.0/20 X108 10-11
Starter motor 0118.0928 +30C +50 2
Clock X69-X89 5-6
Interior roof light 2.8339.032.0 X63 5-6
Windscreen washer pump 0.014.9163.2 X34 10-11
Rear screen washer pump 0.014.9163.2 X35 10-11
Diagnostic socket X62 5-6
Trailer socket X38 3-4-16
Services circuit alarm pressure switch 2.7099.750.0/10 10 X23 7
Air conditioning pressure switch 0.900.0304.1 X104-X107 14 Version with
standard cab
Air conditioning pressure switch 0.010.2262.0 X104 15 Version with
high visibility
cab
Trailer braking low pressure switch 2.7099.960.0 9 X16 16
Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging 2.7099.660.0/10 4 X12 17
Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch 2.7099.660.0/10 5 X13 17
Engine oil pressure switch X8 7
Resistor 0.010.2122.0 X101 12-14
RH resistor 0.010.2555.0 X96 13-15
40-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-11 40-11 6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

DESCRIP- NECTOR
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
LH resistor 0.010.2555.0 X93 13-15
Air cleaner clogged sensor X2 7
Fuel level sensor 2.7059.997.0/10 2 X10 7
Brake fluid level sensor 0.257.6654.3/10 X1 16
Engine temperature sensor 0421.3839 X5 2-7
Wheel speed sensor 0.010.5612.0/10 34 X19 17
Operator present sensor 0.010.3473.2 X36 17
Windscreen wiper intermittent timer 2.8639.008.0 X68 10-11
Air conditioning temperature thermostat 0.009.4744.1 X103 14-15
Air conditioning fan 0.010.0618.4 X105 14-15
Supplementary air conditioning fan 0.010.2545.2 X106 15
Index by part code

Tab.19
CODE DESCRIPTION TECH- CON- SYSTEM NOTES
NICAL NECTOR
DESCRIP-
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
0.009.4743.1 Fan speed selector switch X102 12-14
0.009.4744.1 Air conditioning temperature thermostat X97-X103 14-15
0.010.0618.4 Air conditioning fan X105 14
0.010.2121.1 Electric fan X100 12-14
0.010.2122.0 Resistor X101 12-14
0.010.2262.0 Air conditioning pressure switch X104 15
0.010.2528.1 Fan speed selector switch X95 13-15
0.010.2545.2 Air conditioning fan X105 15
0.010.2545.2 Supplementary air conditioning fan X106 15
0.010.2555.0 LH resistor X93 13-15
0.010.2555.0 RH resistor X96 13-15
0.010.3473.2 Operator present sensor X36 17
0.010.5612.0/10 Wheel speed sensor 34 X19 17
0.011.2047.4 LH electric fan X98 13-15
0.011.2047.4 RH electric fan X99 13-15
0.011.5631.3 RH loudspeaker X84-X92 5-6
0.011.5631.3 LH loudspeaker X86-X91 5-6
0.011.9433.0 Trailer pressure indicator X57 16
0.014.3061.4/20 Pneumatic seat air compressor X37 5-6
0.014.8800.3 Range selector lever X47 17
0.014.9163.2 Windscreen washer pump X34 10-11
0.014.9163.2 Rear screen washer pump X35 10-11
0.015.0359.4 Lights selector switch X112 3-4
0.257.6654.3/10 Brake fluid level sensor X1 16
0.900.0058.9 A/C switch X94 15
0.900.0304.1 Air conditioning pressure switch X104-X107 14
40-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-12 40-12 6/21/2007 4:36:37 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NICAL NECTOR
DESCRIP-
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
0118.0928 Starter motor +30C +50 2
0118.2173 Alternator B+ D+ W 2 Version with
front battery
0419.9904 Engine stop device X7 2 Version with
front battery
0421.3839 Engine temperature sensor X5 2-7 Version with
front battery
0425.8670 Preheating device X113 2
0441.1512.4 Starter switch 17 X54 2-3-4-5-6-7-
8-9-10-11-
12-13-14-15-
16-17-18-19
0441.1920.4 Front left sidelight and direction indicator X75 3 version with
cab
0443.7338 Air conditioning compressor X9 14-15 Version with
front battery
2.3729.250.0/50 Rear PTO control solenoid valve 36 X21 18
2.3729.400.0/10 Front PTO control solenoid valve 1 X3 18 Version
with lateral
battery
2.3729.697.0/10 4WD control solenoid valve 35 X20 17
2.3729.697.0/10 differential lock control solenoid valve 37 X22 17
2.3729.697.0/10 H/L travel control solenoid valve 38 X24 17
2.6039.017.0 Warning beacon X80-X124 5-6
2.7059.997.0/10 Fuel level sensor 2 X10 7
2.7099.660.0/10 Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging 4 X12 17
2.7099.660.0/10 Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch 5 X13 17
2.7099.750.0/10 Services circuit alarm pressure switch 10 X23 7
2.7099.770.0 Cigar lighter X53 5-6
2.7099.960.0 Trailer braking low pressure switch 9 X16 16
2.7659.078.0 Front worklights switch 30 X71 8 Version with
standard
cab
2.7659.079.0 Rear worklights switch 20 X64 8 Version with
standard
cab
2.7659.091.0 Windscreen washer pump switch 24 X66 10 Version with
standard
cab
2.7659.092.0 Windscreen wiper switch 28 X70 10 Version with
standard
cab
2.7659.096.0/10 4WD engagement switch 3 X11 17
2.7659.096.0/10 ECO PTO engagement switch 6 X14 18 85-85GS”
version
2.7659.096.0/10 GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch 8 X15 18
2.7659.097.0 540 PTO control switch 12 X42 18
2.7659.097.0 1000 PTO control switch 13 X43 18
40-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-13 40-13 6/21/2007 4:36:38 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NICAL NECTOR
DESCRIP-
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
2.7659.097.0 Handbrake switch 14 X44 16
2.7659.097.0 Brake pedal switch 19 X56 16
2.7659.097.0 Clutch pedal switch 32 X73 2-17
2.7659.126.0 Rotating beacon on/off switch 26 X67 5 Version with
standard
cab
2.7659.146.0 Rear screen wiper switch 22 X65 10 Version with
standard
cab
2.7659.151.0/20 4WD switch 41 X51 17
2.7659.152.0/10 Differential lock switch 40 X50 17
2.7659.154.0 Front worklights switch 31 X71 9 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.7659.155.0 Rear worklights switch 21 X64 9 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.7659.156.0 Corner lights switch 33 X110 8-9
2.7659.157.0 Low worklights switch 43 X111 8-9
2.7659.158.0 Hazard warning lights switch 18 X55 3-4
2.7659.159.0 Platform rotating beacon switch 16 X52 5-6
2.7659.159.0 Rotating beacon on/off switch 27 X67 6 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.7659.177.0/20 LH rear PTO switch (on fender) 11 X39 18
2.7659.177.0/20 RH PTO switch (on fender) 15 X46 18
2.7659.192.0 Rear screen wiper switch 23 X65 11 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.7659.202.0 ECO PTO engagement switch 7 X14 18 100-100GS”
version
2.7659.223.0 Windscreen washer pump switch 25 X66 11 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.7659.224.0 Windscreen wiper switch 29 X70 11 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.7659.271.0 Lights switch 42 X109 3-4-5-6-8-9-
16-17-18
2.7659.275.0 Start enable switch 45 X18 2
2.7659.277.0 Front PTO switch 39 X48 18
2.7659.278.0 Rear PTO switch 44 X49 18
2.8019.960.0 Front left sidelight and direction indicator X126 4 Version with
platform
2.8019.970.0 Front right sidelight and direction indicator X127 4 Version with
platform
40-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-14 40-14 6/21/2007 4:36:38 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NICAL NECTOR
DESCRIP-
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
2.8029.730.0 RH front worklight (on cab roof) X76 8 Version with
standard
cab
2.8029.730.0 LH front worklight (on cab roof) X77 8 Version with
standard
cab
2.8029.730.0 LH rear worklight (on cab roof) X78 8 Version with
standard
cab
2.8029.730.0 RH rear worklight (on cab roof) X79 8 Version with
standard
cab
2.8029.730.0 Work light, main beam X123-X125 8-9
2.8029.730.0 RH supplementary worklight X132 8 Version with
standard
cab
2.8029.730.0 LH supplementary worklight X133 8 Version with
standard
cab
2.8039.003.0 RH front worklight X25 8-9
2.8039.003.0 LH front worklight X31 8-9
2.8039.004.0 RH low beam headlight X27 3-4 For driving
on the right
2.8039.004.0 LH low beam headlight X29 3-4 For driving
on the right
2.8039.005.0 RH high beam headlight X26 3-4
2.8039.005.0 LH high beam headlight X30 3-4
2.8039.008.0 RH low beam headlight (GB) X27 3-4 For driving
on the left
2.8039.008.0 LH low beam headlight (GB) X29 3-4 For driving
on the left
2.8039.299.0 RH front worklight (on cab roof) X76 9 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.8039.299.0 LH front worklight (on cab roof) X77 9 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.8039.299.0 LH rear worklight (on cab roof) X78 9 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.8039.299.0 RH rear worklight (on cab roof) X79 9 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.8039.299.0 RH supplementary worklight X132 9 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.8039.299.0 LH supplementary worklight X133 9 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
40-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-15 40-15 6/21/2007 4:36:38 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NICAL NECTOR
DESCRIP-
TION OF
COMPO-
NENT
2.8059.080.0 Left tail light X40 3-4-16
2.8059.090.0 Right tail light X45 3-4-16
2.8059.526.0 Number plate light X41 3-4
2.8339.032.0 Interior roof light X63 5 Version with
standard
cab
2.8339.032.0 Interior roof light X63 6 Version with
high visibili-
ty cab
2.8339.248.0/40 Instrument panel 3K-5K 2-3-4-5-6-7-
16-17-18-19
2.8419.007.0 Horn X28 3-4
2.8519.057.0/10 PTO control unit ECU PTO 18
2.8639.007.0/10 Hazard lights control unit X61 3-4
2.8639.008.0 Windscreen wiper intermittent timer X68 10-11
2.9019.100.0/20 Rear screen wiper motor X85-X108 10-11
2.9019.200.0/10 Windscreen wiper motor X81 10-11 Version with
standard
cab
Connector index
Tab.20
CON- WIRING CODE CONNECTION WIRING OR COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
NECTOR COMPONENT CODE
+30A 0.014.8806.4/20 Battery
0.014.9195.4/20
+30B 0.014.8629.4/20 Battery
0.014.8806.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
+30C 0.014.8806.4/20 0118.0928 Starter motor
0.015.1983.4/10
+30 0.014.8806.4/20 Battery
+50 0.014.8629.4/20 0118.0928 Starter motor
0.015.1597.4/10
3K 0.014.8628.4/20 2.8339.248.0/40 Instrument panel
5K 0.014.8628.4/20 2.8339.248.0/40 Instrument panel
B+ 0.014.8629.4/20 0118.2173 Alternator
0.015.1597.4/10
D+ 0.014.8629.4/20 0118.2173 Alternator
0.015.1597.4/10
G1 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
G2 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20
G3 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20
G5 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8630.4/20
40-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-16 40-16 6/21/2007 4:36:39 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

G6 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8630.4/20
G7 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8107.4/20
G8 0.014.8628.4/20 0.010.8189.3/40
0.015.3094.4
G10 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9375.4/20
0.014.9376.4/10
G11 0.014.8628.4/20 0.015.1983.4/10
G12 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.1645.4/10
G13 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9281.4
G14 0.014.9193.4/20
G16 0.014.9375.4/20 0.009.7850.4/50
0.014.9376.4/10 0.011.3606.4/50
G17 0.014.9375.4/20 0.009.7850.4/50
0.014.9376.4/10 0.011.3606.4/50
G18 0.009.7850.4/50 0.009.7853.3/20
G19 0.009.7850.4/50 0.009.7851.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50 0.011.3595.3/10
G20 0.009.7850.4/50 0.010.4516.3
0.011.3597.3 0.011.3606.4/50
G21 0.009.7850.4/50 0.010.2147.2
0.010.2153.2
0.011.3606.4/50 0.010.2560.0
G22 0.009.7850.4/50 0.010.2153.2
G23 0.011.3606.4/50 0.011.3596.3/40
G24 0.011.3606.4/50 0.011.3610.3/20
G25 0.011.3606.4/50 0.010.2554.2
0.010.2560.0
G26 0.009.7851.4/50 0.012.9909.4
0.011.3596.3/40
G28 0.010.8189.3/40 0441.1923.4
G29 0.010.8189.3/40 0441.1923.4
G30 0.010.8189.3/40 0441.1923.4
G31 0.010.8189.3/40 0441.1923.4
G32 0441.1923.4 0.015.1435.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
G33 0441.1923.4 0.015.1435.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
G34 0.010.2554.2 Wiring connector
0.010.2560.0 Wiring connector
G35 0.010.2554.2 Wiring connector
0.010.2560.0 Wiring connector
G38 0.015.1983.4/10 0.014.9375.4/20 To power supply wiring
0.014.9376.4/10 To cab power supply wiring
G39 0.011.3595.3/10 0.015.1437.4/10 To supplementary worklights wiring
ECU PTO 0.014.8628.4/20 2.8519.057.0/10 PTO control unit
40-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-17 40-17 6/21/2007 4:36:39 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

W 0.014.8629.4/20 0118.2173 Alternator
0.015.1597.4/10 Alternator
X1 0.014.8629.4/20 0.257.6654.3/10 Brake fluid level sensor
0.015.1597.4/10
X2 0.014.8629.4/20 Air cleaner clogged sensor
0.015.1597.4/10
X3 0.014.8629.4/20 2.3729.400.0/10 Front PTO control solenoid valve
0.015.1597.4/10
X5 0.014.8629.4/20 0421.3839 Engine temperature sensor
0.015.1597.4/10
X6 0.014.8629.4/20 Overboost device
0.015.1597.4/10
X7 0.014.8629.4/20 0419.9904 Engine stop device
0.015.1597.4/10
X8 0.014.8629.4/20 Engine oil pressure switch
0.015.1597.4/10
X9 0.014.8629.4/20 0443.7338 Air conditioning compressor
0.015.1597.4/10
X10 0.014.9193.4/20 2.7059.997.0/10 Fuel level sensor
X11 0.014.9193.4/20 2.7659.096.0/10 4WD engagement switch
X12 0.014.9193.4/20 2.7099.660.0/10 Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging
X13 0.014.9193.4/20 2.7099.660.0/10 Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
X14 0.014.9193.4/20 2.7659.096.0/10 ECO PTO engagement switch
2.7659.202.0
X15 0.014.9193.4/20 2.7659.096.0/10 GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch
X16 0.014.1645.4/10 2.7099.960.0 Trailer braking low pressure switch
X18 0.014.8630.4/20 2.7659.275.0 Start enable switch
X19 0.014.8630.4/20 0.010.5612.0/10 Wheel speed sensor
X20 0.014.8630.4/20 2.3729.697.0/10 4WD control solenoid valve
X21 0.014.8630.4/20 2.3729.250.0/50 Rear PTO control solenoid valve
X22 0.014.8630.4/20 2.3729.697.0/10 differential lock control solenoid valve
X23 0.014.8630.4/20 2.7099.750.0/10 Services circuit alarm pressure switch
X24 0.014.8630.4/20 2.3729.697.0/10 H/L travel control solenoid valve
X25 0.014.8107.4/20 2.8039.003.0 RH front worklight
X26 0.014.8107.4/20 2.8039.005.0 RH high beam headlight
X27 0.014.8107.4/20 2.8039.004.0 RH low beam headlight
2.8039.008.0 RH low beam headlight (GB)
X28 0.014.8107.4/20 2.8419.007.0 Horn
X29 0.014.8107.4/20 2.8039.004.0 LH low beam headlight
2.8039.008.0 LH low beam headlight (GB)
X30 0.014.8107.4/20 2.8039.005.0 LH high beam headlight
X31 0.014.8107.4/20 2.8039.003.0 LH front worklight
X34 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9163.2 Windscreen washer pump
X35 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9163.2 Rear screen washer pump
X36 0.014.8628.4/20 0.010.3473.2 Operator present sensor
X37 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.3061.4/20 Pneumatic seat air compressor
X38 0.014.8628.4/20 Trailer socket
X39 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.177.0/20 LH rear PTO switch (on fender)
X40 0.014.8628.4/20 2.8059.080.0 Left tail light
40-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-18 40-18 6/21/2007 4:36:39 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

X41 0.014.8628.4/20 2.8059.526.0 Number plate light
X42 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.097.0 540 PTO control switch
X43 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.097.0 1000 PTO control switch
X44 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.097.0 Handbrake switch
X45 0.014.8628.4/20 2.8059.090.0 Right tail light
X46 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.177.0/20 RH PTO switch (on fender)
X47 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8800.3 Range selector lever
X48 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.277.0 Front PTO switch
X49 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.278.0 Rear PTO switch
X50 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.152.0/10 Differential lock switch
X51 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.151.0/20 4WD switch
X52 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.159.0 Platform rotating beacon switch
X53 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7099.770.0 Cigar lighter
X54 0.014.8628.4/20 0441.1512.4 Starter switch
X55 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.158.0 Hazard warning lights switch
X56 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.097.0 Brake pedal switch
X57 0.014.8628.4/20 0.011.9433.0 Trailer pressure indicator
X58 0.014.8628.4/20 Not utilised
X59 0.014.8628.4/20 Not utilised
X60 0.014.8628.4/20 Not utilised
X61 0.014.8628.4/20 2.8639.007.0/10 Hazard lights control unit
X62 0.014.8628.4/20 Diagnostic socket
X63 0.009.7850.4/50 2.8339.032.0 Interior roof light
X63 0.011.3606.4/50 2.8339.032.0 Interior roof light
X64 0.009.7850.4/50 2.7659.079.0 Rear worklights switch
0.011.3606.4/50 2.7659.155.0 Rear worklights switch
X65 0.009.7850.4/50 2.7659.146.0 Rear screen wiper switch
0.011.3606.4/50 2.7659.192.0 Rear screen wiper switch
X66 0.009.7850.4/50 2.7659.091.0 Windscreen washer pump switch
0.011.3606.4/50 2.7659.223.0 Windscreen washer pump switch
X67 0.009.7850.4/50 2.7659.126.0 Rotating beacon on/off switch
0.011.3606.4/50 2.7659.159.0 Rotating beacon on/off switch
X68 0.009.7850.4/50 2.8639.008.0 Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
0.011.3606.4/50 2.8639.008.0 Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
X69 0.009.7850.4/50 Clock
X70 0.009.7850.4/50 2.7659.092.0 Windscreen wiper switch
0.011.3606.4/50 2.7659.224.0 Windscreen wiper switch
X71 0.009.7850.4/50 2.7659.078.0 Front worklights switch
0.011.3606.4/50 2.7659.154.0 Front worklights switch
X72 0.009.7850.4/50 Radio
X73 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.097.0 Clutch pedal switch
X74 0441.1923.4 0441.1921.4 Front right sidelight and direction indicator
X75 0441.1923.4 0441.1920.4 Front left sidelight and direction indicator
X76 0.009.7851.4/50 2.8029.730.0 RH front worklight (on cab roof)
X76 0.015.1437.4/10 2.8039.299.0 RH front worklight (on cab roof)
X77 0.009.7851.4/50 2.8029.730.0 LH front worklight (on cab roof)
0.015.1437.4/10 2.8039.299.0 LH front worklight (on cab roof)
X78 0.009.7851.4/50 2.8029.730.0 LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
0.015.1437.4/10 2.8039.299.0 LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
40-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-19 40-19 6/21/2007 4:36:40 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

X79 0.009.7851.4/50 2.8029.730.0 RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
0.015.1437.4/10 2.8039.299.0 RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
X80 0.012.9909.4 2.6039.017.0 Warning beacon
X81 0.010.4516.3 2.9019.200.0/10 Windscreen wiper motor
0.011.3597.3
X84 0.011.3596.3/40 0.011.5631.3 RH loudspeaker
X85 0.011.3596.3/40 2.9019.100.0/20 Rear screen wiper motor
X86 0.011.3596.3/40 0.011.5631.3 LH loudspeaker
X87 0.011.3596.3/40 Radio
X88 0.011.3596.3/40 Radio
X89 0.011.3596.3/40 Clock
X90 0.011.0729.4/10 Radio
X91 0.011.0729.4/10 0.011.5631.3 LH loudspeaker
X92 0.011.0729.4/10 0.011.5631.3 RH loudspeaker
X93 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2555.0 LH resistor
0.010.2560.0
X94 0.010.2560.0 0.900.0058.9 A/C switch
X95 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2528.1 Fan speed selector switch
0.010.2560.0
X96 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2555.0 RH resistor
0.010.2560.0
X97 0.010.2560.0 0.009.4744.1 Air conditioning temperature thermostat
X98 0.010.2554.2 0.011.2047.4 LH electric fan
0.010.2560.0
X99 0.010.2554.2 0.011.2047.4 RH electric fan
0.010.2560.0 RH electric fan
X100 0.010.2147.2 0.010.2121.1 Electric fan
0.010.2153.2 Electric fan
X101 0.010.2147.2 0.010.2122.0 Resistor
0.010.2153.2 Resistor
X102 0.010.2147.2 0.009.4743.1 Fan speed selector switch
0.010.2153.2 Fan speed selector switch
X103 0.010.2153.2 0.009.4744.1 Air conditioning temperature thermostat
X104 0.009.7853.3/20 0.900.0304.1 Air conditioning pressure switch
0.011.3610.3/20 0.010.2262.0 Air conditioning pressure switch
X105 0.009.7853.3/20 0.010.0618.4 Air conditioning fan
0.011.3610.3/20 0.010.2545.2 Air conditioning fan
X106 0.011.3610.3/20 0.010.2545.2 Supplementary air conditioning fan
X107 0.009.7853.3/20 0.900.0304.1 Air conditioning pressure switch
X108 0.009.7851.4/50 2.9019.100.0/20 Rear screen wiper motor
X109 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.271.0 Lights switch
X110 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.156.0 Corner lights switch
X111 0.014.8628.4/20 2.7659.157.0 Low worklights switch
X112 0.014.8628.4/20 0.015.0359.4 Lights selector switch
X113 0.014.9195.4/20 0425.8670 Preheating device
X123 0.014.9281.4 2.8029.730.0 Work light, main beam
X124 0.014.9281.4 2.6039.017.0 Warning beacon
X125 0.014.9281.4 2.8029.730.0 Work light, main beam
X126 0.015.3094.4 2.8019.960.0 Front left sidelight and direction indicator
40-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-20 40-20 6/21/2007 4:36:40 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

X127 0.015.3094.4 2.8019.970.0 Front right sidelight and direction indicator
X132 0.015.1435.4/10 2.8029.730.0 RH supplementary worklight
0.015.1437.4/10 2.8039.299.0 RH supplementary worklight
X133 0.015.1435.4/10 2.8029.730.0 LH supplementary worklight
0.015.1437.4/10 2.8039.299.0 LH supplementary worklight
40-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-21 40-21 6/21/2007 4:36:40 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.2 - COMPONENTS
40.2.1 - Components
This chapter contains:
● Components table: technical and functional description of the components
● Pinouts of the electronic control units
Component technical data

Tab.21
NO DESCRIPTION CODE CHARACTERISTICS CON-
NECTOR
1 Front PTO control solenoid 2.3729.400.0/10 See solenoid 0.010.3140.0 X3
valve
2 Fuel level sensor 2.7059.997.0/10 Resistance between pin 2 and pin 3: X10
with tank full: 5 ± 0.8 Ohm
with tank half full:125 ± 8 Ohm
with tank empty: 330 ± 15 Ohm
3 4WD engagement switch 2.7659.096.0/10 X11
CBA
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed contact (NC).
Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally open contact (NO)
4 Pressure switch - hydraulic 2.7099.660.0/10 Normally open contact. Calibration pressure: 0.4 to 0.5 X12
oil filter clogging bar absolute pressure
5 Transmission oil filter clog- 2.7099.660.0/10 Normally open contact. Calibration pressure: 0.4 to 0.5 X13
ging pressure switch bar absolute pressure
6 ECO PTO engagement 2.7659.096.0/10 X14
switch
CBA
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed contact (NC)

7 ECO PTO engagement 2.7659.202.0 Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally closed contact (NC) X14
switch Between pin 1 and pin 4: normally open contact (NO).
With switch free of levers
8 GROUNDSPEED PTO 2.7659.096.0/10 X15
engagement switch
CBA
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed contact (NC)

9 Trailer braking low pressu- 2.7099.960.0 Normally closed contact (NC). Switching pressure: 11 X16
re switch bars
10 Services circuit alarm 2.7099.750.0/10 Normally closed contact (NC). Switching pressure: 11 X23
pressure switch bar ± 1
11 LH rear PTO switch (on 2.7659.177.0/20 Resistance between Pin1 and Pin2 with button pressed: X39
fender) 3.9 Ohm
40-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-22 40-22 6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NECTOR
12 540 PTO control switch 2.7659.097.0 X42
1
4
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed switch (NC)
Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open switch (NO)
13 1000 PTO control switch 2.7659.097.0 X43
1
4
14 Handbrake switch 2.7659.097.0 X44
1
4
15 RH PTO switch (on fender) 2.7659.177.0/20 Resistance between Pin1 and Pin2 with button pressed: X46
3.9 Ohm
16 Platform rotating beacon 2.7659.159.0 0 X52
switch
1
7
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
40-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-23 40-23 6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NECTOR
17 Starter switch 0441.1512.4 X54
83
50
30
86s
75 15
Pin 30 15 50 75 83
Pos
2
18 Hazard warning lights 2.7659.158.0 0 X55
1
switch 5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
19 Brake pedal switch 2.7659.097.0 X56

1
4
40-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-24 40-24 6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NECTOR
20 Rear worklights switch 2.7659.079.0 0 X64
Pin 1 2
Pos
21 Rear worklights switch 2.7659.155.0 0 X64
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
22 Rear screen wiper switch 2.7659.146.0 0 X65

1
2
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6
Pos
40-25
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-25 40-25 6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NECTOR
23 Rear screen wiper switch 2.7659.192.0 0 X65
1
2
5 6
1 2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
24 Windscreen washer pump 2.7659.091.0 0 X66

switch
1
1
2
4
Pin 1 2
Pos
25 Windscreen washer pump 2.7659.223.0 X66

switch
40-26
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-26 40-26 6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NECTOR
26 Rotating beacon on/off 2.7659.126.0 0 X67
switch
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
27 Rotating beacon on/off 2.7659.159.0 0 X67

switch
1
7
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
28 Windscreen wiper switch 2.7659.092.0 0 X70

1
2
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
40-27
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-27 40-27 6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NECTOR
29 Windscreen wiper switch 2.7659.224.0 0 X70
1
2
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 5 6
Pos
30 Front worklights switch 2.7659.078.0 0 X71
Pin 1 2
Pos
31 Front worklights switch 2.7659.154.0 0 X71
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
32 Clutch pedal switch 2.7659.097.0 X73

1
4
40-28
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-28 40-28 6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NECTOR
33 Corner lights switch 2.7659.156.0 0 X110
1
7
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
34 Wheel speed sensor 0.010.5612.0/10 Pin1 = 12V DC power supply; Pin2 = output signal; Pin3 X19
= earth
Between pin 2 and pin 3: 0.02V with sensor far from
metals 12.0V with sensor near to metals (if kept near to
metal, after 5 seconds it must return to 0V)
35 4WD control solenoid 2.3729.697.0/10 See solenoid 0.010.2831.1 X20
valve
36 Rear PTO control solenoid 2.3729.250.0/50 See solenoid 0.010.2831.1 X21
valve
37 differential lock control 2.3729.697.0/10 See solenoid 0.010.2831.1 X22
solenoid valve
38 H/L travel control solenoid 2.3729.697.0/10 See solenoid 0.010.2831.1 X24
valve
39 Front PTO switch 2.7659.277.0 X48
40 Differential lock switch 2.7659.152.0/10 X50
40-29
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-29 40-29 6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

NECTOR
41 4WD switch 2.7659.151.0/20 X51
42 Lights switch 2.7659.271.0 X109
43 Low worklights switch 2.7659.157.0 X111
44 Rear PTO switch 2.7659.278.0 X49
45 Start enable switch 2.7659.275.0 Normally closed switch (NC) resistance with contact X18
closed 3.9 Ohm
40-30
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-30 40-30 6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
PINOUTS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
INSTRUMENT PANEL (P/N. 2.8339.248.0/40)

Tab.22
CONNECTOR 3K
Grub Volts Abbreviation Description
screw
1 Not utilised
2 Not utilised
3 Not utilised
4 Input, fuel reserve signal
5 Input, air cleaner clogged signal
6 Input signal, engine oil pressure
7 Input, brake fluid level signal
8 0V Battery negative
9 Input, ECO PTO engaged signal
10 Input, 1000 PTO engaged signal
11 Input, 540 PTO engaged signal
12 Input, trailer brake
13 Input, rear PTO engaged signal
14 +12V +15 Battery positive
16 Not utilised
17 Input, 4WD activated signal
18 Input signal, transmission oil filter clogged
19 Input, transmission oil pressure signal
20 D+ Input, battery charging signal
22 Input, parking brake
23 Not utilised
24 Input, groundspeed PTO engaged signal
25 Not utilised
26 Not utilised
Tab.23
CONNECTOR 5K
Grub Volts. Abbreviation Description
screw
1 ISO 9141 serial interface
2 CANH CAN H
3 CANL CAN L
4 CANRES CAN RES
5 Not utilised
6 Not utilised
7 +12V +50 Input, engine start signal
8 Input, low beam headlights signal
9 Input, high beam headlights signal
10 Input, direction indicators
11 Input, 1st trailer direction indicators
40-31
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-31 40-31 6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR 5K
12 Input, 2nd trailer direction indicators
13 0V Battery negative
14 Input, differential lock engaged signal
15 Input, pre-heating stage activation
16 Input, front PTO engaged signal
17 Not utilised
18 Not utilised
19 Power (+), preheating relay
20 Input, coolant temperature sensor signal
21 Input, fuel level signal
22 Input, wheel speed signal
23 Not utilised
24 Engine speed signal input
25 Not utilised
26 Not utilised
40-32
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-32 40-32 6/21/2007 4:36:43 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3 - SYSTEMS
40.3.1 - Earthing points
Version with front battery
GND3
GND7
GND9
F0122090 F0027371
F0027212
GND8
GND4
F0123130 F0122110
GND5
GND1
GND2
GND6
F0122240 F0122270
F0123120
Fig.121
40-33
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-33 40-33 6/21/2007 4:36:43 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with lateral battery
Fig.122
40-34
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-34 40-34 6/21/2007 4:36:45 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.2 - Starting and pre-heating

4
1 2 3
5
PREHEATING RELE
1 0
PREHEATING
GENERATOR
2
+12/30
+12/30
TEMP.
+12V
GND
GND
+ 50
0.014.8628.4
W
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30 87a 87 85 86 30 7 19 20 13 15 24 8 14 15 21 20 1 2 3 4
X54 RL1 RL2 GND4 5K 3K X73 GND3
FRL1 F1 F8 F9
40A
15A
5A
3A
G11 G1 G6
3 4 5 6 8 9 1 1 11 4 1 4
0.015.1983.4
60A
RL42B
RL42A
13
2
1
RL42
125A
D+
12 B+
0.014.8630.4
W
X113 +50 +30C GND2 X5 X6 X7 X18

+30A +30B 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
0.014.8806.4 t 0.014.8629.4
0.015.1597.4 D0036860
10 +30 GND1
9 8 7 6
11 BATTERY
Fig.123 - Starting and pre-heating

Key
1. Starter switch
2. Engine starter relay
3. Key positive supply relay
4. Instrument panel
5. Clutch pedal switch
6. Start enable switch
7. Engine stop device
8. Overboost device
9. Engine temperature sensor
10. Starter motor
11. Preheating device
12. Alternator
13. Preheating relay
Wiring and connectors list
● 0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring
❍ See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
40-35
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-35 40-35 6/21/2007 4:36:48 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
● 0.014.8630.4/20 - RH drivetrain wiring

❍ See para. 40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-101
● 0.014.8629.4/20 - Engine wiring - version with front battery
❍ See para. 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-73
❍ See para. 40.4.4 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-74
● 0.015.1597.4/10 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery
● 0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom
❍ See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍ See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
● 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
❍ See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
40-36
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-36 40-36 6/21/2007 4:36:48 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.3 - Lights selector - Tractor with cab

4
5 6
DIRECTION INDICATOR 1 TRAILER

1 2 3 7
8 9
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
1 0
2
FULL BEAM
RIGHT
LEFT
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
58
54
31
58
54
31
49a
C3
C2
F
31
49
C
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 86 85 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 6 5 3 2 4 1 3 4 5 7 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
0.014.8628.4
X54 RL2 GND4 X112 5K 3K X61 X38 X55 X40 X45
GND3
F2 F3 F1 F13 F16 F15 F9 F10 F14
7.5A
7.5A
20A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
GND8
5A
G10
G7 X109 X41
G11 G8
1 2 5 3 4 1 0 8 9 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2
0.010.8189.3
0.015.1983.4
10
11
60A
G28 G29 G31 G30

1 3 4 3 4 1
0441.1923.4
X30 X26 X27 X29 X28
0441.1923.4
GND2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
0.014.8806.4 0.014.8107.4
D0036870
+30 GND1
18 17 16 15 14 X74 X75
1 2 3 1 2 3
F.D.
F.S.
-31
58
-31
58
BATTERY
13 12
Fig.124 - Lights - steering column switch unit

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Lights selector switch
4. Instrument panel
5. Hazard lights control unit
6. Trailer socket
7. Hazard warning lights switch
8. Left tail light
9. Right tail light
10. Number plate light
11. Lights switch
12. Front left sidelight and direction indicator
13. Front right sidelight and direction indicator
14. Horn
15. LH low beam headlight
16. RH low beam headlight
17. RH high beam headlight
18. LH high beam headlight
● 0.010.8189.3/40 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab
40-37
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-37 40-37 6/21/2007 4:36:48 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
❍ See para. 40.4.55 - Wiring for front ... - Page 40-173

❍ See para. 40.4.56 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-174
● 0441.1923.4 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab
❍ See para. 40.4.57 - Wiring for lower ... - Page 40-177
❍ See para. 40.4.58 - Lower front light... - Page 40-178
● 0.014.8107.4/20 - Hood lights wiring
❍ See para. 40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-70
40-38
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-38 40-38 6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.4 - Lights selector - Tractor with platform

4
5 6

1 2 3 7
8 9
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
1 0
2
FULL BEAM
RIGHT
LEFT
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
58
54
31
58
54
31
49a
C3
C2
F
31
49
C
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 86 85 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 6 5 3 2 4 1 3 4 5 7 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
0.014.8628.4
X54 RL2 GND4 X112 5K 3K X61 X38 X55 X40 X45
GND3
F2 F3 F1 F13 F16 F15 F9 F10 F14
7.5A
7.5A
20A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
GND8
5A
G10
G7 G8 X109 X41
G11 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2
1 2 5 3 4 1 0 8 9 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6
0.015.1983.4
10
11
60A
GND2 X30 X26 X27 X29 X28 X126 X127

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3
0.014.8806.4 0.014.8107.4 0.015.3094.4
F.D.
F.S.
-31
58
-31
58
D0036880
+30 GND1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
BATTERY
Fig.125 - Lights - steering column switch unit

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Lights selector switch
4. Instrument panel
5. Hazard lights control unit
6. Trailer socket
7. Hazard warning lights switch
8. Left tail light
9. Right tail light
10. Number plate light
11. Lights switch
12. Right headlamp
13. Left headlamp
14. Horn
15. LH low beam headlight
16. RH low beam headlight
17. RH high beam headlight
18. LH high beam headlight
● 0.015.3094.4 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform
40-39
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-39 40-39 6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40-40
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-40 40-40 6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.5 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with standard cab

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 0
2
+12/30
+12/30
GND
GND
ISO
75 83 15 50 30 1 2 3 87a 87 86 85 30 1 13 8 15 21 1 2 10 13 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 1 7 2 3 1 8
0.014.8628.4
X54 X53 RL2 5K 3K X62 X109 X37 X52
GND4
F9 F1 F4 F7 F15
0.014.9375.4
7.5A
15A
15A
10A
5A
GND3
G10
2
G11 G13 G9
1 4 6
VERSIONE PIATTAFORMA
G38
60A
60A
G16 GND2 X124

2 3 1 2
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.014.9281.4
GND9
RL30
+30 GND1 9
X67
2 87 BATTERY
4 85
18 3 86 10
1 30
F1 F2 F6
X63
0.009.7850.4
1
17 2
X72
1
16 2
G19
4 8
X92
14 13 2
-
X69 X90 1 + 11
1 G26 X80 4
2 1 1
15 3 2 2
3
2
4
1 X91
2
-
1 + 12
D0036890 0.009.7851.4 0.012.9909.4
0.011.0729.4
Fig.126 - Diagnostics accessories

Key
1. Starter switch
2. Cigar lighter
4. Instrument panel
5. Diagnostic socket
6. Lights switch
7. Pneumatic seat air compressor
8. Platform rotating beacon switch
9. Warning beacon
10. Roof line supply relay
11. RH loudspeaker
12. LH loudspeaker
13. Radio
14. Warning beacon
15. Clock
16. Radio
17. Interior roof light
18. Rotating beacon on/off switch
40-41
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-41 40-41 6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.014.9281.4 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform
❍ See para. 40.4.61 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-184
● 0.009.7850.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.4.21 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-110
● 0.011.0729.4/10 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.4.35 - Loudspeaker wirin... - Page 40-135
❍ See para. 40.4.36 - Loudspeaker wirin... - Page 40-137
● 0.012.9909.4 - Rotating beacon wiring
❍ See para. 40.4.63 - Rotating beacon w... - Page 40-188
❍ See para. 40.4.64 - Position of rotar... - Page 40-189
● 0.009.7851.4/50 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.4.29 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-124
❍ See para. 40.4.30 - Supplementary wor... - Page 40-126
● 0.014.9375.4/20 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab
40-42
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-42 40-42 6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.6 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with high-visibility cab

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 0
2
+12/30
+12/30
GND
GND
ISO
0.014.8628.4 75 83 15 50 30 1 2 3 87a 87 86 85 30 1 13 8 15 21 1 2 10 13 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 1 7 2 3 1 8
X54 X53 RL2 5K 3K X62 X109 X37 X52
GND4
F9 F1 F4 F7 F15
0.014.9376.4
7.5A
15A
15A
10A
5A
GND3
G10
2
G11 G13 G9
1 4 6
VERSIONE PIATTAFORMA
G38
60A
60A
G16 GND2 X124

2 3 1 2
GND7 0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.014.9281.4
X67
7
RL30
+30 GND1 9
4
6 87 BATTERY
5 85
17 1 86 10
3 F1 F2 F6 30
2
8
0.011.3606.4
X63
1
16 2
G23
1 3 4
0.011.3596.3
G26 X80
1 1
2 2 11
X89 X84 X86 X87 X88 GND7

1 2 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4
- - 0.012.9909.4
+
D0036900
14 13
15 12
Fig.127 - Diagnostics accessories

Key
1. Starter switch
2. Cigar lighter
4. Instrument panel
5. Diagnostic socket
6. Lights switch
7. Pneumatic seat air compressor
8. Platform rotating beacon switch
9. Warning beacon
11. Warning beacon
12. Radio
13. LH loudspeaker
14. RH loudspeaker
15. Clock
16. Interior roof light
17. Rotating beacon on/off switch
40-43
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-43 40-43 6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.012.9909.4 - Rotating beacon wiring
❍ See para. 40.4.63 - Rotating beacon w... - Page 40-188
❍ See para. 40.4.64 - Position of rotar... - Page 40-189
● 0.011.3606.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
● 0.011.3596.3/40 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
❍ See para. 40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radi... - Page 40-169
● 0.014.9376.4/10 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
❍ See para. 40.4.37 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-139
40-44
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-44 40-44 6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.7 - Instrument panel

3
1 2
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

ENGINE TEMPERATURE
FUEL RESERVE
1 0
FUEL LEVEL
2
AIR FILTER
SERVICE
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30 13 20 21 4 5 6 19 14 15 21 8
0.014.8628.4
X54 RL2 5K 3K GND4 GND8
F9 F1
15A
5A
G11 G1 G2 G3 G6
12 7 3 9 3 3 4 2
0.015.1983.4
60A
0.014.8630.4
GND2 X2 X8 X5 X10 X23
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 3 2
0.014.8806.4 t
0.014.8629.4 0.014.9193.4 P
P P 0.015.1597.4
D0036910
+30 GND1
8 7 6 5 4
BATTERY
Fig.128 - Instrument panel

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Instrument panel
4. Services circuit alarm pressure switch
5. Fuel level sensor
6. Engine temperature sensor
7. Engine oil pressure switch
8. Air cleaner clogged sensor
● 0.014.9193.4/20 - LH drivetrain wiring
❍ See para. 40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-104
40-45
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-45 40-45 6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40-46
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-46 40-46 6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.8 - Worklights - Tractor with standard cab

2 3 6
18 19 1 4 5
1 0
2
2 1 2 1 75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 87a 87 85 86 30 87a 87 85 86 30 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10
0.014.8628.4
0.014.8107.4
X25 X31 X54 X111 X110 RL2 RL3 X109
G7
6
7
11
12 F9 F11 F12 F15
GND3
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
GND4
0.014.9375.4
G10
2
G11 2 3 5
G13 8 7 4 1
G8
VERSIONE
PIATTAFORMA
0.015.1983.4
0.010.8189.3
0.014.9281.4
G38
60A
60A
X125 X123 G31 G29
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
G16 GND2
0441.1923.4
0441.1923.4
2
0.014.8806.4 10 9
G19
6
+30 GND1
5
G33 G 32
2 1 2 1 2
1
0.009.7851.4
BATTERY
RL30
87
85
0.015.1435.4
0.015.1435.4
86 11
F7 F8 30
X76 X77 X79 X78

0.009.7850.4
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
D0036920 X133 X132

1 2 1 2
GND9
17 16 15 14
X64 X71
2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1
8 7
13 12
Fig.129 - Spotlights
Key
1. Starter switch
2. Low worklights switch
3. Corner lights switch
5. Worklights supply relay
6. Lights switch
7. RH supplementary worklight
8. LH supplementary worklight
9. Work light, main beam
12. Front worklights switch
13. Rear worklights switch
14. LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
15. RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
16. LH front worklight (on cab roof)
17. RH front worklight (on cab roof)
18. RH front worklight
19. LH front worklight
40-47
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-47 40-47 6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.015.1435.4/10 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab
40-48
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-48 40-48 6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.9 - Wipers - Tractor with standard cab

1 2
3 4
1 0
2
M M
0.014.9375.4
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30 2 1 2 1
X54 RL2 X34 X35
GND3
F9
15A
GND4
G10
10 11 2
3
4
G11
31 T I 53M 53S 15 2 7 5 8 6 3
X68 X70
G17
2
1 G38
60A
60A
G16 GND2
2
0.009.7851.4
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.014.8628.4
+30 GND1
BATTERY
X108 G19
2 3 RL30
9 M
1 7
87
85
86 5
F5 F6 30
X81 G20
53 3 2
23 4
31 2 6
8 31b 4 1
1
53a 1 3
GND9 X65 X66

3 7 8 6 4 1 2
0.010.4516.3 0.009.7850.4
D0036940
6
7
Fig.130 - Windscreen wipers

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Windscreen washer pump
4. Rear screen washer pump
6. Windscreen washer pump switch
7. Rear screen wiper switch
8. Windscreen wiper motor
9. Rear screen wiper motor
10. Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
11. Windscreen wiper switch
40-49
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-49 40-49 6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.010.4516.3 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.4.33 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-132
40-50
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-50 40-50 6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.10 - Heating system - Tractor with standard cab

1 2
1 0
2
0.014.9375.4
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30
X54 RL2
GND4
F9
15A
G10
2
G11
G38
60A
60A
G16 GND2
2
0.010.2147.2
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.014.8628.4

G21
2 D0036960
1
+30 GND1
F4
X102 X101 X100 RL30 BATTERY

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2
I II III IV C
87
M 85
86 3
30
5 4 GND9
6 0.009.7850.4
Fig.131 - Heating
Key
1. Starter switch
4. Electric fan
5. Resistor
6. Fan speed selector switch
40-51
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-51 40-51 6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.010.2147.2 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.4.23 - Heating wiring - ... - Page 40-115
❍ See para. 40.4.24 - Heating system wi... - Page 40-116
40-52
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-52 40-52 6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.11 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with standard cab

1 2
1 0
2
0.014.9375.4
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30
0.014.8628.4
X54 RL2
F9
15A
GND4
G10
1
2
G11 G1
13
G38
60A
60A
G16 GND2 X9
1 2 3 1
G21 0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.014.8629.4

2 0.015.1597.4
1
G22 +30 GND1

3
0.010.2153.2
1
2 BATTERY
3
4
RL53 X103 X102 X101 X100

30 86 85 87 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2
I II III IV C GND9 F3 F4
t
M
9 8 G18
4
12 11 10 RL30 3
0.009.7853.3
87 2
85 1
7 86
1
30
X105 RL55 X104 X107

2 1 30 86 85 87 87a 1 2 3
D0036980 0.009.7850.4
M
6 5 4
Fig.132 - Air conditioning system

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Air conditioning compressor
4. Air conditioning pressure switch
5. Control relay for air conditioning fan
6. Air conditioning fan
8. Electric fan
9. Resistor
11. Air conditioning temperature thermostat
12. Compressor relay
40-53
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-53 40-53 6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.009.7853.3/20 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.4.27 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-121
❍ See para. 40.4.28 - Air conditioner e... - Page 40-122
● 0.010.2153.2 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab
❍ See para. 40.4.26 - Air conditioner w... - Page 40-119
40-54
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-54 40-54 6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.12 - Worklights - Tractor with high-visibility cab

2 3 6
18 19 1 4 5
1 0
2
2 1 2 1 75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 87a 87 85 86 30 87a 87 85 86 30 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10
0.014.8628.4
0.014.8107.4
X25 X31 X54 X111 X110 RL2 RL3 X109
G7
6
7
11
12 F9 F11 F12 F15
GND3
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
GND4
0.014.9376.4
G10
2
G11 2 3 5
G13 8 7 4 1
G8
VERSIONE
PIATTAFORMA
0.015.1983.4
0.010.8189.3
0.014.9281.4
G38
60A
60A
GND7
X125 X123 G31 G29
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
G16 GND2
0441.1923.4
0441.1923.4
2
0.011.3595.3
G19 0.014.8806.4 10 9
4
3
2
+30 GND1
1
G33 G 32
1 2 1 2
G39 G42 G40 G41 RL30 BATTERY
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
87
85
0.015.1437.4
0.015.1437.4
GND7 86 11
F7 F8 30
0.011.3606.4
0.015.1437.4
X133 X132
1 2 1 2
X76 X77 X79 X78 X64 X71

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
D0036930 8 7
17 16 15 14
13 12
Fig.133 - Spotlights
Key
1. Starter switch
2. Low worklights switch
3. Corner lights switch
5. Worklights supply relay
6. Lights switch
7. RH supplementary worklight
8. LH supplementary worklight
12. Front worklights switch
13. Rear worklights switch
14. LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
15. RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
16. LH front worklight (on cab roof)
17. RH front worklight (on cab roof)
18. RH front worklight
19. LH front worklight
40-55
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-55 40-55 6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.015.1437.4/10 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
● 0.011.3595.3/10 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40-56
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-56 40-56 6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.13 - Wipers - Tractor with high-visibility cab

1 2
1 0
3 4
2
M M
0.014.9376.4
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30 2 1 2 1
X54 RL2 X34 X35
GND3
F9
15A
GND4
10 11
G10
2
2
0 3
1
4
G11
31 T I 53M 53S 15 5 2 1 3 6
0.011.3596.3
X68 X70
G17
2
1 G38
60A
60A
G16 GND2
2
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.014.8628.4
X85 G23
1 2
9 M
4
+30 GND1
BATTERY
GND7
RL30
87
85
86 5
F5 F6 30
X81 G20
53 3 3
23 4
31 2 2
8 31b 4 4
1
53a 1 1
GND7 X65 X66

5 2 1 3 6 3 2
0.011.3597.3 0.011.3606.4
D0036950
1
0
2 6
7
Fig.134 - Windscreen wipers

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Windscreen washer pump
4. Rear screen washer pump
6. Windscreen washer pump switch
7. Rear screen wiper switch
8. Windscreen wiper motor
9. Rear screen wiper motor
10. Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
11. Windscreen wiper switch
40-57
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-57 40-57 6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.011.3597.3 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
● 0.011.3596.3/40 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40-58
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-58 40-58 6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.14 - Heating system - Tractor with high-visibility cab

1 2
1 0
2
0.014.9376.4
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30
X54 RL2
GND4
F9
15A
G10
2
G11
10
G38
0.010.2554.2
30 85 86 87 87b
RL50
X98
60A
60A
1
9 M
2
X99
1
8 M
2 G16 GND2
2
RL51 0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.014.8628.4
87b
87 G25
7 86 2
85 1
+30 GND1
30 F130
40A
X95 RL30 BATTERY

I
1
II
2 87
III 85
6 IV
3
4 86
3
C
5 30
GND7
X96
4
3
0.011.3606.4
5 2
1
X93
4
3
4 2
1
D0036970
Fig.135 - Heating
Key
1. Starter switch
4. LH resistor
5. RH resistor
7. Max. fan speed relay
8. RH electric fan
9. LH electric fan
10. 3rd blower speed relay
40-59
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-59 40-59 6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.010.2554.2 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40-60
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-60 40-60 6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.15 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with high-visibility cab

1 2
1 0
2
0.014.9376.4
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30
0.014.8628.4
X54 RL2
F9
15A
GND4
G10
16 17 1
2
18 19
G11 G1
t 13
0.010.2560.0 G38
30 85 86 87 87b 87b 87 86 85 30 2 1 2 1
RL50 RL52 X94 X97
X98
60A
60A
1
15 M
2
X99
1
14 M
2
G16 GND2 X9
RL51 1 2 3 1
87b
87 G25 0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.014.8629.4

13 86 2 0.015.1597.4
85 1
30
G21 +30 GND1 3
X95 1
I
1 2 BATTERY
II
2 3
12 III
IV
3
4
C
5
X96
4
3
G24
11 2
3
6
1
8
7
X93 5
4
F3 F4 F130 4
3
0.011.3610.3
10 2
40A
2
1
1 RL30
87
85
9 86
D0036990 30
GND7 X105 RL55 RL54 X104 X106

2 1 30 86 85 87 87a 30 86 85 87 87a 1234 5 6 1 2
0.011.3606.4
M M
8 7
6 5 4
Fig.136 - Air conditioning system

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Air conditioning compressor
4. Supplementary air conditioning fan
5. Air conditioning pressure switch
6. Control relay for supplementary air conditioning fan
7. Control relay for air conditioning fan
8. Air conditioning fan
10. LH resistor
11. RH resistor
13. Max. fan speed relay
14. RH electric fan
15. LH electric fan
16. 3rd blower speed relay
17. Compressor and starting in 1st blower speed in A/C relay
18. A/C switch
19. Air conditioning temperature thermostat
40-61
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-61 40-61 6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.009.3610.3/20 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
● 0.010.2560.0 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
❍ See para. 40.4.44 - Air conditioner w... - Page 40-153
40-62
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-62 40-62 6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.16 - Transmission
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DOUBLE TRACTION
OBSTRUCTION
DIFFERENTIAL
WHEEL SPEED
0
21 +12/30
+12/30
HI-LO
SEAT
+12V
GND
GND
75 83 15 50 30 14 13 18 22 8 14 15 17 18 1 21 1 2 3 4 87a 87 85 86 30 7 8 2 3 87a 87 85 86 30 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 7 8 2 1 3 5 4 6
0.014.8628.4
X54 5K 3K GND4 X47 RL2 X50 RL4 X109 X51 GND3
F9 F6 F1 F15
7.5A
7.5A
GND8
15A
5A
3
2
1
F
9
X36
G11 G9 G2 G3 G5 G6 X73 X58 X59 X60

1 2 3 7 8 9 10 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 4 5 1 2 3 4
0.015.1983.4
13 12 11 10
60A
0.014.8806.4
0.014.9193.4
0.014.8630.4
X11 X12 X13 X19 X20 X22 X24

1 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2
GND2 P P
freq.
D0037010
20 19 18 17 16 15 14
+30 GND1
BATTERY
Fig.137 - Transmission
Key
1. Starter switch
2. Instrument panel
3. H/L lever
5. Differential lock switch
6. H/L travel control power supply relay
7. Lights switch
8. 4WD switch
9. Operator present sensor
10. Not utilised
11. Not utilised
12. Not utilised
13. Clutch pedal switch
14. H/L travel control solenoid valve
15. differential lock control solenoid valve
16. 4WD control solenoid valve
17. Wheel speed sensor
18. Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
19. Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging
20. 4WD engagement switch
40-63
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-63 40-63 6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40-64
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-64 40-64 6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.17 - PTO
3
6
1 2 4 5 7
FRONT PTO SWITCH
REAR PTO SWITCH

FRONT PTO LED
1 0
REAR PTO LED
FRONT PTO EV
REAR PTO EV
2
PTO SYNCRO
FRONT PTO
REAR PTO
PTO 1000
PTO ECO
PTO 540
+12/30
+12/30
GND
+12V
GND
GND
+15
D+
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30 9 2 17 6 1 15 14 7 12 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 7 8 13 16 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 21 24 2 3 7 8
0.014.8628.4
X54 RL2 GND4 PTO GND3 X109 X48 5K 3K X49 GND8

ECU
F9 F1 F15 F10
7.5A
15A
15A
5A
G11 G1 G6 G2
2 8 9 3 4 3 4 5
0.015.1983.4
60A
0.014.8629.4
0.015.1597.4
0.014.8630.4
GND2 X3 X21 X14 X15 X43 X42 X39 X46

+30B 2 1 D+ B+ 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 1 4 1 1 2 1 2
0.014.8806.4 0.014.9193.4
D0037020
+30 GND1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BATTERY
Fig.138 - PTO
Key
1. Starter switch
3. PTO control unit
4. Lights switch
5. Front PTO switch
6. Instrument panel
7. RH PTO switch (on fender)
8. LH rear PTO switch (on fender)
9. 540 PTO control switch
10. 1000 PTO control switch
11. GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch
12. ECO PTO engagement switch
13. Rear PTO control solenoid valve
14. Alternator
15. Front PTO control solenoid valve
40-65
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-65 40-65 6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

40-66
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-66 40-66 6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.18 - Brakes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 0
2
75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30 1 2 - + G 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 6
0.014.8628.4
X54 RL2 X57 X109 X56 X40 X45 GND4 X38
F1 F5 F9 F15
7.5A
10A
15A
5A
GND3
GND8
G11 G1 5K
9 10 13 GND
0.015.1983.4
8 GND
7 BRAKES OIL LEVEL
12 TRAILER PRESSURE
14 +12V
9
15 +12/30
21 +12/30
60A
22 HAND BRAKE
3K
GND2 X1 X44 G2
1 2 1 2 1 2
0.014.8806.4 L 0.014.8629.4
0.015.1597.4
0.014.9193.4
D0037000
+30 GND1
12 11
BATTERY
G14 G12
X16 0.014.1645.4
P
10
Fig.139 - Brakes
Key
1. Starter switch
3. Trailer pressure indicator
4. Lights switch
5. Brake pedal switch
6. Left tail light
7. Right tail light
8. Trailer socket
9. Instrument panel
10. Trailer braking low pressure switch
11. Handbrake switch
12. Brake fluid level sensor
40-67
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-67 40-67 6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS

● 0.014.1645.4/10 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring
❍ See para. 40.4.65 - Trailer hydraulic... - Page 40-191
❍ See para. 40.4.66 - Trailer hydraulic... - Page 40-192
40-68
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-68 40-68 6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.19 - CAN BUS ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

3
1 2
1 0
2
CAN RES
CAN H
+12/30
+12/30
CAN L
+12V
GND
GND
0.014.8628.4 75 83 15 50 30 87a 87 85 86 30 13 2 3 4 8 14 15 21
X54 RL2 5K 3K GND4
F1 F9
15A
5A
G11 G9
4 5
0.015.1983.4
60A
GND2
D0037030 0.014.8806.4
+30 GND1
BATTERY
Fig.140 - CAN BUS ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Instrument panel
40-69
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-69 40-69 6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4 - WIRING LOOMS
40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring - 0.014.8107.4/20

X25
1
X28
2
X26 X27
X30 X29
G7
X31
1
X27
2
1
X29
2
1
X26
H 1.5 2
ANABBAGLIANTI DX LOW BEAM LIGHTS RH 1
H 1.5
ANABBAGLIANTI SX LOW BEAM LIGHTS LT 2 1
VN 1.5 X30
ABBAGLIANTI DX HIGH BEAM LIGHTS RH 3 2
VN 1.5
ABBAGLIANTI SX HIGH BEAM LIGHTS LT 4
1
CLACSON HORN 5
Z1 X28
2 1
6
RV 1.5 X31
FARI LAV.MUSETTO SX CORNER LIGHTS LT 2 1
RV 1.5 X25
7 2
FARI LAV.MUSETTO DX CORNER LIGHTS RH
N 1.5
G7 -31 -31
8
9
N 1.5 TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
-31 -31
R1 M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange
10
+30 +30 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
N 1.5 Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
11
-31 -31
N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
N 1.5 S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow
12
-31 -31
R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray
13 N 1.5
-31 -31
N 1.5
14
-31 -31 D0036740
Fig.141 - Hood lights wiring

Connectors list
● G7 - To instrument panel wiring
● X25 - RH front worklight
● X26 - RH high beam headlight
● X27 - RH low beam headlight
● X28 - Horn
● X29 - LH low beam headlight
● X30 - LH high beam headlight
● X31 - LH front worklight
40-70
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-70 40-70 6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.142
40-71
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-71 40-71 6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.24
POS. POS.
1 2
40-72
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-72 40-72 6/21/2007 4:36:55 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.3 - Engine wiring - version with front battery - 0.014.8629.4/20

+30B B+ X9
2
X8
1
RL42B
1
RL42
2
1 2 1 2
X7
X6
G1
X3
1 2
1 2
+50
X1 X5
D0036710
W D+ X 2
+30B B+
13
12
10
14
11
4
9
3
OIL ENGINE PRESS.
OBSTR.AIR FILTER
FRONT PTO COM.
2-27 BAR FILTER
H2O TEMPERAT.
D+ GENERATOR
FEEDBACK H.D.
BRAKES OIL
H.D.RELAY
GND
+15
+50
+50
" W"
PRESS.OLIO MOT.
D+ ALTERNATORE
FILTRO 2-27 BAR
FEED BACH H.D.

INT.FILTRO ARIA
COM.PTO ANT.
OLIO FRENI
RELAY H.D.
TEMP.H2O
GND
+15
+50
+50
"W"
G1
MR 1
SG1
MN 1
V 1.5
MN 1.5
MN 1.5
BN 1
MB 1
BR 1
ZN 1
M1
R1
N1
L1
S.U.1
SG1
N1
MN 1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE RL42B
S.U.2
1 2
M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange
ZN 1
N1
R1
N1
V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
L1
1 2
Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
MN 1
N1
BR 1
N1
MB 1
N1
M1
S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow 2 1
D+ X3
X1
V 1.5
BN 1
R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray 1 2
1 2
1
X5 W
X7
MN 2.5
X8
X6 X2
MR 1
N1
X9
1 2
D0036720
+50
RL42
Fig.143 - Engine wiring - version with front battery

Connectors list
● +50 - Starter motor
● +30B - Battery
● B+ - Alternator
● D+ - Alternator
● RL42 - Pre-heating relay
● RL42B - Pre-heating relay
● W - Alternator
● X1 - Brake fluid level sensor
● X2 - Air filter clogging sensor
● X3 - Front PTO solenoid valve
● X5 - Engine temperature sensor
● X6 - Overboost device
● X7 - Engine stop device
● X8 - Engine oil pressure switch
● X9 - Air conditioning system compressor
40-73
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-73 40-73 6/21/2007 4:36:55 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.4 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with front battery
View of wiring
8 9
4 7
1 3
10
2
X3
11
F0123170
Fig.144
40-74
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-74 40-74 6/21/2007 4:36:56 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.25
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
40-75
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-75 40-75 6/21/2007 4:36:57 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
9 10
11
40-76
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-76 40-76 6/21/2007 4:37:00 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.5 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery - 0.015.1597.4/10
+30B B+
13
12
10
14
11
4
9
3
OIL ENGINE PRESS.
OBSTR.AIR FILTER
FRONT PTO COM.
2-27 BAR FILTER
H2O TEMPERAT.
D+ GENERATOR
FEEDBACK H.D.
BRAKES OIL
H.D.RELAY
GND
+15
+50
+50
"W"
PRESS.OLIO MOT.
D+ ALTERNATORE
FILTRO 2-27 BAR
FEED BACH H.D.

INT.FILTRO ARIA
COM.PTO ANT.
OLIO FRENI
RELAY H.D.
TEMP.H2O
G1
GND
+15
+50
+50
"W"
SG1
MR 1
MN 1
BN 1
MB 1
ZN 1
BR 1
MN 1.5
MN 1.5
V 1.5
M1
R1
N1
L1
S.U.1
SG1
N1
MN 1
RL42B
S.U.2
1 2
N1
R1
ZN 1
N1
L1
1 2
BR 1
MN 1
N1
N1
MB 1
N1
X3
M1
2 1
D+ X1
V 1.5
1 2
BN 1
1 2
1 X5 W
X7
X8
MN 2.5
X6 X2 TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE

MR 1
N1
X9 Nero/Black Blu/Dark Blue
N L
1 2 S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow
D0037140
+50
RL42
Fig.145 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery

Connectors list
● +50 - Starter motor
● +30B - Battery
● B+ - Alternator
● D+ - Alternator
● RL42 - Pre-heating relay
● W - Alternator
● X1 - Brake fluid level sensor
● X2 - Air filter clogging sensor
● X3 - Front PTO solenoid valve
● X5 - Engine temperature sensor
● X6 - Overboost device
● X7 - Engine stop device
● X8 - Engine oil pressure switch
● X9 - Air conditioning system compressor
40-77
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-77 40-77 6/21/2007 4:37:02 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.6 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with lateral battery
Wiring views
Fig.146
40-78
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-78 40-78 6/21/2007 4:37:02 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.26
POS. POS.
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
40-79
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-79 40-79 6/21/2007 4:37:03 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS. POS.
9 10
11
40-80
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-80 40-80 6/21/2007 4:37:06 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.7 - Battery wiring loom - 0.014.8806.4/20
GND2 GND1
+30B +30C
+30A
+30
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE

S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow
GND5 GND6
D0036750
Fig.147 - Battery wiring loom

Connectors list
● +30 - Battery
● +30A - Battery
● +30B - Battery
● +30C - Starter motor
● GND1 - Battery
● GND2 - Earthing point 2
40-81
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-81 40-81 6/21/2007 4:37:08 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.8 - Battery wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.148
40-82
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-82 40-82 6/21/2007 4:37:08 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.149
40-83
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-83 40-83 6/21/2007 4:37:09 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
For all versions
Fig.150
Connector positions
Tab.27
POS. POS:
1 2
- Version - Version
with front with front
battery battery
40-84
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-84 40-84 6/21/2007 4:37:10 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS. POS:
3 4
- Version
with front
battery
5 6
7 - Ver-
sion with
lateral
battery
40-85
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-85 40-85 6/21/2007 4:37:11 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.9 - Preheating wiring loom - 0.014.9195.4/20
X113 RL42B
+30A 125A RL42A
D0036760
Fig.151 - Preheating wiring loom

Connectors list
● +30A - Battery
● RL42A - Pre-heating relay
● X113 - Preheating device
40-86
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-86 40-86 6/21/2007 4:37:13 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.10 - Pre-heating wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.152
40-87
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-87 40-87 6/21/2007 4:37:13 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.153
Connector positions
Tab.28
POS. POS.
1 2
40-88
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-88 40-88 6/21/2007 4:37:14 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.11 - Power supply wiring - 0.015.1983.4/10
+30C 60A
D0036770 G38
G11
Fig.154 - Power supply wiring

Connectors list
● +30C - Starter motor
● G38 - To cab power supply wiring
40-89
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-89 40-89 6/21/2007 4:37:16 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.12 - Power supply wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.155
40-90
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-90 40-90 6/21/2007 4:37:16 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.156
40-91
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-91 40-91 6/21/2007 4:37:17 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.29
POS. POS.
1 2
40-92
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-92 40-92 6/21/2007 4:37:18 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.13 - Instrument panel wiring - 0.014.8628.4/20

X46
X55 X53 X52 X51 X50 X49 X48
X45
X54
F
R
GND3
5
G13
1 23 4
GND4
5
G6
1 23 4
1 23 4
G7 X47
S
X56
1 23 4
PTO ECU G5
X57
R
X58 X44
5K
5k
1 23
S
X60 GND8 X37
X59
3k
3K
5
X36
G10
1 23 4
X61
5
G1 X42
G8 1
GIALLO X43
X62
G9 X73
X109 X34 X35
5
X110
1 23 4
G2
X111
1 23 4
G3
G11
X112
X38
FRL1
FM1
RM1
X39
+50
START
RL1
+15
STOP
F12 F1
X40
20 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
15 A
5A
15 A
3A
10 A
7.5A
F16 7.5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A F13
+15 +15
F11-12 F9-10 X41

K7 K1
RL4 RL3
D0037060
RL2
Fig.157 - Instrument panel wiring (1/3)

Connectors list
● 3K - Instrument panel
● 5K - Instrument panel
● FRL1 - Engine starting relay fuse
● G1 - To engine wiring
● G2 - To LH drivetrain wiring
● G5 - To RH drivetrain wiring
● G6 - To RH drivetrain wiring
● G7 - To front wiring
● G8 - To front lights wiring
● G9 - To reverse shuttle wiring (cab)
● G11 - To power supply wiring
● G13 - To worklights wiring (platform version)
● PTO ECU - PTO control unit
● RL1 - Engine starting relay
40-93
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-93 40-93 6/21/2007 4:37:19 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
X46
X55 X53 X52 X51 X50 X49 X48
X45
X54
F
R
GND3
5
G13
1 23 4
GND4
5
G6
1 23 4
1 23 4
G7 X47
S
X56
1 23 4
PTO ECU G5
X57
R
X58 X44
5K
5k
1 23
S
X60 GND8 X37
X59
3k
3K
5
X36
G10
1 23 4
X61
5
G1 X42
G8 1
GIALLO X43
X62
G9 X73
X109 X34 X35
5
X110
1 23 4
G2
X111
1 23 4
G3
G11
X112
X38
FRL1
FM1
RM1
X39
+50
START
RL1
+15
STOP
F12 F1
X40
20 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
15 A
5A
15 A
3A
10 A
7.5A
F16 7.5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A F13
+15 +15
F11-12 F9-10 X41

K7 K1
RL4 RL3
D0037060
RL2

● RL2 - Key positive supply relay
● RL3 - Worklights supply relay
● RL4 - H/L travel control power supply relay
● X34 - Windscreen washer pump
● X35 - Rear window washer pump
● X36 - Operator present sensor
● X37 - Pneumatic seat compressor
● X38 - Trailer socket
● X39 - LH rear PTO switch (on fender)
● X40 - LH rear light
● X41 - Number plate light
● X42 - PTO 540 engagement switch
● X43 - PTO 1000 engagement switch
● X44 - Handbrake switch
● X45 - RH rear light
● X46 - RH PTO switch (on fender)
● X47 - H/L lever
● X48 - Front PTO control switch
● X49 - Rear PTO control switch
● X50 - Differential lock control switch
● X51 - 4WD control switch
● X52 - Platform rotating beacon switch
40-94
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-94 40-94 6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
X46
X55 X53 X52 X51 X50 X49 X48
X45
X54
F
R
GND3
5
G13
1 23 4
GND4
5
G6
1 23 4
1 23 4
G7 X47
S
X56
1 23 4
PTO ECU G5
X57
R
X58 X44
5K
5k
1 23
S
X60 GND8 X37
X59
3k
3K
5
X36
G10
1 23 4
X61
5
G1 X42
G8 1
GIALLO X43
X62
G9 X73
X109 X34 X35
5
X110
1 23 4
G2
X111
1 23 4
G3
G11
X112
X38
FRL1
FM1
RM1
X39
+50
START
RL1
+15
STOP
F12 F1
X40
20 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
15 A
5A
15 A
3A
10 A
7.5A
F16 7.5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A F13
+15 +15
F11-12 F9-10 X41

K7 K1
RL4 RL3
D0037060
RL2

● X53 - Cigar lighter
● X54 - Starter switch
● X55 - Hazard warning lights switch
● X56 - Brake pedal pressed switch
● X57 - Trailer pressure indicator
● X58 - Not utilised
● X61 - Hazard warning lights control unit
● X62 - Diagnostic socket
● X73 - Clutch pedal pressed switch
● X109 - Lights switch
● X110 - Corner lights switch
● X111 - Low worklights switch
● X112 - Lights selector switch
40-95
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-95 40-95 6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM

X34
X36
X54
X61
X43
X42
X35
X55
G11
X47
G13
40-96
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
+58
SEAT
HI SW
START
LO SW
PTO 540
PTO 1000
FLASHER
+12V BATT.
+12V U.KEY
+12V U.KEY
+12V BATTERY
+12V BATTERY
REAR WATER P.
E.C.U. COMAND
E.C.U. COMAND
PLATFORM W.L.
PLATFORM W.L.
FRONT WATER P.
I TRAIL.DIR.LIGHT
COM.DIRECTIONS
II TRAIL.DIR.LIGHT
DIRECTIONS COM.
DIRECTIONS LIGHT
CONFORT CLUTCH
4
1
4
1
50
30
15
2
1
2
1
3
2
1
2
4
5
1
2
3
5
8
RIGHT DIRECTIONS 17
LEFT DIRECTIONS 18
6
10
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
5-15 FEDDBACH H.D.
3-1 HI-LO LAMP
N 0.5 (GND4)
N 1 (GND3)
N 0.5 (GND4)
N 1 (GND3)
N 1 (GND3)
N 1 (GND4)
N 1 (GND8)
N 1 (GND8)
N 1 (GND3)
N 0.5 (GND3)
3-14 +12 VOLT
(GND4) N 1 3-8 -31
POS.8-9-11-12-13-14 (-31)
(GND4) N 1 3-9 ECONOMIC PTO
7 3-10 PTO 1000

CORNER LIGHTS RH
3-11 PTO 540
+30 HORN 10
(GND4) N 1 5-13 -31
LOW BEAM LIGHTS RH 1
3-15 +12V(+30)
LOW BEAM LIGHTS LT 2
3-21 +12V(+30)
G7
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS RH 3
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS LT 4 5-12 II TRAILER LIGHT
HORN 5 5-11 I TRAILER LIGHT
5-10 DIRECTIONS
CORNER LIGHTS LT 6
3-17 4 WHEEL DRIVE
5-14 DF
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-96 40-96

+15 4
5-8 POSITION LIGHTS
2-27 BAR FILTER 13
5-9 HIGH BEAM LIGHTS
BRAKES OIL LEV. 10 3-24 SYNCRO PTO
(GND4) N 1
-31 9 5-16 FRONT SIDE PTO
D+ GENERATOR 8 3-18 HIDR./TRANSM.
7 3-20 D+ GENERATOR
OBSTR.AIR FILTER
3-19 SERVICE
+50 1
5K - 3K
3-4 RESERVE LIGHT
5
G1
H.D.RELAY
3-12 TRAILER PRESS.
+50 14
3-7 BRALE OIL LEV.
H2O TEMPERAT. 3 OIL ENGINE PRESSURE
3-6
FRONT PTO COM. 2 3-5 AIR FILTER OBSTRUC.
"W" 6 5-7 +50
11 5-24 W
FEDDBACK H.D.
5-21 FUEL LEVEL
OIL ENGINE PRESS. 12
5-20 ENGINE TEMPER.
1
-31
(GND3) N 1 5A HAND BRAKE
3-22
86
STOP LIGHT REAR PTO
RL2
3-13
30
2
NO
LH DIRECTION 5-18 SEAT
(GND4) N 1 20A
X40
NC 85
POSITION 5-19 H.D.RELAY
K1
15A
13
5-1 ISO
3
15A
5-17
86
(GND3) N 1
RL3
-31 5-4 CAN RES
30
NO
4
STOP LIGHT (GND4) N 1 5-3 CAN L
15A
NC 85
CAN H
K3
RH DIRECTION 5-2
X45
POSITION 5-22 WHEEL
10A
2
15A
14
6
4
5
3

RL4
1
7.5A
(GND8) N 1
K5
7
-31
PLAT LIGHT
10A
8
-31
(GND8) N 1
X41
PLAT LIGHT
7.5A
15
9
3A
PLAT LIGHT 5
FRONT WAT.POUMP 4 15A
BACK WAT.POUMP 3
+12V CAB U.KEY
10
2
G10
15A
87
COMPRESSOR 1
86
85
7.5A
16
(40A)
11
POSITIONS 3 15A
30
POSITIONS 6
12
LEFT DIRECT. 2 15A
RL1
RIGHT DIRECT. 5
+15
FRL1
(GND4) N 1
G8
-31 1
(GND4) N 1
-31 4 13 REVERSER
LOW LIGHTS 7 10 INSTRUMENT CLUS.
8 2 START CONSENT
LOW LIGHTS
X62
(GND4) N 0.5 1 -31
2 FRONT PTO SW.
13 REAR PTO SW.
18 +15
4 FRONT PTO EV
LIGHTS COMAND 3
6 REAR PTO LED
+15 LIGHT 2
11 FRONT PTO LED
PTO
ECU
(GND4) N 0.5
-31 7 5 REAR PTO EV
X111
+58 8
(GND3) N 1 12 -31
7 D+ GENERATORE
3 R.PTO.COMAND
FLASHER 2 -31
2
+58 8 8 +LIGHT
X49
FLASHER 3
(GND3) N 0.5 7 -31
X52
(GND3) N 0.5
-31 7
(GND3) N 0.5 7 -31
8 +LIGHT
TRAIELR PRESS.IND. G
Xb
(GND4) N 0.5 3 F.PTO.COMAND
-31 2
Xa
X48
2 -31
-
(GND4) N 0.5
Xb
-31
X57
1
Xa
+58
+
Xb
+15 R LEFT DIRECTIONS
L RIGHT DIRECTIONS
49a DIRECTION COM.
31b HORN
(GND4) N 0.5
31 -31 HORN
56a BEAM LIGHTS
56b
X112
LOW BEAM LIGHTS
EV DT 2
(GND3) N 1 56 +30 FB/HB
+15 VOLT 3 56d +30 FB
-31 7
X51
+58 8 5 REAR PTO SW
N6
N6
N6
(GND3) N 0.5 6 -31
X39
+30 REVERSER 1 5 FB/HB COM
6 FB/HB OUT
GND
GND
GND
+15 2
(GND4) N 1.5 2 +30 POS.IN
-31 3 (GND4) N 0.5 7 -31
CANL 4
GND8
GND3
GND4
3 POSIITON OUT
CAN H 5
8 +15 LIGHTS OUT
X109
DIAGNOSTIC
GND
GND
GND
6
G9
10 +15 LIGHT
SEAT 7 (GND4) N 0.5 9 -31
CONFORT CLUTCH 8
DIG.CLUTCH 9 5 REAR PTO SW

+5 VOLT 10 (GND8) N 0.5 6 -31
X46
11
REVERSER 1
X58
SEAT 1
X59
X60 INSTRUMENT 1
(GND8) N 1.5
(GND4) N 0.5
(GND8) N 0.5
(GND3) N 2.5
(GND3) N 2.5
(GND3) N 0.5
7
8
3
2
2
1
1
7
8
3
2
3
2
6
5
7
1
3
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
+58
+58
+15
GND
-31
+LIGHT
SEDILE
STOP
+58 LEFT
STOP LIGHTS
HAND BRAKE
+58 SINISTRA
LIGHT COMAND
2 A CCENDISIGARI
BRAKE SENSOR
+15 WORK LIGHT
LEFT DIECTIONS
RIGHT DIRECTION
- 31
- 31
-31
+58
+58
+ 15
CHAIR
GND
LIGHTER
X56
X44
COMANDO EV DF EV DF COMAND
X110
X38
GND4- GND3- GND8
X57
X53
X50
(GND8) N 1.5
S
V
R
N
M
(GND3) N 1.5
-31
(GND4) N 1
LIGHT
LEVEL
4
3
2
1
Rosa/Pink
5
4
3
2
1
Nero/Black
Rosso/Red
Viola/Violet
Verde/Green
PTO ECO
DT LIGHT
Marrone/Brown
PTO Syncro
-31
+15
EV DF
H
B
A
C
G
4
3
1
EV LO
EV DT
SERVICE
Rear PTO
TRANSM.HYDRAUL
AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
-31
G3
G2
G5
G6
HYDR.TRAILER PRESS.
START
START
Grigio/Gray
4
Giallo/Yellow
Azzurro/Blue
3
WHEEL SIGNAL
Bianco/White
2
Blu/Dark Blue
4
2 F RIZIONE

2
1
X73
Arancio/Orange
D0037080
GEAR START CONSENT
WIRING DIAGRAMS
6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.14 - Instrument panel wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.160
40-97
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-97 40-97 6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.30
POS. POS.
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
40-98
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-98 40-98 6/21/2007 4:37:21 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS. POS.
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
40-99
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-99 40-99 6/21/2007 4:37:24 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS. POS.
19 20
21 22
23
40-100
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-100 40-100 6/21/2007 4:37:28 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.8630.4/20

5
4
G6
3
2
1
2
X18
1
4
3
G5
2
1
N1
-31 -31 1
X24 EV LO EV LO 2
ZN 1
MV 1
1 OK CAMBIO FEEDBACK CAMBIO
N1 S.U.1 LR 1
-31 -31 1 2 SERVIZI SERVICE
X21 GN 1 GN 1
Rear PTO 2 PTO POSTER. Rear PTO
1
PTO POSTER.
S.U.1 N 1.5
3 G6
4 -31 -31
HR 1
5 EV DF EV DF
LR 1
X23 SERBIZI SERVICE
H/L
ZN 1
X23 1 EV PTO POST. REAR PTO EV
MB 1.5 MB 1.5
+15 +15 1 2 +15 +15
BR 0.5 BR 0.5
G5
X19 GIRI RUOTE WHEEL SIGNAL 2 3 VEL.RUOTE WHEEL SIGNAL
N1 S.U.1 AR 1
1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 -31 -31 3 4 EV DT EV DT
N1 S.U.1
-31 -31 1
X19 X20 X21 X22 X20 AR 1
EV DT EV DT 2
1 2
MV 1
CONS.MARCIA GEAR CONSENT 1
X24 X18 -31 -31 2 N1 S.U.1
2
HR 1
EV DF EV DF
X22 N1
-31 -31 1
D0036810
Fig.161 - RH drivetrain wiring

Connectors list
● X18 - Start enable switch
● X19 - Wheel speed sensor
● X20 - 4WD control solenoid valve
● X21 - Rear PTO control solenoid valve
● X22 - Differential lock control solenoid valve
● X23 - Services circuit alarm pressure switch
● X24 - H/L travel control solenoid valve
40-101
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-101 40-101 6/21/2007 4:37:30 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wiring connector positions
View of wiring
3
2
F0123230
Fig.162
40-102
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-102 40-102 6/21/2007 4:37:30 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.31
POS. POS.
1 2
40-103
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-103 40-103 6/21/2007 4:37:31 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.9193.4/20

5
4
G2
3
2
1
4
3
X10
2
1
4
3
G3
2
A
1
1 1
E
S
1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2 3
X11
G14 G12
X15 X14
V1
G14 FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
S1
G12 FREN.RIM.IDR. HYDR.TRAILER PRESS.
X13 1
VB 1
PTO ECO PTO ECO 2
X14 -31 -31 3
N1
X2
X12 GH 1
PTO Syncro PTO Syncro 2
X15 -31 -31 3
N1 FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS. 1
FREN.RIM.IDR. HYDR.TRAILER PRESS. 2

N1
-31 -31 3
G2
PTO ECO PTO ECO 4
PTO Syncro PTO Syncro 5

AR 1
SPIA DT DT LIGHT 1
N1
-31 -31 2
X11
3
AN 1
TRASM.IDRAUL. TRANSM.HYDRAUL 1
N1
-31 -31 2 SPIA DT DT LIGHT 2
SPIA LIGHT 4
HN 1
SPIA LIGHT 3
G3
X10 LIVELLO LEVEL 3
C1
LIVELLO LEVEL 4
1
Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White AN 1
N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue X12 IDRAULICA HYDRAULIC
X1
D0036820 AN 1
X13 TRASMISSIONI TRANSMISSION
Fig.163 - LH drivetrain wiring

Connectors list
● G12 - To trailer hydraulic braking wiring
● G14 - To trailer air braking wiring
● X10 - Fuel level sensor
● X11 - 4WD engagement control switch
● X12 - Hydraulic oil filter clogging pressure switch
● X13 - Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
● X14 - ECO PTO engagement switch
● X15 - GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch
40-104
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-104 40-104 6/21/2007 4:37:33 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.164
40-105
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-105 40-105 6/21/2007 4:37:33 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.32
POS: POS
1 2
3 4
40-106
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-106 40-106 6/21/2007 4:37:34 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.19 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.014.9375.4/20
G17
E
G38
G16
5
4
G10 RL30
3
2
1
R6
RL30
R4
G38
2 G17
5
1
AR 1
4
CN 1 TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE

G10 3 3
LB 1
2 2 G16 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
V 1.5 N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
1 1
D0037110
Fig.165 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
● G16 - To roof line wiring
● RL30 - Roof line supply relay
40-107
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-107 40-107 6/21/2007 4:37:36 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.20 - Power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
Fig.166
40-108
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-108 40-108 6/21/2007 4:37:36 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.33
POS. POS.
1 2
40-109
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-109 40-109 6/21/2007 4:37:36 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.21 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7850.4/50
X65
1 2 3 4
X64
5 6 7 8
X66 X67
4
8
3
7
G19
2
6
1
5
1
3
G18
4
2
3
G17
1
2
X68
X63
30
A H
85 86
87
1 8
RL30
1 2 3 4
1
5
2
6 7
3 4
8
X69
X71 X70
2
X72
1
1
2
G22
3
4
GND9
2
G21
1
3
6
G20
2
5
4
1
1
G16
3
D0006892
Fig.167 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab (1/2)

Connectors list
● G18 - To air conditioner heat exchanger fan wiring
● G19 - To worklights wiring
● G20 - To windscreen wiper wiring
● G21 - To heating/air conditioning wiring
● G22 - To air conditioner wiring
● X63 - Cab courtesy light
● X64 - Rear worklights switch
● X65 - Rear window wiper switch
● X66 - Windscreen washer pump switch
● X67 - Rotating beacon on/off switch
● X68 - Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
● X69 - Clock
● X70 - Windscreen wiper switch
● X71 - Front worklights switch
● X72 - Radio
40-110
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-110 40-110 6/21/2007 4:37:37 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
X71 X64 X67 X70

X65
A-N 1
A-N 1 X66 X69
1 2 43
4 23 1
2 1
3 4 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
V1
N1
R1
A1
AR1
AR1
AN1
R-N 1
G-R 1
A-N 1
V-N 1
V1
M-G 1.5
G-N 1.5
G-N 1.5
G-V 1.5
H-N 1
H-N 1
M 1.5
M 1.5
R1.5
A1
A1
C1
G1
G1
N1
N1
N1
H-N 1
M 1.5
N 1.5
4
8
3
7
G19
2
6
1
5
N 2.5
G-N 1.5 RN1
G 1.5
GR1
I
53N
AR1
T 53S X68
A-N 2.5 V1 15 31
N 2.5 AN1
1
3
G18 V1
4
2
V1 N1
N 1.5
N1
3
G17 A-R 1
1
2
C1
N1
1
V1
G22
2
V-N 1.5
4 3
V1
R4
2
G21 N4
1
G-R 1
AN 1
N1
3
6
G20
2
5
1
4
V-N 1
V-N 1.5
L-B 1
G16
1
2

3
R 2.5
R Rosso/Red H
A-N 1
Grigio/Gray
A-N 1
N 2.5
N 2.5
N1
N4
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
M-G 1.5
A-N-2.5
G-V 1.5
R1
LB 1
R1.5
N1
R1
A1
A1
D0006902
R1
R1
R4
R1
N1
RL30
30
1 2
A H 85 86
X72 87
X63 1 8
GND9
R 2.5 M 2.5
M 2.5
5 A RADIO
10 A
30 A
7.5 A
20 A
7.5 A
10 A
10 A
Fig.168 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab (2/2)
40-111
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-111 40-111 6/21/2007 4:37:37 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.22 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
10
9 7
8 6
2 5
3
4
D0007010
Fig.169
40-112
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-112 40-112 6/21/2007 4:37:38 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.34
POS. POS.
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
40-113
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-113 40-113 6/21/2007 4:37:38 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS. POS.
9 10
40-114
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-114 40-114 6/21/2007 4:37:40 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.23 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2147.2
Fig.170 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
● X100 - Fan
● X101 - Resistor
● X102 - Fan speed selector switch
40-115
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-115 40-115 6/21/2007 4:37:41 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.24 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
2
D0033520
X102
Fig.171
40-116
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-116 40-116 6/21/2007 4:37:41 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.35
POS. POS.
1 2
40-117
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-117 40-117 6/21/2007 4:37:41 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.25 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2153.2
Fig.172 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
● RL53 - Compressor relay
● X100 - Fan
● X101 - Resistor
● X103 - Air conditioner temperature control thermostat
40-118
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-118 40-118 6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.26 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
1
G22
G21
X103
X102 RL53
D0032480
Fig.173
40-119
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-119 40-119 6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.36
POS. POS.
1
40-120
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-120 40-120 6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.27 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7853.3/20
Fig.174 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab
Connectors list
● RL55 - Control relay for air conditioning cooler fan
● X104 - Air conditioning pressure switch
● X105 - Air conditioning cooler fan
● X107 - Air conditioner pressure switch
Fig.175
40-121
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-121 40-121 6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.28 - Air conditioner exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard
cab
View of wiring
Fig.176
40-122
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-122 40-122 6/21/2007 4:37:43 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.37
POS. POS.
1 2
40-123
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-123 40-123 6/21/2007 4:37:43 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.29 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7851.4/50
Fig.177 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
● G26 - To rotating beacon wiring
● X76 - RH front worklight (on cab roof)
● X77 - LH front worklight (on cab roof)
● X78 - LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X79 - RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X108 - Rear window wiper motor
40-124
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-124 40-124 6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.178
40-125
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-125 40-125 6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.30 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard

cab
Wiring views
Fig.179
40-126
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-126 40-126 6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.38
POS. POS.
1 2
3 4
40-127
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-127 40-127 6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.31 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.015.1435.4/10
Fig.180 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
● G32 - To lower front lights wiring
● X132 - RH supplementary worklight
● X133 - LH supplementary worklight
40-128
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-128 40-128 6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-129
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-129 40-129 6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.32 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard

cab
Wiring views
Standard cab version
Fig.181
40-130
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-130 40-130 6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.39
POS. POS.
1
40-131
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-131 40-131 6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.33 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3
Fig.182 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
● X81 - Windscreen wiper motor
40-132
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-132 40-132 6/21/2007 4:37:46 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.34 - Windscreen wiper connector positions wiring - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
Fig.183
40-133
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-133 40-133 6/21/2007 4:37:46 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.40
POS. POS.
1 2
40-134
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-134 40-134 6/21/2007 4:37:46 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.35 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.011.0729.4/10
Fig.184 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
● X90 - Radio
● X91 - LH loudspeaker
● X92 - RH loudspeaker
40-135
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-135 40-135 6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-136
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-136 40-136 6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.36 - Loudspeaker wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
Wiring views
Fig.185
40-137
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-137 40-137 6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.41
POS. POS.
40-138
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-138 40-138 6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.37 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.014.9376.4/10
G17
E
G38
G16
5
4
G10 RL30
3
2
1
R6
RL30
R4
G38
2 G17
5
1
AR 1
4
CN 1 TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE

G10 3 3
LB 1
2 2 G16 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
V 1.5 N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
1 1
D0037120
Fig.186 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
40-139
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-139 40-139 6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.38 - Cab power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.187
40-140
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-140 40-140 6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.42
POS. POS.
1 2
40-141
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-141 40-141 6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.39 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3606.4/50
G19 X63
G21
G25
X66
GND7
X68 X67
G20
X65
G17
X70
G16
X64
X71
G23
7.5A
10A
10A
7.5A
10A
7.5A
30A
5A
FREON
RADIO
G24
RL30
D0006852
F130
Fig.188 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2)

Connectors list
● F130 - Roof line power fuse
● G19 - To worklights wiring
● G20 - To windscreen wiper wiring
● G21 - To air conditioner wiring
● G23 - To loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring
● G24 - To air conditioner heat exchanger fan wiring
● G25 - To heating/air conditioner wiring
● X63 - Cab courtesy light
● X64 - Rear worklights switch
● X65 - Rear window wiper switch
40-142
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-142 40-142 6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
G19 X63
G21
G25
X66
GND7
X68 X67
G20
X65
G17
X70
G16
X64
X71
G23
7.5A
10A
10A
7.5A
10A
7.5A
30A
5A
FREON
RADIO
G24
RL30
D0006852
F130

● X66 - Windscreen washer pump switch
● X67 - Rotating beacon on/off switch
● X68 - Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
● X70 - Windscreen wiper switch
● X71 - Front worklights switch
40-143
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-143 40-143 6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-144
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-144 40-144 6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.40 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.190
40-145
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-145 40-145 6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.43
POS. POS.
1 2
G17 GND7
RL30 X64 X65
X66
X67
X71 X70
G16
F0026772 F0026782
3 4
G25
G21
X68
X130 G19
F0026792 F0026802
5 6
G23
G24 X63
F0026822 F0026812
G20
F0026833
40-146
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-146 40-146 6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.41 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2554.2
Fig.191 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
● G34 - Wiring connector
● RL50 - 3rd fan speed relay
● RL51 - Max. fan speed relay
● X93 - LH resistor
● X96 - RH resistor
● X98 - LH fan
● X99 - RH fan
40-147
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-147 40-147 6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.192 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-148
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-148 40-148 6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.42 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.193
40-149
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-149 40-149 6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.44
POS. POS.
1 2
3 4
40-150
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-150 40-150 6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.43 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2560.0
Fig.194 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2)

Connectors list
● RL50 - 3rd fan speed relay
● RL51 - Max. fan speed relay
● RL52 - Compressor and A/C 1st speed start relay
● X93 - LH resistor
● X94 - A/C switch
● X96 - RH resistor
● X97 - Air conditioning temperature thermostat
● X98 - LH fan
● X99 - RH fan
40-151
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-151 40-151 6/21/2007 4:37:53 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.195 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-152
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-152 40-152 6/21/2007 4:37:53 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.44 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.196
40-153
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-153 40-153 6/21/2007 4:37:54 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.45
POS. POS.
1 2
3 4
5 6
40-154
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-154 40-154 6/21/2007 4:37:54 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.45 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab -
0.011.3610.3/20
Fig.197 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2)

● RL54 - Control relay for supplementary air conditioning cooler fan
● RL55 - Control relay for air conditioning cooler fan
● X104 - Air conditioning pressure switch
● X105 - Air conditioning cooler fan
● X106 - Supplementary air conditioning cooler fan
Fig.198 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-155
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-155 40-155 6/21/2007 4:37:55 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.46 - Air conditioning exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-
visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.199
40-156
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-156 40-156 6/21/2007 4:37:56 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.46
POS. POS.
1 2
40-157
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-157 40-157 6/21/2007 4:37:56 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.47 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3595.3/10
G39
1
G40
2
G19
3
4
GND7
G41

GN 1.5 N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
G40 R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray
N 1.5
G42
GN 1.5
G41
1
N 1.5
2
G19
3
4
G 1.5
G39
N 1.5
GND7
G 1.5
G42
N 1.5
D0036850
Fig.200 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
● G39 - To supplementary worklights wiring
40-158
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-158 40-158 6/21/2007 4:37:57 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.48 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
Wiring views
Fig.201
40-159
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-159 40-159 6/21/2007 4:37:57 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.47
POS. POS.
1 2
40-160
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-160 40-160 6/21/2007 4:37:58 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.49 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab -

0.015.1437.4/10
G32 30 X132
G33 X133

D0036790
V 1.5
2 X132
G32
M 1.5
G33 1 X133
Fig.202 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
● X132 - RH supplementary worklight
● X133 - LH supplementary worklight
40-161
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-161 40-161 6/21/2007 4:37:58 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.50 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-

visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.203
40-162
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-162 40-162 6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-163
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-163 40-163 6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.204
40-164
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-164 40-164 6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.48
POS. POS.
40-165
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-165 40-165 6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.51 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3597.3
Fig.205 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
● X81 - Windscreen wiper motor
40-166
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-166 40-166 6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.52 - Windscreen wiper wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.206
40-167
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-167 40-167 6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.49
POS. POS.
1 2
40-168
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-168 40-168 6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with
high-visibility cab - 0.011.3596.3/40
Fig.207 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
Connectors list
● G26 - To rotating beacon wiring
● X84 - RH loudspeaker
● X85 - Rear window wiper motor
● X86 - LH loudspeaker
● X87 - Radio
● X88 - Radio
● X89 - Clock
40-169
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-169 40-169 6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-170
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-170 40-170 6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.54 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring connector
positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.208
40-171
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-171 40-171 6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.50
POS. POS.
1 2
3 4
40-172
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-172 40-172 6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.55 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab - 0.010.8189.3/40

D0036840
G28
G29
G8
G30
G31
Fig.209 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab

Connectors list
● G8 - To central wiring
40-173
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-173 40-173 6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.56 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab
Wiring views
Fig.210
40-174
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-174 40-174 6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with high visibility cab
Fig.211
40-175
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-175 40-175 6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.51
POS. POS.
1
40-176
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-176 40-176 6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.57 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab - 0441.1923.4
Fig.212 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab

Connectors list
● X74 - Front RH sidelight and direction indicator
● X75 - Front LH sidelight and direction indicator
40-177
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-177 40-177 6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.58 - Lower front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab
Wiring views
Fig.213
40-178
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-178 40-178 6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with high visibility cab

Tab.52
POS. POS.
1
G32-G33
X74-X75
F0113060
40-179
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-179 40-179 6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.59 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform - 0.015.3094.4
G8
G8
N1 N1 N1
1
4
G1
A 1.5 AN 1.5 X126
2
5
AN 1.5
GN 1
6
7
G1
3
N1
GN 1
X127
A 1.5

D0037160
X126 X127
Fig.214 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform

Connectors list
● X126 - Front LH sidelight and direction indicator
● X127 - Front RH sidelight and direction indicator
40-180
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-180 40-180 6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-181
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-181 40-181 6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.60 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform
Wiring views
Fig.215
40-182
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-182 40-182 6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.53
POS. POS.
1
40-183
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-183 40-183 6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.61 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform - 0.014.9281.4
X123
5
4
G13 X124
3
2
1
X125
CV 1.5
N 1.5
X123
N 1.5 S.U.1
5

N 1.5 N 1.5
4
CV 1.5 X124 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue

G13 GV 1.5
3
CV 1.5 N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
2
N 1.5 S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow

GV1.5
1
X125
CV 1.5
D0037170
Fig.216 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform

Connectors list
● X123 - Worklight
● X124 - Rotating beacon
X125 - Worklight
40-184
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-184 40-184 6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-185
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-185 40-185 6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.62 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform
Wiring views
Fig.217
40-186
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-186 40-186 6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.54
POS. POS.
1 2
40-187
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-187 40-187 6/21/2007 4:38:05 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.63 - Rotating beacon wiring - 0.012.9909.4
Fig.218 - Rotating beacon wiring

Connectors list
● G26 - To worklights wiring/To loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring
● X80 - Rotating beacon
40-188
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-188 40-188 6/21/2007 4:38:05 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.64 - Position of rotary beacon wiring connectors
View of wiring
Fig.219
40-189
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-189 40-189 6/21/2007 4:38:05 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.55
POS. POS.
1 2
40-190
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-190 40-190 6/21/2007 4:38:06 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.65 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10
X16 1 1 G12
X16 1 1 G12

D0036830
Fig.220 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring

Connectors list
● X16 - Trailer braking low pressure switch
40-191
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-191 40-191 6/21/2007 4:38:06 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.66 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.221
40-192
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-192 40-192 6/21/2007 4:38:06 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.56
POS. POS.
1
40-193
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-193 40-193 6/21/2007 4:38:07 AM

WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-194
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-194 40-194 6/21/2007 4:38:07 AM

Deutz Fahr Agrofarm-85-100-Repair-Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Deutz Fahr Agrofarm-85-100-Repair-Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Deutz Fahr Agrofarm-85-100-Repair-Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WORKSHOP MANUAL

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 81 1 6/21/2007 4:31:21 AM

20 - CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8I I 6/21/2007 4:31:22 AM

30.1.2 - Engine (B0.00.01) 30-7

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8II II 6/21/2007 4:31:22 AM

30.4 - Rear axle 30-136

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8III III 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

30.6.9 - Clutch control circuit 30-282

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8IV IV 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8V V 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VI VI 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

40.4.62 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform 40-186

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VII VII 6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VIII VIII 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-1 0-1 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-2 0-2 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

0.1.1 - Safety notes

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-3 0-3 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

0.1.2 - General safety rules

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-4 0-4 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-5 0-5 6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM

0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations

Precautions for removal operations

Precautions for refitting operations

Precautions to be taken on completion of removal/refitting operations

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-6 0-6 6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-7 0-7 6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM

0.1.4 - Lifting instructions

Wire ropes - slings

60° 90° 60° 90°

8 650 620 500 25 500 400 860 700

Lifting capacities are calculated with a safety coefficient.

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-8 0-8 6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM

30° 60° 90° 120° 150°

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-9 0-9 6/21/2007 4:31:26 AM

0.1.5 - Tightening torques

Bolts and nuts

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-10 0-10 6/21/2007 4:31:26 AM

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10% Wrench Torque Nm ±10%

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-11 0-11 6/21/2007 4:31:27 AM

Fittings with seal at 37°

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10%

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-12 0-12 6/21/2007 4:31:28 AM

Fittings for pipes with banjo union

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-13 0-13 6/21/2007 4:31:29 AM

0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-14 0-14 6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-15 0-15 6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM

0.1.7 - Conversion factors

Conversion from metric to British units

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-16 0-16 6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM

kg/m x 0.056 = lb.in.

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-17 0-17 6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-18 0-18 6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-1 10-1 6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM